JP6737251B2 - Amusement machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, the interest of the game is improved, the processing load of the gaming machine is reduced, the processing is optimized, the control is simplified, the structure is simplified, the development of the gaming machine is made more efficient, Technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints of structure, control, performance, etc. for the purpose of providing a gaming machine in which a defect does not easily occur, providing a gaming machine in consideration of the player, etc. (for example, Patent Document 1). ).

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

JP, 2011-172988, A

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, the interest of the gaming is improved, the processing load of the gaming machine is reduced, the processing is optimized, the control is simplified, the structure is simplified, the development of the gaming machine is made more efficient, and problems occur. Further improvement of technology is desired for the purpose of providing difficult game machines, providing game machines in consideration of players, and providing healthier games.

The present invention has been made to solve at least a part of the problems described above, and can be realized as the following modes.

[form]
A means for entering a game ball,
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game balls into the ball entry means,
Display Suruga configuration information is numerical information defining the set of winning probability in the predetermined lottery process, the setting information display mode execution means for executing a setting information display mode decision can not be of the configuration information,
A plurality of detection means capable of detecting a game ball that has passed a predetermined area,
A detection information storage unit capable of storing detection information that is information based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detection unit;
Calculation means for calculating game history information which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means capable of displaying the game history information and the setting information,
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting information display mode execution unit is the run the configuration information display mode when the first condition at the time when the power supply to the gaming machine is turned is established, the first after the power is turned A means for not executing the setting information display mode even when the condition of
The display means is
It is possible to display the game history information calculated for each different period, and it is possible to display period information indicating a period in which the game history information is calculated and numerical information of the game history information calculated in the period. And means
When the game history information is displayed, if the information amount of the detection information, which is the basis of calculation of the game history information, is less than a predetermined amount, the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in a blinking manner to display the game. When the information amount of the detection information which is the basis of calculation of history information is equal to or more than a predetermined amount, means for displaying the numerical value information of the game history information by lighting,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the above mode, it is possible to suppress the execution of the game which is not intended by the administrator.

It is a perspective view of a pachinko machine in the first embodiment. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board. It is explanatory drawing which shows the symbol and display surface which are variably displayed in the symbol display device. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing which shows the content of various counters used for a jackpot lottery, etc. It is explanatory drawing which shows the content of the hit/miss table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the content of a distribution table. It is an explanatory view showing the contents of the winning/disapproving table for electric accessory release lottery. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of a main controller and the structure of an inspection machine in detail. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the content of the process in a game history management chip and an inspection machine. It is a flow chart which shows the main processing which a main side MPU performs. It is a flow chart which shows timer interruption processing which a main side MPU performs. It is explanatory drawing explaining the structure of the input port provided in the main side MPU. It is explanatory drawing explaining the entering detection process which the main side MPU performs. It is a flow chart which shows the entrance determination processing which a main side MPU performs. It is an explanatory view explaining how a presence or absence of a ball is detected. It is a flow chart which shows the main processing which CPU of a game history management chip performs. It is a block diagram which shows in detail the structure of the main controller and the structure of an inspection machine with which the pachinko machine of the aspect 6 of 1st Embodiment is equipped. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the content of the process in the game history management chip and the inspection machine of the aspect 6 of 1st Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows in detail the structure of the main controller and the structure of an inspection machine with which the pachinko machine of the aspect 7 of 1st Embodiment is equipped. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the outline|summary of the process in the game log|history management chip|tip of the aspect 7 of 1st Embodiment, and an inspection machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of the pachinko machine in aspect 11 of 1st Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically the outline|summary of the process in the main side MPU of the aspect 11 of 1st Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of the pachinko machine in aspect 12 of 1st Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of the pachinko machine in aspect 23 of 1st Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows timer interruption processing which a main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 23 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is a flow chart which shows entrance detection processing which the main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 23 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is a flow chart which shows processing for a game history which a main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 23 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is explanatory drawing which shows an example of the specific process which the main side MPU (main side CPU) of the aspect 23 of 1st Embodiment performs. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of the pachinko machine in aspect 37 of 1st Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows an example of the main processing which the main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 46 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is explanatory drawing which shows typically a part of electric structure of the pachinko machine in the aspect 50 of 1st Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows an example of the main processing which the main side MPU (main side CPU) in aspect 56 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is explanatory drawing which shows the structure of an information display part. It is explanatory drawing which shows a mode that the game history information is displayed on the information display part. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which setting information is displayed on the information display unit in the setting change mode. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which setting information is displayed on the information display unit in the setting change mode. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which setting information is displayed on the information display unit in the setting change mode. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which setting information is displayed on the information display unit in the setting change mode. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a state in which setting information is displayed on the information display unit in the setting change mode. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of the pachinko machine in the aspect 74 of 1st Embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows the structure of main side ROM. It is explanatory drawing which shows the structure of the main side RAM. It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of a memory map of a main controller. It is a flow chart which shows timer interruption processing which a main side CPU of mode 74 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is a flow chart which shows timer interruption processing which a main side CPU of mode 75 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is a flow chart which shows timer interruption processing which a main side CPU of mode 76 of a 1st embodiment performs. It is a flow chart showing a work process when an administrator changes a lottery setting of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing a work process when a manager confirms a lottery setting of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart which shows a part of main processing which main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 87 of a 1st embodiment performs at the time of power supply ON. It is a flowchart which shows the setting change process which the main side MPU (main side CPU) of the aspect 87 of 1st Embodiment performs. It is a flowchart which shows the setting confirmation process which the main side MPU (main side CPU) of the aspect 87 of 1st Embodiment performs. It is a flow chart which shows a part of main processing which main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 88 of a 1st embodiment performs at the time of power supply ON. It is a flow chart which shows a part of main processing which main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 89 of a 1st embodiment performs at the time of power supply ON. It is a flow chart which shows a part of main processing which main side MPU (main side CPU) of mode 90 of a 1st embodiment performs at the time of power supply ON. It is a flowchart which shows the setting change process which the main side MPU (main side CPU) of the aspect 91 of 1st Embodiment performs.

Embodiments of a gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in the following order with reference to the drawings.
A. First embodiment:
B. Application to other configurations:
C. Inventions extracted from each of the above embodiments and the like:

A. First embodiment:
A1. Gaming machine structure:
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, also referred to as “pachinko machine”) in the first embodiment. The pachinko machine 10 includes a wooden outer frame 11 combined in a substantially rectangular shape. When the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall, the outer frame 11 is fixed to the island facility of the game hall. Further, the pachinko machine 10 includes a pachinko machine body 12 rotatably supported by the outer frame 11. The pachinko machine body 12 includes an inner frame 13 and a front door frame 14 arranged on the front surface of the inner frame 13. The inner frame 13 is rotatably supported on the outer frame 11 by a metal hinge 15. The front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the metal hinge 16 with respect to the inner frame 13. On the back surface of the inner frame 13, control devices such as a main control device, a sound emission control device, and a display control device that control the pachinko machine body 12 are arranged. Details of these control devices will be described later. Further, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a cylinder lock 17. The cylinder lock 17 has a function of locking the inner frame 13 to the outer frame 11 so as not to be opened and a function of locking the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13 so as not to be opened. Each lock is unlocked by performing a predetermined operation on the cylinder lock 17 using a dedicated key.

An open window portion 18 is formed in a substantially central portion of the front door frame 14. Around the window portion 18 of the front door frame 14, resin parts and electric parts for decorating the pachinko machine 10 are provided. The illumination component is composed of a light emitting means including various lamps such as LEDs. The light emitting means plays a role of enhancing the effect by turning on or blinking at each game time played by the pachinko machine 10, at the time of jackpot winning, when a reach occurs, and the like. Further, on the back side of the front door frame 14, a glass unit 19 made of two sheet glasses is arranged, and the opened window portion 18 is sealed by the glass unit 19. A game board described later is detachably attached to the inner frame 13, and a player of the pachinko machine 10 can visually recognize the game board from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 19. Details of the game board will be described later.

The front door frame 14 is provided with an upper plate 20 and a lower plate 21 for storing game balls. The upper plate 20 is formed in a box shape with an open upper surface, and stores game balls such as a lending ball lent out from a lending machine (not shown) and a prize ball discharged from the pachinko machine body 12. The game balls stored in the upper plate 20 are supplied to the game ball launching mechanism provided in the pachinko machine body 12. The game ball launching mechanism is driven by the operation of the operation handle 25 by the player, and launches the game ball supplied from the upper plate 20 to the front surface of the game board. The lower plate 21 is arranged below the upper plate 20, and is formed in a box shape having an open upper surface. The lower plate 21 stores game balls that cannot be stored in the upper plate 20. On the bottom surface of the lower plate 21, a discharge port 22 for discharging the game balls stored in the lower plate 21 is formed. A lever 23 is provided below the discharge port 22, and a player operates the lever 23 to switch the discharge port 22 between a closed state and an open state. When the player operates the lever 23 to open the discharge port 22, the game ball drops from the discharge port 22 and the game ball is discharged from the lower plate 21 to the outside.

In front of the peripheral portion of the upper plate 20, a production operation button 24 as an operation receiving means is provided. The effect operation button 24 is an operation unit for the player to perform an input operation for the game effect performed by the pachinko machine 10. When the player operates the effect operation button 24 at a predetermined timing prepared by the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine 10 performs the game effect in which the operation is reflected.

Further, an operation handle 25 for a player to operate is provided on the right side of the front door frame 14 in front view. When the player operates the operation handle 25, a game ball is shot from the game ball launching mechanism to the front surface of the game board in conjunction with the operation. Inside the operation handle 25, a touch sensor 25a for permitting the driving of the game ball launching mechanism, a weight button 25b for stopping the launch of the game ball by the game ball launching mechanism by the player's pressing operation, and the operating handle 25. There is provided a variable resistor 25c for detecting the amount of turning operation of the device by a change in electric resistance. When the player grips the operation handle 25, the touch sensor 25a is turned on, and when the player turns the operation handle 25 clockwise, the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c changes corresponding to the turning operation amount. Then, a game ball is launched from the game ball launching mechanism to the front surface of the game board with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c.

Next, the configuration of the back surface of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. A control device for controlling the operation of the pachinko machine 10 is arranged on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10.

FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. As illustrated, the pachinko machine 10 includes a first control unit 51, a second control unit 52, and a third control unit 53. Specifically, these mechanical parts are provided on the back surface of the inner frame 13.

The first control unit 51 includes a main controller 60. The main control device 60 has a main control board having a function of controlling the main game and a function of monitoring the power supply. The main control board is housed in a board box made of a transparent resin material. This board box is configured so that a trace of opening and closing (also referred to as a trace of opening and a trace of opening) remains. For example, a seal is attached to an openable/closable portion, and when the board box is opened, a character such as "open" appears.

The second control unit 52 includes a sound emission control device 90 and a display control device 100. The voice light emission control device 90 controls light emission means such as a speaker and various lamps provided on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 based on the command transmitted from the main control device 60. The display control device 100 controls the symbol display device based on the command transmitted from the voice emission control device 90. The symbol display device includes a liquid crystal display that displays symbols and images for effects.

The third control unit 53 includes a payout control device 70 and a firing control device 80. The payout control device 70 performs payout control for paying out prize balls. When the instruction to fire the game ball is input from the main controller 60, the firing control device 80 fires a game ball having a strength according to the amount of turning operation of the operation handle 25 by the player. Controls the ball firing mechanism. In addition, on the back surface of the inner frame 13, a tank 54 to which the game balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall are sequentially replenished, a slope that is connected below the tank 54 and is gently inclined so that the game balls flow downstream. The tank rail 55 having the, the case rail 56 vertically connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 55, the supply of game balls from the case rail 56, and the payout of a predetermined number of game balls according to an instruction from the payout control device 70. A plurality of devices necessary for the operation of the pachinko machine 10, such as the payout device 71, are provided.

Next, the game board will be described. The game board is detachably attached to the front surface of the inner frame 13.

FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 30. The game board 30 is made of plywood, and a game area PA is formed on the front surface thereof. An inner rail portion 31a and an outer rail portion 31b are attached to the game board 30 so as to partition a part of the outer edge of the game area PA. A guide rail 31 for guiding a game ball is formed between the inner rail portion 31a and the outer rail portion 31b. The game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism is guided by the guide rail 31 and is discharged to the upper part of the game area PA, and then flows down in the game area PA. In the game area PA, a plurality of nails 42 are planted substantially perpendicularly to the game board 30, and each accessory such as a windmill is arranged. These nails 42 and the windmill disperse and organize the falling directions of the game balls flowing down the game area PA.

The game board 30 is provided with a general winning opening 32, a first starting opening 33, a second starting opening 34, a through gate 35, and a variable winning device 36. Further, the game board 30 is provided with a variable display unit 40 and a main display portion 45. The main display unit 45 includes a special drawing unit 37, a general drawing unit 38, and a round display unit 39.

The general winning openings 32 are entrances into which game balls can enter, and a plurality of them are provided on the game board 30. In the present embodiment, when the game balls enter the general winning opening 32, 10 game balls are paid out from the payout device 71 as prize balls. In this embodiment, as the general winning opening 32, three general winning openings 32a, 32b, 32c are provided. Below, the general winning opening 32a is also called the first winning opening 32a, the general winning opening 32b is also called the second winning opening 32b, and the general winning opening 32c is also called the third winning opening 32c.

The first starting opening 33 is a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter. The first starting port 33 is provided in the lower center of the game board 30. In the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first starting opening 33, three game balls are paid out as prize balls, and a jackpot lottery to be described later is executed.

The second starting port 34 is a ball entrance into which a game ball can enter, and is provided on the right side of the game board 30. In the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the second starting opening 34, three game balls are paid out as prize balls, and a jackpot lottery to be described later is executed. Further, the second starting port 34 is provided with an electric accessory 34a as an ordinary electric accessory.

The through gate 35 has a through hole that penetrates in the vertical direction. The through gate 35 is a through gate that serves as a trigger for executing a lottery for opening the electric accessory 34a. Specifically, when the game ball passes through the through gate 35, the main control device 60 performs an internal lottery (electric accessory release lottery) triggered by the passage. As a result of the internal lottery, when the power combination opening is won, the electric accessory 34a shifts to the power combination opening state in which it is opened in a predetermined manner. Since the through gate 35 is arranged on the upstream side of the second starting port 34 with respect to the flow direction of the game ball, the game ball that has passed through the through gate 35 flows down in the game area PA after passing to the second position. It is possible to enter the starting port 34. In this embodiment, even if the game ball passes through the through gate 35, the payout of the prize ball is not executed.

The variable winning a prize device 36 is provided with a big winning opening 36a leading to the back side of the game board 30 and an opening/closing door 36b for opening and closing the big winning opening 36a. The opening/closing door 36b is normally in a closed state in which a game ball cannot enter the special winning opening 36a. When a game ball enters the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34, the main control device 60 executes a jackpot lottery (internal lottery). As a result of the big hit lottery, if the big hit or the small hit is won, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the open/close execution mode. The opening/closing execution mode is a mode in which the opening/closing process of the opening/closing door 36b of the variable winning device 36 is executed. Specifically, when the open/close door 36b of the variable winning device 36 shifts to the open/close execution mode, the closed state in which the game ball cannot enter changes to the open state in which the game ball can enter and a predetermined condition is satisfied. After that, the state transits to the closed state again. In the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the special winning opening 36a of the variable winning device 36, the payout device 71 pays out 15 game balls as prize balls.

Further, an out port 43 is provided at the bottom of the game board 30, and game balls that have not entered the various ball inlets are discharged from the game area PA through the out port 43.

In the present embodiment, the game entered in the first starting opening 33, the second starting opening 34, the first winning opening 32a, the second winning opening 32b, the third winning opening 32c, the big winning opening 36a and the out opening 43. The ball is configured to join a discharge passage provided on the back surface of the game board 30, and a discharge passage detection sensor for detecting the game ball is provided in the discharge passage. As will be described later, in the present embodiment, the number of game balls shot on the game board 30 can be grasped by detecting the game balls by the discharge passage detection sensor.

The special drawing unit 37 includes a first symbol display portion 37a and a second symbol display portion 37b. Each of the first symbol display portion 37a and the second symbol display portion 37b is composed of a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting portions are arranged in a predetermined manner.

The first symbol display portion 37a is a display portion for displaying the first symbol. The first symbol refers to a symbol that is displayed in a variable or stopped manner based on the jackpot lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33. When the jackpot lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 is performed, the first symbol display portion 37a is a display mode until the segment display is caused to perform a display corresponding to the lottery result. , The variable display or predetermined display of the first symbol is performed. When the lottery is completed, the first symbol display unit 37a causes the segment display to perform a stop display of the first symbol corresponding to the lottery result. Hereinafter, the game time in which the jackpot lottery is executed when the game ball enters the first starting opening 33 is also referred to as the first starting opening game time.

The second symbol display portion 37b is a display portion for displaying the second symbol. The second symbol refers to a symbol that is displayed in a variable or stopped based on the jackpot lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the second starting opening 34. When the jackpot lottery triggered by the entry of the game ball into the second starting opening 34 is performed, the second symbol display portion 37b is a display mode until the segment display unit displays a display corresponding to the lottery result. , The variable display or the predetermined display of the second symbol is performed. When the lottery is finished, the second symbol display section 37b causes the segment display to perform a stop display of the second symbol corresponding to the lottery result. Hereinafter, the game time in which the jackpot lottery is executed when the game ball enters the second starting opening 34 is also referred to as the second starting opening game time.

Here, the first symbol displayed on the first symbol display portion 37a, or the time from the start of the variable display of the second symbol displayed on the second symbol display portion 37b until the stop display, It is also called fluctuation time. Specifically, the time from the start of the variable display of the first symbol displayed on the first symbol display portion 37a to the stop display is also called the first variation time, and on the second symbol display portion 37b. The time from the start of the variable display of the displayed second symbol to the stop display is also called the second variable time.

The special figure unit 37 is further provided with a first hold display section 37c and a second hold display section 37d made of LED lamps at positions adjacent to the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b.

The 1st hold|maintenance display part 37c displays the number of hold|maintenance of the 1st starting opening 33 by the color and combination of the LED lamp to light. In the present embodiment, up to four game balls that have entered the first starting opening 33 are reserved.

The second hold display section 37d displays the number of hold of the second starting port 34 depending on the color and combination of the LED lamps to be turned on. In the present embodiment, up to four game balls that have entered the second starting port 34 are reserved.

The universal figure unit 38 is composed of a light emitting display section in which a plurality of LED lamps are arranged in a predetermined manner. When the electric accessory release lottery triggered by the passage of the through gate 35 is performed, the universal figure unit 38 causes the light emitting display to display a lighting display, a blinking display, or a predetermined display. When the electric accessory release lottery is completed, the universal figure unit 38 displays a predetermined mode corresponding to the lottery result.

The round display unit 39 is composed of a light emitting display unit in which a plurality of LED lamps are arranged in a predetermined manner, and displays the number of round games that occur in the opening/closing execution mode or a display corresponding thereto. The round game is opened and closed until either a predetermined upper limit duration time elapses or a predetermined upper limit number of game balls enter the variable winning device 36, whichever is satisfied. It is a game in which the open state of the door 36b is continued. The number of round games differs depending on the type of jackpot winning that triggered the transition. The round display unit 39 starts displaying the number of round games when the opening/closing execution mode is started, and ends when the opening/closing execution mode is ended.

Note that the special drawing unit 37, the general-purpose drawing unit 38, and the round display unit 39 are not limited to being configured by a segment display or a light emitting display using an LED lamp, and include, for example, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, It may be configured by various display devices such as a CRT or a dot matrix display capable of displaying the lottery results during the lottery.

The variable display unit 40 is arranged substantially in the center of the game area PA. The variable display unit 40 includes a symbol display device 41. The symbol display device 41 includes a liquid crystal display. The display content of the symbol display device 41 is controlled by the display control device 100. The configuration of the display device included in the variable display unit 40 is not limited to the symbol display device 41, and may be configured by various display devices such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

The symbol display device 41, when the first symbol display portion 37a displays a variable display or a predetermined display based on the entry of a game ball into the first starting opening 33, a variable display or a predetermined display of the symbol in accordance therewith. I do. Further, the symbol display device 41, when the second symbol display portion 37b displays a variable display or a predetermined display based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting opening 34, the variable display or the predetermined display of the symbol in accordance therewith. Is displayed. The symbol display device 41 is not limited to the variable display or the predetermined display of the symbols triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34, and when the jackpot is won. The effect display during the opening/closing execution mode to be changed is also performed. Hereinafter, details of the symbol display device 41 will be described.

FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing the symbols and the display surface 41a that are variably displayed on the symbol display device 41. FIG. 4A is an explanatory diagram showing symbols that are variably displayed on the symbol display device 41. As shown in FIG. 4A, the symbols indicating the numbers 1 to 8 are variably displayed on the symbol display device 41. In addition, as a variable display pattern, a pattern in which a pattern such as a character is added to each pattern showing the numbers 1 to 8 may be adopted.

FIG. 4B is an explanatory diagram showing the display surface 41 a of the symbol display device 41. As shown in the figure, the display surface 41a displays three symbol columns Z1, Z2, and Z3 of left, middle, and right. In each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3, the symbols of the numbers 1 to 8 shown in FIG. 4A are arranged in ascending or descending order of the numbers, and each symbol column has a periodicity from top to bottom or from the bottom. A variable display is displayed that scrolls up. As shown in FIG. 4B, after the variable display by scrolling, one symbol for each symbol row is displayed on the activated line L in a stopped state. Specifically, when a game ball is won in the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34, the variable display in which the symbols in each of the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 are cyclically scrolled in a predetermined direction is started. Then, each symbol to be scrolled is changed from the variable display to the standby display in the order of the symbol sequence Z1, the symbol sequence Z3, and the symbol sequence Z2, and finally the predetermined symbols are stopped and displayed in each of the symbol sequences Z1 to Z3. .. In the case where the variable display of the symbols is finished and the symbols are stopped and displayed, and when the result of the jackpot lottery by the main control device 60 is the jackpot winning, a predetermined combination of predetermined symbols is displayed on the activated line L. It is formed. For example, a combination of the same symbols is formed on the activated line L. The manner of variable display of the symbols in the symbol display device 41 is not limited to the above-mentioned aspect, but the number of symbol rows, the number of effective lines, the direction of variable display of symbols in the symbol row, the symbol of each symbol row Various modes such as the number can be adopted as the mode of variable display of symbols.

Here, the game number is one unit of the process of notifying the player of the lottery result of the jackpot lottery about the special information acquired based on the winning of either the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. Is. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 notifies the player of the lottery result of one jackpot lottery for one special information for each game. When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment obtains the special information based on the winning of either the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34, the first result display section 37a or the second result is obtained for each game. In either one of the display units 37b, after the segment display is variably displayed, the segment display is stopped and displayed so that the display corresponds to the lottery result of the acquired special information. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the special information is acquired based on the winning of either the first start opening 33 or the second start opening 34, a predetermined value is displayed on the symbol display device 41 for each game. After the symbol row is variably displayed, the symbol row is stopped and displayed so as to be displayed corresponding to the lottery result of the acquired special information. Further, the time required for one game time is also called a unit game time. The unit game time is composed of a variable time, which is the time from the start of the variable display until the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed, and a stop time, which is the time when the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed. There is.

Further, as shown in FIG. 4B, a first reserved display area Ds1 and a second reserved display area Ds2 are displayed on the display surface 41a of the symbol display device 41. In the first holding display area Ds1, the number of holdings based on winning in the first starting opening 33 is displayed. In the second holding display area Ds2, the number of holdings based on winning in the second starting opening 34 is displayed. In the present embodiment, as described above, the maximum number of reserved game balls that have won in the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 is four, respectively.

A2. Electrical configuration of the gaming machine:
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. In this description, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described using block diagrams.

FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. The pachinko machine 10 mainly includes a main control device 60, and includes a sound emission control device 90 and a display control device 100.

The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main game. The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 configured by elements having a plurality of functions. The MPU 62 temporarily stores various data and the like when the CPU 62x executes the CPU 62x that executes various control programs, the ROM 63 that records various control programs and fixed value data, and the programs recorded in the ROM 63. RAM 64, which is a memory of the above, and an input/output port 62a. The MPU 62 further includes a game history management chip 300 and an inspection terminal 65.

The game history management chip 300 calculates various game history information, which will be described later, based on the entry information of the game ball into the starting opening, the winning opening, and the gate (hereinafter collectively referred to as “entering opening”). To do. The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for transmitting the game history information stored in the game history management chip 300 to an inspection machine described later. Details of the game history management chip 300 and the inspection terminal 65 will be described later.

The MPU 62 also includes an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and a counter circuit as a random number generator. Note that another element may have a part of the function of the MPU 62.

The payout control device 70 and the power failure monitoring circuit 86 provided in the power supply device 85 are connected to the input side of the MPU 62. The main control board 61 receives a stable DC 24V power supply from the power supply device 85 via the power failure monitoring circuit 86. The power supply device 85 is connected to a commercial power supply as an external power supply, converts external power supplied from the commercial power supply into operating power required by the main control device 60, the payout control device 70, etc. Supply power. In addition, in the present embodiment, the power supply device 85 includes the capacitor 87, and when power failure occurs or when the power switch is turned off, the power supply to each device is continued for a predetermined period.

Further, an entrance detection sensor provided at each entrance is connected to the input side of the MPU 62. Specifically, a special winning opening detection sensor 44a that detects a game ball that entered the special winning opening 36a, a first starting opening detection sensor 44b that detects a gaming ball that entered the first starting opening 33, The 2nd starting opening detection sensor 44c which detects the game ball which entered the 2 starting opening 34, the 1st winning opening detection sensor 44d which detects the gaming ball which entered the 1st winning opening 32a, and the 2nd winning opening 32b The second winning hole detection sensor 44e that detects the game ball that entered the ball, the third winning hole detection sensor 44f that detects the game ball that entered the third winning hole 32c, and the game ball that passed through the through gate 35. The through-gate detection sensor 44g for detecting and the discharge passage detection sensor 44h for detecting the game ball that has passed through the above-mentioned discharge passage are connected. Based on the signals from these detection sensors, the MPU 62 determines whether or not a game ball flowing down the game area PA has entered a starting opening or a winning opening, and the game ball has passed through a through gate or a discharge passage. It is determined whether or not. Further, the MPU 62 executes the jackpot lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34.

On the output side of the MPU 62, a variable winning a prize driving unit 36c that opens and closes the opening and closing door 36b of the variable winning device 36, an electric auditors product driving unit 34b that opens and closes the electric auditors product 34a of the second starting opening 34, and a main display. The part 45 is connected. Various driver circuits are provided on the main control board 61, and the MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units through the driver circuits.

Specifically, in the open/close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning drive unit 36c so that the open/close door 36b is opened/closed. In addition, as a result of the electric role opening lottery, when the electric role is opened, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the electric role driving unit 44b so that the electric role 34a is opened. Further, in each game time, the MPU 62 executes the display control of the first symbol display section 37a or the second symbol display section 37b in the main display section 45, and in the opening/closing execution mode, the round display in the main display section 45. The display control of the unit 39 is executed.

A payout control device 70 and a sound emission control device 90 are connected to the transmission side of the MPU 62. To the payout control device 70, for example, a prize ball command is transmitted from the main control device 60 based on the result of ball entry determination. When the main control device 60 transmits a prize ball command, the MPU 62 of the main control board 61 refers to the command information storage area of the ROM 63. Specifically, when the entry of game balls into the general winning opening 32 is specified, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of 10 gaming balls is transmitted from the main control device 60, and then to the first starting opening 33. When the entry of the game ball is specified, the prize ball command corresponding to the payout of the three game balls is transmitted from the main control device 60, and the entry of the game ball into the second starting opening 34 is specified. The main control device 60 transmits a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of one game ball. The payout control device 70 controls the payout device 71 based on the prize ball command received from the main control device 60 to pay out the prize balls.

A launch controller 80 is connected to the payout controller 70. The firing control device 80 controls the firing of the game ball firing mechanism 81. The game ball firing mechanism 81 is driven when a predetermined firing condition is satisfied. The operation handle 25 is connected to the firing control device 80. As described above, the operation handle 25 includes the touch sensor 25a, the weight button 25b, and the variable resistor 25c. When the player grips the operation handle 25, the touch sensor 25a is turned on, and when the player turns the operation handle 25, the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c changes corresponding to the turning operation amount, A game ball is launched from the game ball launching mechanism to the front surface of the game board with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c.

The voice emission control device 90 receives various commands transmitted from the main control device 60, and executes processing corresponding to the received various commands. Specifically, the voice emission control device 90 controls the drive of various lamps 47 including light emitting means such as LEDs arranged in the front door frame 14 and the speaker 46 based on various commands received from the main control device 60. Drive control of the display control device 100. Further, the production operation button 24 is connected to the sound emission control device 90, and when the production operation button 24 is operated by the player at a predetermined timing, the game production reflecting the operation is performed. The various lamps 47, the speaker 46, the display control device 100, and the like are controlled.

The display control device 100 executes display control of the symbol display device 41 based on various commands received from the voice emission control device 90. Specifically, the display control device 100 grasps, based on various commands received from the voice emission control device 90, the variation time of the symbol on the symbol display device 41 and the type of the combination of symbols finally stopped and displayed. The presence/absence of a reach, the content of the reach effect, and the content of the effect executed while the first liquid crystal design and the second liquid crystal design are variably displayed are understood. In the present embodiment, the stop time, which is the time during which the first liquid crystal design or the second liquid crystal design is stopped and displayed, is constant. Therefore, by determining the variable time, the unit game time, which is the time required for one game, is uniquely determined. The electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 has been described above.

FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of various counters used in the jackpot lottery and the like. Various counters are provided in various counter areas of the RAM 64, and are used when the MPU 62 makes a jackpot lottery, sets the display of the main display unit 45, and sets the symbol display of the symbol display device 41. Specifically, the big hit random number counter C1 is used for the big hit lottery. When sorting the jackpot type, the jackpot type counter C2 is used. A reach random number counter C3 is used for reach determination as to whether or not a reach is to be generated when the symbol array displayed on the symbol display device 41 is displaced and changed.

The random number initial value counter CINI is used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. Further, the fluctuation type counter CS is used when determining the fluctuation time in the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b of the main display section 45, and the symbol display device 41. Further, the electric accessory release counter C4 is used for the electric accessory release lottery to determine whether or not to open the electric accessory 34a of the second starting opening 34.

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the counter value every time it is updated, and the counter value returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the lottery counter buffer 64a set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64.

Further, the RAM 64 is provided with a holding information storage area 64b and a determination processing execution area 64c. The reserved information storage area 64b is provided with a first reserved area Ra and a second reserved area Rb. In the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first starting opening 33, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the variation type counter CS at the timing of entering the ball is the reserved information storage area. It is chronologically stored in the first holding area Ra of 64b. When a game ball enters the second starting opening 34, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the variation type counter CS at the timing of entering the ball are stored in the reserved information storage area 64b. 2 The storage areas are stored in the reservation area Rb in time series.

The jackpot random number counter C1 will be described in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is used in the jackpot lottery as described above. The jackpot random number counter C1 is configured, for example, to be sequentially incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 1199, and then returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. When the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value=0 to 1199).

The jackpot random number counter C1 is regularly updated, and when the game ball enters the first starting opening 33, the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the entering. When a game ball is stored in the second starting opening 34, it is stored in the second holding area Rb of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the entering.

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first holding area Ra moves to the execution area AE of the determination processing execution area 64c, is collated with the hit/miss table stored in the hit/miss table storage area of the ROM 63, and becomes a jackpot. It is determined whether or not. The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the second holding area Rb moves to the execution area AE of the determination processing execution area 64c, and is collated with the hit/miss table stored in the hit/miss table storage area of the ROM 63 to win the jackpot. It is determined whether or not

In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first holding area Ra or the second holding area Rb is the game ball entering the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. By doing so, the determination processing execution area 64c moves to the execution area AE in the order acquired. Then, the jackpot random number counter C1 moved to the execution area AE is collated with the hit/miss table stored in the hit/miss table storage area of the ROM 63, and it is determined whether or not the jackpot is a big hit.

Next, the details of the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is used when determining the jackpot type. The jackpot type counter C2 is configured to be sequentially incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 39, and after reaching the maximum value, returns to 0.

The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and when the game ball enters the first starting opening 33, the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the entering. When the game ball enters the second starting opening 34, it is stored in the second holding area Rb of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the entering.

As described above, the MPU 62 performs the jackpot lottery using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the determination processing execution area 64c, and when the jackpot lottery result is a jackpot, the determination processing execution area 64c. The jackpot type is determined using the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in. Further, the MPU 62 uses the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 to determine the display mode of the segment display stopped and displayed on the first symbol display portion 37a and the second symbol display portion 37b. .. When making the determination, the stop result table stored in the stop result table storage area of the ROM 63 is referred to.

Next, details of the reach random number counter C3 will be described. The reach random number counter C3 is used when determining whether or not a reach occurs when the result of the jackpot lottery is not a jackpot. The reach random number counter C3 is configured to add one by one in order within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value.

The reach random number counter C3 is regularly updated, and the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing when the game ball enters the first starting opening 33, and the second starting opening 34 The game ball is stored in the second holding area Rb of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing when the game ball enters. The value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the first holding area Ra is moved to the determination processing execution area 64c and then collated with the reach determination table stored in the reach determination table storage area of the ROM 63 to determine the reach. It is determined whether or not it occurs. The value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the second holding area Rb is moved to the determination processing execution area 64c and then collated with the reach determination table stored in the reach determination table storage area of the ROM 63 to determine the reach. It is determined whether or not it occurs. However, when the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot and the mode is shifted to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 determines the reach generation regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

Reach means that for some of the plurality of symbol strings displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device 41, there is a possibility that a combination of symbols corresponding to the jackpot will be established. It is displayed, and refers to a display state in which the symbols are displayed in a variable manner in the remaining symbol columns in that state. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, a combination of symbols corresponding to a big hit means a combination of the same symbols in a predetermined effective line. As a specific example, in the main display area MA of the display surface 41a of FIG. 4(b), the symbols are first stopped and displayed in the symbol column Z1, and then the same symbols as Z1 are stopped and displayed in the symbol column Z3. The reach line is formed, and in the situation where the reach line is formed, the reach is achieved by the variable display of the symbols in the symbol row Z2. Then, when a big hit occurs, the same symbols as the symbols forming the reach line are stopped and displayed in the symbol column Z2.

Also, in the reach, while the reach line is formed, while performing the variable display of the symbols in the remaining symbol rows, and performing the reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the background screen, In addition to reducing or displaying the combination of the symbols in which the reach line is formed, the reach effect is included by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display surface 41a. Further, when the reach effect is being performed or before the reach display, the reach random number counter C3 and other counters are used to determine whether or not the advance notice display using the predetermined image such as the predetermined character is performed. May be.

Next, details of the fluctuation type counter CS will be described. The variation type counter CS is used when the MPU 62 determines the variation time in the first symbol display portion 37a and the second symbol display portion 37b and the variation time of the symbol in the symbol display device 41. The fluctuation type counter CS is configured to be incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 198, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value.

The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired at the time of starting the variation display on the first symbol display portion 37a or the second symbol display portion 37b and determining the variation pattern at the time when the symbol display device 41 starts the variation of the symbol. The variable time table stored in the variable time table storage area of the ROM 63 is used to determine the variable time in the first symbol display portion 37a and the second symbol display portion 37b.

Next, details of the electric accessory release counter C4 will be described. The electric accessory release counter C4 is configured to be incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 465, for example, and then return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated, and is stored in the electric accessory holding area 64d of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball enters the through gate 35. Then, at a predetermined timing, after the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 stored in the electric accessory holding area 64d moves to the electric accessory execution area 64e, the electric accessory release is performed in the electric accessory execution area 64e. A lottery is performed using the value of the counter C4 to determine whether or not to control the electric accessory 34a in the open state. For example, if C4=0, 1, the electric accessory 34a is controlled to the open state, and if C4=2-465, the electric accessory 34a is maintained in the closed state.

Note that at least one of the value of the obtained jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the jackpot type counter C2, the value of the reach random number counter C3, the value of the electric accessory release counter C4, and the value of the variation type counter CS is special information in the present invention. Equivalent to. In addition, at least one of the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the jackpot type counter C2, the value of the reach random number counter C3, and the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the first holding area Ra and the second holding area Rb is held. Also called information.

Next, the hit/miss table will be described. The win/loss table is table data for collating with the jackpot random number counter C1 when performing the jackpot lottery based on the jackpot random number counter C1. In the pachinko machine 10, a low-probability mode and a high-probability mode are set as lottery modes for the jackpot lottery, and the win/loss table for the low-probability mode is referred to when the jackpot lottery is performed in the low-probability mode. At the time of the big hit lottery in the probability mode, the win/loss table for the high probability mode is referred to.

FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of the win/loss table. FIG. 7A shows a win/loss table for the low probability mode (for the low probability mode), and FIG. 7(b) shows a win/loss table for the high probability mode.

As shown in FIG. 7A, in the winning/discarding table for the low probability mode, five values 0 to 4 are set as the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is a jackpot. Then, out of the values of 0 to 1199, values (5 to 1199) other than the five values of 0 to 4 are out. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 7B, 16 values 0 to 15 are set as the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is a jackpot in the hit table for the high probability mode. Then, among the values of 0 to 1199, values other than the 16 values of 0 to 15 are out. In this way, the high-probability mode has a higher probability of winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery than the low-probability mode.

Further, in the present embodiment, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 set as the jackpot in the hit table for the low probability mode is the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 set as the jackpot in the hit table for the high probability mode. Included in the group. However, as a result of the jackpot lottery, if the probability of being a jackpot in the high-probability mode is higher than that of the low-probability mode, the number and value of random numbers set as the jackpot are arbitrary.

Although not adopted in the win/loss table in the present embodiment, a “small win” may be provided as a result of the big hit lottery.

The “small hit” is a result of the shift to the open/close execution mode in which the variable winning device 36 is opened/closed, but is not a transition trigger in both the lottery mode and the support mode. On the other hand, "disengagement" is a result of the judgment that the opening/closing execution mode does not trigger the transition, and the lottery mode and the support mode do not trigger the transition.

Next, the jackpot type will be described. A plurality of types of jackpots can be set in the pachinko machine 10. Specifically, for example, a plurality of types of jackpots can be set by providing differences in the following three modes or modes.
(1) Number of times of opening/closing of the opening/closing door 36b of the variable winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode (number of rounds)
(2) Aspect of open/close control of the variable winning device 36 in the open/close execution mode (3) Lottery mode (low probability mode or high probability mode) of jackpot lottery after completion of the open/close execution mode

As a mode of the opening/closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the above (2) opening/closing execution mode, occurrence of a game ball entering the variable winning device 36 (winning) from the start to the end of the opening/closing execution mode. It is possible to set the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode so that the frequencies are relatively high and low. For example, in the high-frequency winning mode, one opening of the opening/closing door 36b in the opening/closing execution mode is set to continue until 30 seconds elapse or until the number of game balls entering the opening/closing door 36b reaches 10. can do. On the other hand, in the low frequency winning mode, one opening of the open/close door 36b in the open/close execution mode is set to continue until 1.6 seconds elapse or until the number of balls entered into the open/close door 36b reaches 10. You can

The opening limit time for one opening of the opening/closing door 36b and the opening limit number for one opening are determined by the frequency of occurrence of a ball entering the variable winning device 36 from the start to the end of the opening/closing execution mode. As long as the high-frequency winning mode is higher than the low-frequency winning mode, the opening mode of the opening/closing door 36b is arbitrary. Specifically, it is sufficient that the high-frequency winning mode has a longer opening limit time for one opening or a larger opening limit number for one opening than the low-frequency winning mode. In order to clarify the difference between the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode, in the opening/closing execution mode of the low-frequency winning mode, the variable winning device 36 may not be substantially won.

In this embodiment, a plurality of types of winning modes are not provided as the opening/closing execution mode, and the high-frequency winning mode described above is set during the opening/closing execution mode. That is, one opening of the opening/closing door 36b in the opening/closing execution mode is set to continue until 30 seconds elapse or until the number of game balls entering the opening/closing door 36b reaches 10.

In the present embodiment, when the jackpot is selected as a result of the jackpot lottery, the jackpot type counter C2 is used to sort the jackpot types. The jackpot type distribution corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table in the distribution table storage area of the ROM 63.

FIG. 8 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of the distribution table. FIG. 8A shows a distribution table for the first starting port, and FIG. 8B shows a distribution table for the second starting port. The distribution table for the first starting port is referred to in the jackpot lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting port 33, and the distribution table for the second starting port is directed to the second starting port 34. It is referred to in the jackpot lottery based on the entry of the game ball.

As shown in the distribution table for the first starting port of FIG. 8A, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, as the jackpot type based on the first starting port 33, 16R certainty variation jackpot, 8R certainty variation jackpot, 16R normal Big hit, 8R Normal big hit is set.

In the 16R probability variation jackpot and the 8R probability variation jackpot, the mode of the opening/closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode is the high frequency winning mode, and the win/loss lottery mode after the completion of the opening/closing execution mode is the high probability mode. It is a big hit that the support mode after the end of becomes the high frequency support mode.

In the 16R regular jackpot and the 8R regular jackpot, the mode of the opening/closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode is the high frequency winning mode, and the winning/discarding lottery mode after the completion of the opening/closing execution mode is the low probability mode. It is a big hit that the support mode after the end of becomes the high frequency support mode.

In the distribution table for the first starting opening, among the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of “0 to 39”, “0 to 13” correspond to the 16R probability variation jackpot, and “14 to 27” are the 8R regular jackpots. "28-33" corresponds to the 16R normal jackpot and "34-39" corresponds to the 8R normal jackpot.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, four types of jackpots are set as jackpot types. Therefore, the modes of jackpots are diversified. When comparing these four types of jackpots, the degree of advantage for the player is that the 16R certainty variation jackpot is the highest, the 8R certainty variation jackpot is the next highest, then the 16R regular jackpot, and finally the 8R regular jackpot. In this way, by setting a plurality of types of jackpots having different degrees of advantage for the player, it is possible to suppress monotonization of the game and increase the degree of attention to the game.

As shown in the distribution table for the second starting port of FIG. 8B, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, 16R certainty variation jackpot and 8R normal jackpot are set as the jackpot type based on the second starting port 34. ing. In the distribution table for the second starting opening, among the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of “0 to 39”, “0 to 27” correspond to the 16R probability variation jackpot, and “28 to 39” are the 8R regular jackpots. It corresponds to.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the jackpot is the jackpot, the distribution mode of the jackpot type is the jackpot based on the entry of the game ball into the first start opening 33 and the jackpot. It is different from the case of a big hit based on the entry of the game ball into the 2 start opening 34, and there is a clear difference in the advantage for the player.

As described above, the MPU 62 performs a jackpot lottery using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE, and also uses the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. However, the MPU 62 further uses the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 to display the segment display on the first result display section 37a and the second result display section 37b. The display mode is determined. When making the determination, the stop result table stored in the stop result table storage area of the ROM 63 is referred to.

In the pachinko machine 10, as a mode of the support mode of the electric accessory 34a of the second starting port 34 after the above (3) opening/closing execution mode ends, the firing of the game ball continues to the game area PA in the same mode. When the comparison is made in the above situation, the high frequency support mode and the low frequency support mode are set so that the frequency of the electric accessory 34a of the second starting opening 34 being in the open state per unit time becomes relatively high and low. Can be set.

Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the probability of being a winning combination of the electric role is different between the high frequency support mode and the low frequency support mode in the electric accessory opening lottery using the electric accessory opening counter C4. .. In the high frequency support mode, the probability of winning the electric role in the electric accessory open lottery is higher than in the low frequency support mode. Further, in the high-frequency support mode, the one-time release time of the electric accessory 34a is set to be longer when the electric-role opening win is selected than in the low-frequency support mode.

Although not adopted in the present embodiment, in the high-frequency support mode, when the electric power combination open wins and the electric power accessory 34a is in the open state a plurality of times, the next operation is performed after the end of the one open state. The closing time until the opening state is started may be set to be shorter than one opening time. Further, in the high frequency support mode, the time secured from one electric auditors item open lottery to the next electric auditors item open lottery is set relatively shorter than in the low frequency support mode. May be.

As described above, in the high frequency support mode, the probability of the game ball entering the second starting opening 34 is higher than in the low frequency support mode. That is, the high frequency support mode functions as an auxiliary game state that assists the establishment of the special information acquisition condition.

FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of a win/loss table (electric win/loft lottery win/loss table) used when executing the electric win open lottery.

FIG. 9A shows a win/loss table (for low frequency support mode) for electric accessory release lottery used in the low frequency support mode. As shown in FIG. 9A, in the winning/discarding table for the electric accessory opening lottery (for the low frequency support mode), two values 0 and 1 are set as the values of the electric accessory opening counter C4 which is the winning of the electric accessory opening. The value is set. As the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 which is out of alignment, 464 values of 2 to 465 are set. That is, in the low frequency support mode, when the game ball passes through the through gate 35 and the electric accessory open lottery is executed, there is a probability of 1/233, and the electric role open win is achieved. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the electric role opening is won in the low frequency support mode, the electric accessory 34a is opened once, and the opening time is 1.4 seconds.

FIG. 9B shows a win/loss table for the electric accessory release lottery (for the high frequency support mode) used in the high frequency support mode. As shown in FIG. 9B, in the winning/disabling table for the electric accessory opening lottery (for the high-frequency support mode), 462 values of 0 to 461 of the electric accessory opening counters C4 that are the winning of the electric accessory opening are displayed. The value is set. Four values of 462 to 465 are set as the values of the electric accessory release counter C4 which is disengaged. That is, in the high frequency support mode, when the game ball passes through the through gate 35 and the electric accessory release lottery is executed, the probability of winning the electric role is 231/233. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the power combination opening win is obtained in the high frequency support mode, the electric accessory 34a is opened once, and the opening time is 1.6 seconds.

In this way, the high-frequency support mode is set by the electric prize release lottery win/loss table so that the probability of the game ball entering the second starting opening 34 is higher than that in the low-frequency support mode. ..

FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of the main controller 60 and the configuration of the inspection machine 320 included in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. Below, the MPU 62, the CPU 62x, the ROM 63, and the RAM 64 are also referred to as the main MPU 62, the main CPU 62x, the main ROM 63, and the main RAM 64, respectively.

The main ROM 63 of the main MPU 62 is provided with an award ball number data storage area and a calculation execution condition storage area.

In the prize ball number data storage area, the number of game balls (prize ball number data) to be paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters each entrance is stored. In the present embodiment, the following prize ball number data is stored in the prize ball number data storage area.
· The number of game balls game ball to the first start hole 33 is paid out as Shodama when ball entrance (first start hole prize ball number P _1): 3
· The number of game balls game ball to the second start hole 34 is paid out as Shodama when ball entrance (second start hole prize ball number P _2): 3
The number of game balls to be paid out as prize balls when the game balls enter the first winning opening 32a (first winning opening prize ball number P _N1 ): 10
-The number of game balls paid out as a prize ball when the game ball enters the second winning opening 32b (the second winning opening prize ball number P _N2 ): 10
-Number of game balls paid out as prize balls when the game balls enter the third winning opening 32c (third winning opening prize balls number P _N3 ): 10
・The number of game balls paid out as a prize ball when the game ball enters the special winning opening 36a (the number of special winning opening prize balls P _S ): 15

The main MPU 62 refers to the award ball number data stored in the award ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63, and thereby pays out the award ball as the award ball when the game ball enters each entrance. Determine the number of.

Further, in the present embodiment, the prize ball number data stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. As a result, the game history management chip 300 can grasp the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10.

The operation execution condition storage area stores an operation execution condition that is a condition for the game history management chip 300 to start an operation for calculating game history information. In the present embodiment, it is stored as a calculation execution condition that the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500. The calculation execution condition stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. As a result, the game history management chip 300 can grasp the calculation execution condition set in the pachinko machine 10.

The game history management chip 300 is a semiconductor chip that calculates various game history information based on the ball entry information of the game ball into each entrance and stores the calculated game history information. The game history management chip 300 includes a buffer 302 that acquires the entry information of the game ball into each entrance from the CPU 62x, a register 304 that stores the number of game balls entered into each entrance, and a main ROM 63. The memory 306 for storing the number of prize balls data obtained from the memory 306 for storing the number of prize balls, the memory 307 for storing the operation execution condition obtained from the main ROM 63, and the overall control of the game history management chip 300. A CPU 308 that controls the game history information based on the number of game balls entering each entrance and the number of prize balls set in each entrance when the execution condition is satisfied. It is provided with a calculation result storage memory 309 for storing the played game history information.

The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for connecting the inspection machine 320 and the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65.

The inspection machine 320 includes a CPU 321 that executes various control programs, a ROM 324 that stores various control programs and fixed value data, a RAM 326 that is a memory for temporarily storing various data, and a game history management chip 300. A display unit 328 for displaying the received game history information and a connection cable 329 for connecting to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 are provided.

FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the content of processing in the game history management chip 300 and the inspection machine 320.

The buffer 302 is provided between the CPU 62x of the main-side MPU 62 and the register 304, and acquires the entry information at each entrance from the CPU 62x. Specifically, the buffer 302 is provided with a plurality of bits corresponding to the respective entrances, and the CPU 62x turns on the bit corresponding to the entrance determined as the game ball entered (“1 )) For example, when the CPU 62x determines that the game ball has entered the first starting opening 33, the bit corresponding to the first starting opening 33 of the buffer 302 is turned on (“1”).

Further, the buffer 302 is also provided with a bit for grasping a game mode and a state of the pachinko machine 10 (hereinafter, also referred to as a game state) when the game ball enters each of the ball entrances. In the present embodiment, a bit for determining whether or not the normal mode is in progress (the mode is neither in the high-probability mode, in the high-frequency support mode, or in the open/close execution mode), and whether or not the high-probability mode is in progress. A bit for determining whether or not the high-frequency support mode is in effect, a bit for determining whether or not the open/close execution mode is in effect, and the first reserved number is the upper limit. A bit for determining whether the period is a value, a bit for determining whether the second retained number is an upper limit value, and the front door frame 14 is open. There are provided a bit for determining whether or not there is a bit and a bit for determining whether or not an error is occurring in which a trouble such as a failure has occurred in the pachinko machine 10. For example, when the CPU 62x determines that the game ball is in the normal mode at the timing when the game ball enters the first starting opening 33, the bit for determining whether or not the buffer 302 is in the normal mode is turned on (“1 ))

The register 304 stores the number of game balls that have entered each entrance. Specifically, the register 304 is composed of a plurality of counters corresponding to each entrance, and when it is determined that the bit of the buffer 302 has the entrance information (that is, when the bit is ON). ), 1 is added to the value of the counter corresponding to the bit determined to have the ball entry information. In addition, in the present embodiment, the register 304 is configured by a non-volatile register that can retain the memory even when the power supply is cut off.

In this embodiment, the register 304 stores the following values by each counter corresponding to each entrance.
・The number of game balls that have entered the special winning opening 36a = the number of special winning openings N _S
-Number of game balls entering the first starting opening 33 = number of first starting opening entering balls N ₁
-Number of game balls entering the second starting port 34 = number of second starting port entering balls N ₂
-The number of game balls that have entered the first winning opening 32a = the first winning opening number N _N1
-Number of game balls that have entered the second winning opening 32b = number of second winning openings N _N2
-Number of game balls that have entered the third winning opening 32c = number of third winning openings N _N3
-Number of game balls that have passed through the through gate 35 = number of through gates N _G
・Number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage = number of discharge passages N _OUT
Note that, as described above, the number N _OUT of passages through the discharge passage matches the number of game balls shot on the game board 30.

Further, in the present embodiment, the register 304 stores the number of game balls entered in each entrance for each game state.
・Number of game balls entering each entrance during normal mode ・Number of game balls entering each entrance during high probability mode ・Entering each entrance during high frequency support mode Number of game balls-Number of game balls that entered each entrance during opening/closing execution mode-Game ball that entered the first starting port 33 during the normal mode and during the period when the first reserved number is the upper limit The number of game balls that entered the second starting opening 34 during the normal mode and the second hold number is the upper limit value-The game that entered each entrance while the front door frame 14 was open Number of balls ・Number of game balls that entered each entrance during an error

For example, it is determined that the bit corresponding to the first starting opening 33 of the buffer 302 has the ball entry information (the bit is ON), and the bit that determines whether or not the normal mode is set has the information. When it is determined that the bit is ON (the bit is ON), the value of the first starting opening entrance number counter, which is a counter that stores the number of entering game balls entering the first starting opening 33, is set to 1 Is added, and 1 is added to the value of the first start-port entrance number counter in the normal mode, which is a counter that stores the number of game balls entered in the first start port 33 during the normal mode. It

The prize ball number data storage memory 306 is a memory for storing the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10. In this embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the prize ball number data stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. .. Therefore, the content of the award ball number data stored in the award ball number data storage memory 306 is the same as the content of the award ball number data stored in the main ROM 63.

The calculation execution condition storage memory 307 is a memory for storing the calculation execution condition set in the pachinko machine 10. The calculation execution condition is a condition for starting the calculation for calculating the game history information, as described above. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the calculation for calculating the game history information is set to be started each time the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the calculation execution condition stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 by the CPU 62x and stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307. Therefore, the contents of the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 are the same as the contents of the calculation execution conditions stored in the main ROM 63. In addition, as the calculation execution condition, the number of game balls that have passed or entered a place other than the discharge passage may be stored as a reference, or a number other than 500 may be stored as a reference.

The CPU 308 determines whether or not the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 is satisfied, and when it is determined that the calculation execution condition is satisfied, the prize ball number data storage memory 306. Various game history information is calculated on the basis of the prize ball number data stored in (1) and the number of game balls entered into each entrance stored in the register 304. In the present embodiment, the CPU 308 calculates the following value as the game history information each time the value of the discharge passage passing number N _OUT stored in the register 304 reaches 500.

・Characteristic ratio = Number of game balls paid out as prize balls by character actuation (number of character prize balls)/Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)
=(N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S )/(N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S ).
・Continuous character ratio = Number of game balls paid out as prize balls due to continuous character operation (number of continuous prize balls)/Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)
=(N _S ×P _S )/(N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S ).
・Dot rate (total)
=Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)/Number of game balls fired on the game board 30 =(N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S )/N _OUT

The grounds for calculating the above values are as follows.
・The number of game balls paid out as prize balls by the operation of the accessory (the number of prize balls)
=The number of gaming balls paid out as prize balls by the operation of the electric winning object 34a as the ordinary electric winning object and the variable winning device 36 as the special electric winning object =To the second starting opening 34 and the special winning opening 36a Number of game balls paid out as a prize ball based on the entry of the game balls of N=N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S
・The number of game balls paid out as prize balls by the continuous winning action (the number of consecutive winning prizes)
=The number of game balls paid out as prize balls by the operation of the variable winning device 36 as a special electric accessory =The game paid out as prize balls based on the entry of the game balls into the special winning opening 36a Number of spheres = N _S ×P _S
-The number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the game balls entering the first to third winning openings 32a to 32c =N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3
・Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)
=Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the game balls entering the first to third winning openings 32a to 32c, the first starting opening 33, the second starting opening 34, and the special winning opening 36a = N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S

Further, in the present embodiment, the following game history information is calculated based on the number of game balls entered into each entrance, which is counted for each game state.

・Payout ratio (during normal mode)
= The number of game balls paid out as a prize ball based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 during the normal mode/based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 during the normal mode Number of game balls paid out as a prize ball + number of game balls paid out as a prize ball based on the entry of the game balls into the first to third winning openings 32a to 32c during the normal mode Ball rate (during normal mode)
= Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls during the normal mode/Number of game balls launched on the game board 30 during the normal mode/ball output rate (during high frequency support mode)
= Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls in the high frequency support mode/Number of game balls launched to the game board 30 in the high frequency support mode BY (in normal mode)
= The number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of the game balls into the first to third winning openings 32a to 32c during the normal mode + the first reserved number during the normal mode is the upper limit value The number of game balls paid out as a prize ball based on the entry of the game balls into the first start port 33 during the period + the second start port during the normal mode and the period in which the second reserved number is the upper limit value. Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on entry of game balls into 34/number of game balls launched to game board 30 during normal mode/BY _MIN (during normal mode)
= The number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of the game balls into the first to third winning openings 32a to 32c during the normal mode/the game balls launched on the game board 30 during the normal mode Number of balls in the front door frame open = Number of game balls entering each entrance while the front door frame 14 is open / Number of game balls launched on the game board 30 =Number of game balls entered into each entrance during an error/Number of game balls launched to the game board 30 The above-mentioned game history information is an example, and a configuration for calculating game history information other than these is given. May be

When the CPU 308 calculates the various game history information described above, the CPU 308 stores the calculated various game history information in the memory 309 for storing the calculation result and resets the value of each counter of the register 304 to "0". In the following, various types of game history information calculated each time 500 game balls are shot on the game board 30 are collectively referred to as a “short-term game history information group”.

The calculation result storage memory 309 is a memory for storing the game history information calculated by the CPU 308, and in the present embodiment, is constituted by a non-volatile memory capable of holding the storage even when the power supply is cut off. Has been done. Information regarding the order in which the short-term game history information group is written is also stored in the calculation result storage memory 309, and the CPU 308 calculates if there is no free area for writing the calculated short-term game history information group. The short-term game history information group is stored in the area in which the oldest written short-term game history information group is stored. That is, the calculation result storage memory 309 is configured so that the oldest short-term game history information group is sequentially overwritten (first-in/first-out method), and the latest short-term game history information group is always stored. It will be in a state of being.

In the present embodiment, the calculation result storage memory 309 has a capacity capable of storing 1200 short-term game history information groups calculated each time 500 game balls are shot on the game board 30. doing. For example, if the game balls are continuously fired for 10 hours a day, 60,000 game balls will be fired a day, so 120 short-term game history information groups will be calculated a day. It is stored in the result storage memory 309. Therefore, the calculation result storage memory 309 can store the short-term game history information group for the last 10 days.

When the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the inspection machine 320 transmits a transmission request command requesting transmission of the game history information to the game history management chip 300. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 transmits the game history information stored in the operation result storage memory 309 to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65. Thereby, the inspection machine 320 acquires the game history information stored in the memory 309 for storing the calculation result and causes the display unit 328 to display the acquired game history information.

As described above, in the present embodiment, each time the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500, that is, each time 500 game balls are shot on the game board 30, a game such as a character ratio is played. The history information is calculated and stored in the calculation result storage memory 309. Then, the calculated game history information is displayed on the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320.

A3. Details of various processes executed in the gaming machine:
Next, each process executed by the MPU 62 (CPU 62x in this embodiment) will be described. The processing of the MPU 62 is roughly classified into a main processing that is started when the power is turned on and a timer interrupt processing that is started periodically (in this embodiment, at a cycle of 4 msec).

First, the main process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by the main MPU 62. In step S10101, initial setting processing is executed. Specifically, the initialization of each control device when the power is turned on, the validity of the data stored and held in the RAM 64, and the like are determined. Further, in the present embodiment, in the initial setting process, a process of transmitting calculation data to the game history management chip 300 is executed. Specifically, the calculation data (prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions) stored in the main ROM 63 are transmitted to the game history management chip 300. As will be described later, the game history management chip 300 that has received the calculation data stores the prize ball number data and the calculation execution condition in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 and the calculation execution condition storage memory 307, respectively. A setting completion command indicating that the above has been completed is transmitted to the main MPU 62. After executing step S10101, the process proceeds to step S10102.

In step S10102, it is determined whether the setting completion command has been received. If it is determined in step S10102 that the setting completion command has been received (S10102: YES), the flow advances to step S10103 to set interrupt permission to permit generation of timer interrupt processing. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10102 that the setting completion command has not been received (S10102: NO), the process of step S10102 is executed again. That is, until the setting completion command is received, the process does not proceed to step S10103, and the interrupt permission setting for permitting the generation of the timer interrupt process is not performed.

After executing step S10103, the process proceeds to the residual processing of steps S10104 to S10107. That is, although the main MPU 62 is configured to periodically execute the timer interrupt processing as described later, a residual time is generated between one timer interrupt processing and the next timer interrupt processing. This remaining time will vary depending on the processing completion time of each timer interrupt processing, but the remaining processing of steps S10104 to S10107 is repeatedly executed using this irregular time. In this respect, it can be said that the residual process of steps S10104 to S10107 is an irregular process that is irregularly executed.

In the residual processing, first, in step S10104, interrupt prohibition is set in order to prohibit the occurrence of timer interrupt processing. In a succeeding step S10105, a random number initial value updating process for updating the random number initial value counter CINI is executed, and in a step S10106, a fluctuation counter updating process for updating the fluctuation type counter CS is executed. In these update processes, the current numerical value information is read from the corresponding counter of the main RAM 64, the process of adding 1 to the read numerical value information is executed, and then the process of overwriting the counter of the reading source is executed. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0". After that, in step S10107, an interrupt permission setting for switching from the state in which the generation of the timer interrupt process is prohibited to the state in which the timer interrupt process is permitted is set. After executing the process of step S10107, the process returns to step S10104, and the processes of steps S10104 to S10107 are repeated.

Next, the timer interrupt processing executed by the main MPU 62 (CPU 62x in this embodiment) will be described.

FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt processing executed in the main MPU 62. The timer interrupt process is activated at a specific cycle (4 msec cycle in this embodiment).

In the timer interruption process, first, random number updating process for lottery is executed in step S10201. In the lottery random number updating process, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, after the current numerical value information is sequentially read from the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4, and the read numerical value information is incremented by 1, respectively. , The process of overwriting the counter of the reading source is executed. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0". Then, it progresses to step S10202.

In step S10202, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated in the random number initial value updating process, and in step S10203, the variation type counter CS is updated in the variation type counter updating process. Then, it progresses to step S10204.

In step S10204, port output processing is executed. In the port output process, when the output information is set in the previous timer interrupt process, a process for outputting to the various drive units 36c and 34b is executed according to the output information. For example, when the information to switch the special winning opening 36a to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the variable winning drive unit 36c is started, and the information to switch to the closed state is set. The output of the drive signal is stopped. Further, when the information to switch the electric accessory 34a of the second starting port 34 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the electric accessory driving unit 34b is started, and the information to switch to the closed state is given. If it is set, the output of the drive signal is stopped. Then, it progresses to step S10205.

In step S10205, a reading process is executed. In the reading processing, reading of signals other than the incoming ball signal is executed, and the read information is stored for use in future processing. Then, it progresses to step S10206.

In step S10206, the signal received from each of the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h is read, and the ball detection process for performing the process corresponding to the read information is executed. The processing content of the entry detection process will be described in detail later. Then, it progresses to step S10207.

In step S10207, the entry detection information is output to the bit of the buffer 302 of the game history management chip 300. Specifically, the bit corresponding to the entrance for which it is determined that the game ball has entered in the entrance detection process of step S10206 is turned ON ("1"), and the bit corresponding to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 To ON (“1”). Then, it progresses to step S10208.

In step S10208, a timer update process for collectively updating the numerical information of the predetermined timer counter provided in the main RAM 64 is executed. After that, the process advances to step S10209 to execute the output setting process of the prize ball command. Then, it progresses to step S10210.

In step S10210, a ball entering process for the starting opening associated with the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 is executed. In the ball entry process for the starting opening, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are determined based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. The value is acquired and the acquired counter value is stored in the reserved information storage area 64b of the RAM 64. After executing step S10210, the process proceeds to step S10211.

In step S10211, a through-gate ball entry process associated with the entry (passing) of a game ball into the through gate 35 is executed. In the ball entry process for the through gate, the value of the variation type counter CS is acquired based on the determination that the game ball has entered (passed through) the through gate 35, and the acquired counter value is used as the electric power of the RAM 64. It is stored in the holding area 64d. After executing step S10211, the process proceeds to step S10212.

In step S10212, a game time control process for controlling the game at each game time is executed. In the game time control process, jackpot lottery, display control of the first symbol display portion 37a, the second symbol display portion 37b, and the like are performed. After executing step S10212, the process proceeds to step S10213.

In step S10213, game state transition processing for shifting the game state is executed. In the game state transition process, a process of transitioning the game state to the open/close execution mode, high probability mode, high frequency support mode, etc. is executed. After executing step S10213, the process proceeds to step S10214.

In step S10214, a process for supporting electric role for controlling the electric accessory 34a is executed. In the electric power support process, it is determined whether or not the electric accessory 34a is to be opened (electrical accessory open lottery), and when it is determined to be in the opened state, the electric accessory 34a is drive-controlled. After executing step S10214, the process proceeds to step S10215.

In step S10215, a game ball launch control process is executed. In the game ball launch control process, a process for launching the game ball into the game area PA when the operation handle 25 is operated by the player is executed. After executing step S10215, the process proceeds to step S10216.

In step S10216, the external information setting process is executed so as to control the start and end of the output of the external signal according to the processing results of the various processes executed in the timer interrupt process this time. After executing step S10216, the timer interrupt processing ends.

Next, the entry detection process executed in step S10206 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 13) will be described.

In the incoming ball detection process, a process of checking the detection results of the incoming ball detection sensors 44a to 44h is executed, but the input port 62b of the input/output ports 62a of the main MPU 62 is checked in the confirmation. Here, prior to the description of the entry detection process, the configuration of the input port 62b provided in the main MPU 62 will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the configuration of the input port 62b provided in the main MPU 62. The input port 62b is configured as an 8-bit parallel interface so that it can simultaneously handle eight types of signals. Areas in which information of "0" or "1" is stored according to the voltage of each signal are provided in a one-to-one correspondence with each terminal. That is, the 0th bit D0 to the 7th bit D7 are provided as the area.

Further, although more than eight kinds of signals are input to the input port 62b, the signal group to be input to the input port 62b depends on the driver IC in order to limit the simultaneous input to eight kinds. It is switched through the switching control. In the entry detection process, a signal group to be input to the input port 62b is set in each entry detection sensor 44a to 44h.

In the situation where such a setting is made, the 0th bit D0 stores the information corresponding to the ball entry signal from the special winning opening detection sensor 44a, and the 1st bit D1 is the entry signal from the first starting opening detection sensor 44b. Corresponding information is stored, the second bit D2 stores the information corresponding to the ball entry signal from the second starting port detection sensor 44c, and the third bit D3 is the ball entry signal from the first winning port detection sensor 44d. Corresponding information is stored, the fourth bit D4 stores the information corresponding to the ball input signal from the second winning port detection sensor 44e, and the fifth bit D5 is the ball input signal from the third winning port detection sensor 44f. Corresponding information is stored, the sixth bit D6 stores information corresponding to the ball entry signal from the through gate detection sensor 44g, and the seventh bit D7 contains information corresponding to the ball entry signal from the discharge passage detection sensor 44h. Is stored.

In this case, each of the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h outputs an HI level signal indicating that the ball is not detected as a ball input signal when the passage of the game ball is not detected, and the game ball is passed. In the case where is detected, a LOW level signal indicating that the ball is being detected is output as a ball incoming signal. However, the main control board 151 is provided with an inverting circuit, and the state of the signal is inverted before each of the detection signals is input to the input port 62b. Then, at the input port 62b, when the LOW level signal is received through the inversion circuit, information of "0" (data 0 or no information) is stored in the corresponding bit, and the HI level signal is received through the inversion circuit. If "1", the information (data 1 or presence information) is stored in the corresponding bit.

In other words, in the situation where passage of the game ball is not detected by the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h, "0" information corresponding to the information indicating non-detection is stored in the corresponding bit, and the passage of the game ball is detected. In such a situation, the information of “1” corresponding to the information indicating the detection is stored in the corresponding bit.

Each ball detection sensor 44a-44h outputs a LOW level signal as a ball entry signal while not detecting the passage of the game ball, and HI as a ball entry signal while detecting the passage of the game ball. It may be configured to output a level signal. In this case, the inversion circuit may be omitted.

FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a ball entrance detection process executed by the main MPU 62. FIG. 15A is a flowchart showing a ball entry detection process executed by the main MPU 62. FIG. 15B is an explanatory diagram that schematically shows the entry determination area used in the entry detection process. In the entry detection process, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 15A, first in step S10301, the information currently stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 is set in the register of the main MPU 62. Processing for shifting to the 1-ball entry determination area WA1 is executed. The first entry determination area WA1 is composed of 8 bits as shown in FIG. 15(b-1) and stores all the information stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7. The data capacity is possible. In this case, the storage source bits in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 and the storage destination bits in the first entrance determination area WA1 are predetermined in a one-to-one correspondence, for example, the 0th bit. The information of D0 is always stored in a predetermined bit in the first entrance determination area WA1.

In a succeeding step S10302, wait processing for detecting a ball is executed. In the wait process, the main MPU 62 waits until a predetermined wait time elapses without executing any process. In the pachinko machine 10, the wait time is set to 10 μsec, but it does not hinder the execution of the periodic timer interrupt processing, and the effect described later due to the setting of the wait processing is sufficiently exerted. If it is possible, the specific wait time is arbitrary, but it is preferably in the range of 2 μsec to 500 μsec, and more preferably in the range of 10 μsec to 100 μsec.

Incidentally, it takes at least 1.2 μsec to execute the process of one step. Therefore, even if the process of step S10302 is not set, a compulsory wait time of 1.2 μsec occurs between step S10301 and step S10303. In this regard, in step S10302, not only the minimum time required to execute the process but also an additional wait time is set between the process of step S10301 and the process of step S10303.

In a succeeding step S10303, a process of shifting the information currently stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 to the second entrance determination area WA2 in the register of the main MPU 62 is executed. By the way, since the update of information in the input port 62b is performed at an interval shorter than the time from the completion of step S10301 to the start of step S10303, the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 in step S10303. The information transferred from is different from that in step S10301.

The second entry determination area WA2, like the first entry determination area WA1, is composed of 8 bits as shown in FIG. 15(b-2), and includes the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7. It has a data capacity capable of storing all of the stored information. In this case, the bits of the storage source in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 and the bits of the storage destination in the second ball entry determination area WA2 are predetermined in a one-to-one correspondence. The relationship between the bit and the bit of the storage destination is the same as that in the case of the first entrance determination area WA1.

After that, in step S10304, after executing the entrance determination processing, the present entrance detection processing ends. The entry determination process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the entry determination processing executed by the main MPU 62. In the entry determination process, first, in step S10401, the entry determination counter provided in the main RAM 64 is set to 8. The numerical information of the entrance determination counter corresponds to the bits of each of the eight entrances. Specifically, in the present embodiment, "8" of the numerical information of the entry determination counter is the 0th bit D0 of the special winning opening 36a, "7" is the first bit D1 of the first starting opening 33, "6". Is the second bit D2 of the second starting opening 34, "5" is the third bit D3 of the first winning opening 32a, "4" is the fourth bit D4 of the second winning opening 32b, and "3" is the third winning opening. The fifth bit D5 and "2" of 32c correspond to the sixth bit D6 of the through gate 35, and "1" corresponds to the seventh bit D7 of the discharge passage, respectively. In the following step S10402, each bit information corresponding to the numerical information of the current entry determination counter in the first entry determination area WA1 and the second entry determination area WA2 is grasped. Each piece of information grasped in this case is information read from the same bit in the input port 62b.

In the following step S10403, AND processing of each information grasped in step S10402 is executed, the AND processing result is stored in the register, and in step S10404, the first post-computation area WA3 and the second post-computation area WA4 are stored. Of these, the AND processing result is stored in the corresponding bit on the side different from the side on which the information of the result of the AND processing is stored in the ball entry detection processing in the processing time of the previous timer interrupt processing. The first post-computation area WA3 and the second post-computation area WA4 are composed of 8 bits as shown in FIGS. 15(b-3) and 15(b-4), and are included in the first entry determination area WA1. It has a data capacity capable of storing all pieces of information of the AND processing result of each bit and each bit of the second ball entry determination area WA2. In this case, the bit order of the first ball entry determination area WA1 and the second ball entry determination area WA2 subjected to the AND process, and the bit order of the first post-computation area WA3 and the second post-computation area WA4 Is uniquely defined.

After that, in step S10405, on the side in which the information of the result of the AND processing in the entry determination processing in the processing time of the previous timer interrupt processing is stored among the first post-computation area WA3 and the second post-computation area WA4. Therefore, the bit information corresponding to the current numerical information of the entrance determination counter is read. Then, in step S10406, inversion processing for inverting the read information between "0" and "1" is executed.

After that, in step S10407, AND processing of the information of the AND processing result in step S10403 and the information of the inversion processing result in step S10406 is performed, and in the following step S10408, the result of the AND processing is the entry detection start information. It is determined whether or not it is "1" corresponding to. If it is determined in step S10408 that the AND processing result is "1", the process proceeds to step S10409 and subsequent steps.

In step S10409, it is determined whether or not the numerical information of the current entrance determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to either the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. If it corresponds to either the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34, in step S10410, the starting opening entry flag provided in the main RAM 64 is set to "1", and step S10411. Then, the numerical information of the three prize ball counter provided in the main RAM 64 is incremented by one.

The starting opening entrance flag specifies the entry of the game ball into the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34 with the main side MPU 62, and the gaming ball into the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. It is a flag for the main side MPU 62 to specify that it is a state corresponding to the entry of the ball and the state other than the execution of the prize ball should be executed. By the way, since the ball detection sensors 44b and 44c are provided in the first starting port 33 and the second starting port 34, respectively, the ball entering the first starting port 33 and the ball entering the second starting port 34 are provided. And may be simultaneously grasped within the range of one processing of the timer interrupt processing. Therefore, in order to deal with this, the number of starting entrance flags is provided in correspondence with the number of the starting openings 33 and 34, and specifically, two are provided. The three award ball counter is a counter for the main MPU 62 to specify the number of times that the three award ball command for instructing the execution of three award balls should be output.

When a negative determination is made in step S10409, it is determined in step S10412 whether or not the current numerical information of the ball determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the special winning opening 36a (variable winning device 36). judge. If it corresponds to the variable winning device 36, in step S10413, "1" is set to the special winning opening ball flag provided in the main RAM 64, and in the main RAM 64 in step S10414. The numerical information of the 15 award ball counter is incremented by 1.

The special winning opening entry flag is a process corresponding to the entry of the game ball into the variable winning device 36 by the main MPU 62 and the process corresponding to the entry of the game ball into the variable winning device 36. This is a flag for the main MPU 62 to specify that a process other than execution is to be executed. The 15 prize ball counter is a counter for the main MPU 62 to specify the number of times that the 15 prize ball command for instructing the execution of 15 prize balls should be output.

When a negative determination is made in step S10412, it is determined in step S10415 whether or not the current numerical value information on the entrance determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the through gate 35. If it corresponds to the through gate 35, in step S10416, the through passage flag provided in the main RAM 64 is set to "1".

The through passage flag identifies that the game ball has passed through the through gate 35 by the main side MPU 62, and that the main side is in a state in which processing corresponding to the entry of the game ball into the through gate 35 should be executed. This is a flag for specifying by the MPU 62.

When a negative determination is made in step S10415, in step S10417, the numerical information of the current entry determination counter corresponds to any of the first winning opening 32a, the second winning opening 32b, and the third winning opening 32c. It is determined whether the information is a bit. When it corresponds to any of the first winning opening 32a, the second winning opening 32b, and the third winning opening 32c, in step S10418, the general winning opening winning flag provided in the main RAM 64 is set to "1. Is set, and in step S10419, 1 is added to the numerical value information of the three prize ball counter provided in the main RAM 64.

The general winning opening winning flag is a flag for the main-side MPU 62 to specify the entrance of the game ball into the first winning opening 32a, the second winning opening 32b or the third winning opening 32c. By the way, since the first prize opening 32a, the second prize opening 32b and the third prize opening 32c are provided with the ball detection sensors 44d, 44e and 44f, respectively, The entry into the winning opening 32b and the entry into the third winning opening may be simultaneously grasped within the range of one processing of the timer interrupt processing. Therefore, in order to deal with this, the general winning opening winning ball flags are provided in correspondence with the number of the general winning openings 32a, 32b, 32c, and specifically, three flags are provided. The 10-prize ball counter is a counter for the main MPU 62 to specify the number of times that the 3-prize command for instructing the execution of 10 prize balls should be output.

If a negative determination is made in step S10417, it means that the current ball entry corresponds to the discharge passage, so in step SAD20, the discharge passage passage flag provided in the main RAM 64 is set to "1". Set. The discharge passage passage flag is a flag for the main MPU 62 to specify that the game ball has passed through the discharge passage.

When a negative determination is made in step S10408, or after any one of steps S10411, S10414, step S10416, step S10419, and step S10420 is executed, the process proceeds to step S10421. In step S10421, the entry determination counter is decremented by 1, and then in step S10422 it is determined whether or not the entry determination counter is "0".

If the entry determination counter is not "0", the processing of steps S10402 to S10420 is executed for the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the entry determination counter updated in step S10421. When the processes of steps S10402 to S10420 are executed for the numerical value information set in step S10401, an affirmative determination is made in step S10422, and the main entrance determination process ends.

Next, by performing the above-mentioned ball detection processing (FIG. 15), the general winning opening 32, the variable winning device 36, the first starting opening 33, the second starting opening 34, the through gate 35, and the discharge passage are provided. How the presence or absence of a ball is detected will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram for explaining how the presence/absence of a ball is detected. First, with reference to FIG. 17A, the timing of monitoring the detection result (hereinafter, also referred to as ball entry information) by the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h will be described. FIG. 17(A) is a timing chart for explaining the timing of monitoring each entry information.

As shown in FIG. 17A, in the configuration in which the timer interrupt process (specifically, 4 msec) is activated in the cycle of T1 (specifically, 4 msec), the process of monitoring the ball entry information is performed at each time of the timer interrupt process. It is performed twice (step S10301, step S10303). The process of monitoring each set of incoming information is executed so that the timing is delayed, but the process of monitoring the incoming information on the front side (step S10301) is T2 with respect to the timing at which the timer interrupt process is activated. Will be executed when the time elapses.

In this case, the timing at which the ball entrance detection process is executed in the timer interrupt process is executed before the process times such as the game time control process and the electric power support process which are likely to change, and the ball input in the timer interrupt process is executed. The processing executed prior to the detection processing is processing in which the processing time is relatively stable. Therefore, in the timer interruption process of each processing time, the period until the process of monitoring the incoming information on the front side is started is the same, substantially the same, or similar at T2. Therefore, of the processing for monitoring the set of incoming information included in each processing of the timer interrupt processing, the processing for monitoring the incoming information on the front side is periodically executed.

Further, among the processes of monitoring each set of incoming information, between the process of monitoring the incoming information of the front side (step S10301) and the process of monitoring the incoming information of the rear side (step S10303), Although the wait process for detecting a ball entry (step S10302) is executed, the wait process does not perform any process but waits until a certain wait time T3 elapses. Therefore, of the processing for monitoring the set of incoming information included in each processing of the timer interrupt processing, the processing for monitoring the incoming information on the rear side is regularly executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 17(B), the contents of the calculation executed when the entry determination is performed will be described. FIG. 17B is an explanatory diagram for explaining the content of the calculation executed when the ball entrance determination is performed. Although various calculations are actually performed in 1-bit units, the contents of the calculations will be described in 1-byte units in the following description. However, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which an operation in units of 1 byte as described below is actually performed.

In the case of FIG. 17(B), first, in the process of monitoring the incoming ball information on the front side in the n-th timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 17(B1), “0010000” is displayed in the first incoming ball determination area WA1. Is set. In this case, the entry information of the third winning opening detection sensor 44f of the entry detection sensors 44a to 44h is information indicating that a game ball is detected (hereinafter, also referred to as entry information). The ball entry information of other sensors is information indicating that a game ball is not detected (hereinafter, also referred to as no entry ball information).

Further, in the processing for monitoring the rear-side entrance information in the n-th timer interruption processing, as shown in FIG. 17B2, “10100000” is set in the second entrance determination area WA2. In this case, among the respective entrance detection sensors 44a to 44h, the discharge passage detection sensor 44h and the third winning opening detection sensor 44f are the presence information, and the other sensors are the absence information. ..

When the information of the first entry determination area WA1 and the second entry determination area WA2 is set as described above, the AND processing result is "00100000" as shown in FIG. 17(B3). The information is set in the first post-computation area WA3 as the result of monitoring the incoming ball information in the timer interrupt processing of the n-th processing time. In addition, when the monitoring result of the entry information in the (n-1)th timer interrupt processing is set in the post-computation area WA3, the monitoring result of the entry information in the nth timer interrupt processing is the second computation. It is set in the rear area WA4. Further, although the entrance determination processing is executed using the monitoring result of the entrance information at the (n-1)th time and the monitoring result of the entrance information at the nth time, the contents of the calculation of this processing are omitted here.

Next, in the process of monitoring the ball entry information on the front side in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 17B4, "10100110" is set in the first ball entry determination area WA1. In this case, among the entrance detecting sensors 44a to 44h, the discharge passage detecting sensor 44h, the third winning opening detecting sensor 44f, the second starting opening detecting sensor 44c, and the first starting opening detecting sensor 44b are included as the presence information. The other sensors have no entry information.

Further, in the process of monitoring the incoming information on the rear side in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process, “101000010” is set in the second incoming determination area WA2 as shown in FIG. 17(B5). In this case, among the respective entrance detection sensors 44a to 44h, the discharge passage detection sensor 44h, the third winning opening detection sensor 44f, and the first starting opening detection sensor 44b are the presence information, and the other sensors are It is information that there is no entry.

When the information of the first entry determination area WA1 and the second entry determination area WA2 is set as described above, the AND processing result is "101000010" as shown in FIG. 17(B6). The information is set in the second post-computation area WA4 as a result of monitoring the ball entry information in the timer interrupt processing of the (n+1)th processing.

After that, in the entrance determination processing (FIG. 16) in the (n+1)th timer interrupt processing, first, the monitoring result of the entrance information in the nth timer interrupt processing is read out from the first post-computation area WA3 and read out. Inversion processing is performed on the information of the monitoring result. Then, as shown in FIG. 17(B7), it becomes "11011111". Then, the result of the reversal process is ANDed with the result of monitoring the entry information in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process. This results in "10000010", as shown in FIG. 17 (B8). In this case, in the entry determination process, it is determined that the discharge passage detection sensor 44h detects the entry of the game ball, and the first start opening detection sensor 44b determines that the entry of the game ball is detected. ..

In addition, as shown in FIG. 17B4, the second starting opening detection sensor 44c is the information indicating that there is a ball entering in the process of monitoring the ball entering information on the front side in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process. Is generated by electrical noise. In this case, even if it is confirmed that there is a change from no-ball-on information to a ball-on information, it is not immediately specified that a ball-on occurs, but if the ball-on information is confirmed multiple times. It is a configuration that identifies the occurrence. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 17(B5), the second start opening detection sensor 44c is the information indicating that there is no ball entry in the process of monitoring the ball entry information on the rear side in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process, and the electrical The generation of noise is not treated as the entry of a game ball.

The third winning opening detection sensor 44f receives a set of ball entry information in the nth timer interrupt process and a process of monitoring a set of ball entry information in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process. Although it is the information with a ball, this shows a state in which a game ball for which the occurrence of a ball has already been grasped has been continuously detected. In this case, since the occurrence of a ball is specified on the condition that the monitoring result of the ball entry information in the n-th timer interrupt process is "0", one game ball can be entered into a plurality of balls. Don't treat it as a ball.

When the entry detection process is executed as described above, the detection results of the entry detection sensors 44a to 44h are monitored, and the entry corresponding to the addition of the game ball occurs. In addition, the addition processing to the three award ball counter, the ten award ball counter, and the fifteen award ball counter is executed in accordance with the entry position. If any of these counters is "1" or more, the prize ball command is set in the output setting process (step S10209) of the prize ball command in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 13), and the setting is performed. The selected prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 70. In this case, the output setting of the prize ball command is performed only once in one processing of the timer interrupt processing. Therefore, for example, even if the 15 award ball counter is "2" or more, the 15 award ball command is transmitted only once in one processing. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a predetermined plurality (for example, 2 or 3) of prize ball commands may be transmitted in one processing.

It is also possible that each of the 3 award ball counter, 10 award ball counter, and 15 award ball counter is "1" or more, but in this case, the award ball command with a large number of award balls is output. have priority. That is, the output of the 15 prize ball command has priority over the output of the 10 prize ball command and the output of the 3 prize ball command, and the output of the 10 prize ball command has priority over the output of the 3 prize ball command. ..

When the 15 prize ball counter is set to "1" or more and the 15 prize ball command is set as the output target, the 15 prize ball counter is decremented by 1. When the 10 prize ball counter is "1" or more and the 10 prize ball command is set as the output target, the 10 prize ball counter is decremented by 1. When the three prize ball counter is "1" or more and the three prize ball command is set as the output target, the three prize ball counter is decremented by one.

Next, a process executed by the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 will be described. In the present embodiment, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes the following main processing when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on.

FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a main process executed by the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300.

In step S10501, it is determined whether or not the calculation data including the prize ball number data and the calculation execution condition is received. If it is determined in step S10501 that calculation data has been received (S10501: YES), the process advances to step S10502. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10501 that the calculation data has not been received (S10501: NO), the process of step S10501 is executed again. That is, until the calculation data is received, the infinite loop is continued without proceeding to the next step S10502.

In step S10502, the received prize ball number data is stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. After that, the process advances to step S10503 to store the received operation execution condition in the operation execution condition storage memory 307. After that, the process advances to step S10504.

In step S10504, a setting completion command indicating that the award ball number data has been stored in the award ball number data storage memory 306 and the operation execution conditions have been stored in the operation execution condition storage memory 307. To the main CPU 62x. After that, the process advances to step S10505.

In step S10505, it is determined whether or not the bit of the buffer 302 has the ball entry information received from the main CPU 62x (“1” is stored in the bit). If it is determined in step S10505 that the bit of the buffer 302 has the ball entry information received from the main CPU 62x (S10505: YES), the flow advances to step S10506 to set the counter of the register corresponding to the bit of the buffer 302 to 1. to add. Specifically, for example, when the bit corresponding to the first starting entrance ball information of the buffer 302 is “1” and the bit corresponding to the normal mode is “1”, the big winning of the register 304 One is added to the counter corresponding to the number of mouth-opening balls N _S , and one is added to the counter corresponding to the number of big-winning-mouth entering balls in the normal mode. Then, it progresses to step S10507. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S10505 that the bit of the buffer 302 does not include the ball entry information received from the main CPU 62x (S10505: NO), the process proceeds to step S10507 without executing step S10506.

In step S10507, it is determined whether the operation execution condition stored in the operation execution condition storage memory 307 is satisfied. In the present embodiment, whether or not the value of the discharge passage passing number N _OUT stored in the register 304 is 500, that is, whether or not the number of game balls shot to the game board 30 has reached 500. judge. When it is determined in step S10507 that the operation execution condition stored in the operation execution condition storage memory 307 is satisfied (S10507: YES), the process proceeds to step S10508.

In step S10508, based on the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 and the number of game balls entered into each entrance stored in the register 304, various game history information is obtained. A calculation process for calculating is executed. After that, the process advances to step S10509 to store the calculated various game history information in the calculation result storage memory 309. After that, the process advances to step S10510, and the number of game balls entered into each entrance stored in the register 304 is cleared to zero. Then, it progresses to step S10511.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10507 that the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 is not satisfied (S10507: NO), steps S10508 to S10510 are not executed, and step S10511 is executed. Proceed to.

In step S10511, it is determined whether or not the game history information transmission request command is received from the inspection machine 320, and when it is determined that the transmission request command is received (S10511: YES), the process proceeds to step S10512. The game history information stored in the memory 309 for storing the calculation result is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. The inspection machine 320 displays the received game history information on the display unit 328. After executing step S10512, the process returns to step S10505, and the processing from step S10505 onward is repeated. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10511 that the game history information transmission request command has not been received from the inspection machine 320 (S10511: NO), the process returns to step S10505 without executing the process of step S10512, The processing from S10505 is repeated.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 can calculate the game history information, which is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the executed game. If the game machine is illegally modified, the calculated game history information may have an unnatural value different from the assumed value. Therefore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can determine whether the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with by checking the game history information. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 includes a calculation result storage memory 309 that stores the calculated game history information in a nonvolatile manner. Since the game history information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the executed game, the game history information is different for each pachinko machine 10 and is unique to the pachinko machine 10. That is, the game history information is information that reflects the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. According to the present embodiment, the game history information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10, is stored in the memory 309 for storing the operation result of the game history management chip 300 stored in the housing of the main body of the pachinko machine 10. To do. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10, the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be inspected by acquiring the game history information from the pachinko machine 10 itself. When the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall, the hall computer installed in the game hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. However, since the pachinko machine 10 is constantly distributed, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, the conventional pachinko machine 10 holds information about the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. Can not do it. The pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment stores the game history information, which is the information in which the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 are reflected, in the memory 309 for storing the operation result of the game history management chip 300 stored in the housing of the main body of the pachinko machine 10. Since it is stored, even when the pachinko machine 10 is not connected to the hall computer, the game history information can be obtained from the main body of the pachinko machine 10. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment always has a one-to-one correspondence between the pachinko machine 10 and the game history information, regardless of the state of the pachinko machine 10 (the state where the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the gaming hall or the distribution state). The pachinko machine 10 can be managed and inspected for its characteristics. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, in the present embodiment, both the game history management chip 300 and the main CPU 62x are mounted on the main MPU 62, and they are configured to operate by the same power source. Therefore, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is installed in a game hall and the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 is calculated by the hall computer, a malfunction occurs in the power supply system of the hall computer. In this case, even if the processing of the hall computer is defective, the game history information can be calculated as long as the power is supplied to the pachinko machine 10. If the main CPU 62x and the game history management chip 300 are operated by different power sources, and if the power supply to the game history management chip 300 is defective, the pachinko machine 10 is playing a game. Regardless, there arises a problem that the game history information cannot be calculated. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the main CPU 62x and the game history management chip 300 are operated by the same power source, the game history information is always calculated if the game can be executed. You can Therefore, the reliability of the game history information can be improved.

Further, according to this embodiment, the memory 309 for storing the calculation result is stored inside the substrate box which is a space where the trace of opening and closing (also referred to as the trace of opening and the trace of opening) remains. Therefore, when the memory 309 for storing the calculation result is physically contacted, a trace of opening the substrate box remains. Therefore, if the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 is modified through physical contact with the calculation result storage memory 309, it is understood from the traces on the board box that the modification has been made. It becomes possible to do. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the game history information. Since the pachinko machine 10 is circulated all the time, various external contacts are made in the process of circulation, but the calculation result storage memory 309 is stored inside the board box in which a trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, even in the situation where the pachinko machine 10 is constantly distributed, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the game history information by someone. Further, since the game history information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 using the game history information. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the pachinko machine 10 by preventing unauthorized modification of the game history information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 acquires the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63, so the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 relating to the paid prize balls. Can be calculated. Further, even if different prize ball number data is set for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10, the game history management chip 300 uses the prize ball number data set for each type of the pachinko machine 10 to make a correct game. History information can be calculated. If the game machine is illegally modified, the calculated game history information may have an unnatural value different from the assumed value. Therefore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can properly determine whether or not the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with by checking the correct game history information. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the main CPU 62x transmits a signal including the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63 to the game history management chip 300, so that the game history management is performed. The configuration in which the chip 300 cannot access the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63, and the game history management chip 300 stores the prize ball number data stored in the prize ROM number data storage area of the main ROM 63. Even if the (memory address) cannot be grasped, the game history management chip 300 can acquire the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63.

Further, according to the present embodiment, in the main process of the main CPU 62x, the interrupt of the timer interrupt process is not permitted and the game ball launch control process included in the timer interrupt process is not executed until the setting completion command is received. It is composed. That is, since the game sphere is not shot until the storage of the prize sphere number data in the prize sphere number data storage memory 306 is completed, the game sphere may be leaked from the calculation target of the game history information by the game history management chip 300. Can be suppressed.

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the game history information for each period until the discharge passage detection sensor 44h detects 500 game balls is stored and stored, each pachinko machine 10 has 500 game balls. Even if there is variation in the time until the game is detected, it is possible to calculate and store game history information that does not affect the variation in the time. That is, even if there is a difference in the frequency of the game balls being shot, it is possible to calculate and store highly accurate game history information that is not easily affected by the difference. Further, it is possible to reduce the required storage capacity as compared with the configuration in which the entry information to each entry port is stored as it is.

When the type (model) of the pachinko machine 10 is different, the characteristics of the game are also different, and the optimum conditions for executing the calculation for calculating the game history information are also different. Therefore, the calculation execution conditions are stored as different conditions for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10. According to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 acquires the operation execution condition stored in the operation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63, and therefore the operation set for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10. When the execution condition is satisfied, the calculation for calculating the game history information can be executed.

Further, according to the present embodiment, after the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes the calculation for calculating the game history information, the number of game balls entered into each entrance stored in the register 304. Since the (counter value) is erased, it becomes possible to store the information regarding the number of entered game balls in the register 304 again. Therefore, the storage capacity required for the register 304 can be reduced.

Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320, so that the inspection machine 320 can display the game history information of the pachinko machine 10. Then, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can confirm the game history information displayed on the inspecting machine 320.

A4. Other aspects of the first embodiment:
<Aspect 1>
In the first embodiment described above, as the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63, it is set that the number of game balls detected by the discharge passage detection sensor 44h reaches 500. As an execution condition, a time interval for executing the calculation may be set. For example, 1 hour is set as the time interval for executing the calculation, and the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 may be configured to calculate the game history information every 1 hour. The inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can check the detailed game history information calculated every hour, and can appropriately determine whether the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with. Become. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

It should be noted that when the type (model) of the pachinko machine 10 is different, the characteristics of the game are also different, so that the optimum condition (time interval) for executing the calculation for calculating the game history information is also different. Therefore, the calculation execution conditions are stored as different conditions for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, also in this mode 1, since the game history management chip 300 acquires the operation execution condition stored in the operation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63, it is set for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10. The calculation can be executed when the calculation execution condition is satisfied.

Further, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 measures the elapsed time after the calculation is executed, determines whether or not the player is playing the game, and determines that the game is not being played. During the period, the measurement of the elapsed time may be interrupted. Specifically, for example, when a state in which there is no ball entry information in the bit of the buffer 302 has passed a predetermined time (for example, 3 minutes), it is determined that a game is not being performed, the measurement of the elapsed time is interrupted, and When the entry information is confirmed in the bit of 302, it may be determined that the game is restarted and the measurement of the elapsed time may be restarted. According to this configuration, the game history information can be calculated only for the period during which the game is actually being played.

It should be noted that the elapsed time may be measured by using a timer counter or by using an RTC (Real-Time Clock) and using RTC date/time information. Further, the game history information may be calculated at every predetermined time.

<Aspect 2>
In the first embodiment described above, as the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63, it is set that the number of game balls detected by the discharge passage detection sensor 44h reaches 500. The execution condition may be configured such that the occurrence of power interruption is set. Specifically, when the power outage monitoring circuit 86 detects the occurrence of power interruption, it outputs a signal indicating that the power interruption has occurred to the game history management chip 300. The CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 that has received the signal determines that power-off has occurred, and calculates game history information. In this configuration, the register 304 is composed of a volatile memory, and the information on the number of entered balls is erased. According to such a configuration, it is possible to calculate the game history information based on the number of game balls detected during the period from when the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is started to when the power is cut off. it can. That is, since the game history information is calculated for each period from the start to the end of the business of the game hall, the game history information is calculated for each business day of the game hall. Therefore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can easily grasp whether or not the characteristic of the game history information has changed over the business days of the game hall, so that the pachinko machine 10 is illegally modified. It is possible to properly determine whether or not there is. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, if the configuration is provided with the capacitor 87 that supplies power to the game history management chip 300 even after the power is shut off, the CPU 308 calculates the game history information and the memory 309 for storing the calculation result of the game history information. Can be surely completed.

<Aspect 3>
In the first embodiment described above, the main CPU 62x may be configured to access the calculation result storage memory 309, and the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41. .. According to this configuration, since the game history information is displayed on the symbol display device 41 of the pachinko machine 10, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 uses a dedicated device (inspection machine 320 or the like) for confirming the game history information. The game history information of the pachinko machine 10 can be confirmed without using it. The main CPU 62x can access the calculation result storage memory 309, but it is preferable that the main CPU 62x cannot change data. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game history information from being destroyed or rewritten due to noise, program bugs, or the like.

<Aspect 4>
In the first embodiment, the main CPU 62x is configured to be able to access the calculation result storage memory 309, and notifies that the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 does not satisfy a predetermined condition. An LED lamp for this purpose may be provided on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 (for example, a predetermined portion of the main display unit 45). For example, the LED lamp may be configured to emit light when a specific value included in the game history information (for example, a role ratio, a continuous role ratio, a payout ratio (during normal mode)) is not included in a predetermined range. Good. According to this configuration, the pachinko machine inspector can easily find the pachinko machine 10 in which the specific value included in the game history information is no longer included in the predetermined range. Then, by checking the game history information of the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to determine whether the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved. In particular, if the nails near the first starting opening 33 and the general winning openings (first to third winning openings 32a to 32c) are tampered with, the above-mentioned payout ratio (during normal mode) will be the design of the pachinko machine. It will be out of a predetermined range (for example, 0.60 to 0.70) that is sometimes assumed. Therefore, by making the LED lamp emit light when the payout ratio (during the normal mode) is not included in the predetermined range (for example, 0.60 to 0.70), the first starting opening 33 and the general winning a prize are provided. It is possible to appropriately determine whether the nails near the mouths (first to third winning openings 32a to 32c) have been improperly applied.

Furthermore, the light emission mode (color) of the LED lamp according to the degree of deviation from a predetermined range of a specific value (for example, character ratio, continuous character ratio, payout ratio (during normal mode)) included in the game history information. May be determined. For example, the first LED lamp emits blue light when the accessory ratio is within a predetermined range (0.70 or less), and the first LED lamp when the accessory ratio is 0.71 to 0.80. May emit purple and the first LED lamp may emit red when the accessory ratio is 0.81 to 1.00. The second LED lamp emits blue light when the continuous accessory ratio is within a predetermined range (0.60 or less), and the second LED lamp when the continuous accessory ratio is 0.61 to 0.70. May emit purple and the second LED lamp may emit red when the ratio of the continuous accessory is 0.71 to 1.00. Further, when the payout ratio (during normal mode) is included in a predetermined range (0.60 to 0.70), the third LED lamp emits blue light, and the payout ratio (during normal mode) is 0.71. In the case of ~0.80, the third LED lamp may emit purple light, and in the case where the payout ratio (during normal mode) is 0.81 to 1.00, the third LED lamp may emit red light. According to this configuration, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can easily grasp how much the specific value included in the game history information deviates from the predetermined range. The main CPU 62x can access the calculation result storage memory 309, but it is preferable that the main CPU 62x cannot change data. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game history information from being destroyed or rewritten due to noise, program bugs, or the like.

<Aspect 5>
In the first embodiment, the calculation data (prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions) stored in the main ROM 63 are transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed by the main MPU 62 (CPU 62x). However, the game history management chip 300 is configured to be able to access the prize ball number data storage area and the calculation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63, and the game history management chip 300 is connected immediately after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. A configuration in which the main ROM 63 is accessed to obtain calculation data (prize ball number data and computation execution conditions), and the obtained computation data is stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 and computation execution condition storage memory 307. May be With such a configuration, the processing load on the main MPU 62 can be reduced.

<Aspect 6>
In the first embodiment described above, the game history management chip 300 is configured to calculate the game history information such as the character ratio, but the inspection machine 320 stores the number of entered balls for every 500 stored in the register as it is. The game history information may be calculated. With such a configuration, the processing load on the game history management chip 300 can be reduced. Hereinafter, details of the sixth aspect will be described focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of the main control device 60 and the configuration of the inspection machine 320 included in the pachinko machine 10 of aspect 6 of the first embodiment.

The main ROM 63 of the main MPU 62 is provided with a prize ball number data storage area and a storage execution condition storage area.

In the prize ball number data storage area, as in the first embodiment, the number of game balls (prize ball number data) to be paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters each entrance is stored. There is. Further, like the first embodiment, the prize ball number data stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. To be done. As a result, the game history management chip 300 can grasp the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10.

The storage execution condition storage area stores a storage execution condition that is a condition for the game history management chip 300 to execute a storage process described later. In this mode 6, it is stored as a storage execution condition that the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500. The storage execution condition stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. As a result, the game history management chip 300 can grasp the storage execution condition set in the pachinko machine 10.

The game history management chip 300 includes a buffer 302 that acquires the entry information of the game ball into each entrance from the CPU 62x, a register 304 that stores the number of game balls entered into each entrance, and a main ROM 63. The memory 306 for storing the number-of-prize-balls data obtained from the memory 306 for storing the number-of-prize-balls, the memory 307a for storing the storage-execution-conditions, which stores the storage-execution-conditions obtained from the main ROM 63, and the overall control of the game history management chip 300 It has a CPU 308 for controlling and a memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls which sequentially stores the number of entered game balls into each of the entrances stored in the register 304. The above-mentioned storage processing is processing for storing the number of game balls entered into each entrance, which is stored in the register 304, in the memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls.

The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for connecting the inspection machine 320 and the pachinko machine 10. In this aspect 6, the number-of-entered-balls information stored in the memory 309a for storing the number-of-entered-balls and the number-of-winning-balls stored in the memory 306 for storing the number of prized balls are transmitted to the inspecting machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65. To be done.

The inspection machine 320 executes a CPU 321 that executes various control programs, a ROM 324 that stores various control programs and fixed value data, a RAM 326 that is a memory for temporarily storing various data, and a display that displays various information. The unit 328 and the connection cable 329 for connecting to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 are provided.

In this mode 6, when the inspecting machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspecting terminal 65, the inspecting machine 320 issues a transmission request command requesting the transmission of the entered ball number information and the prize ball number data to the game history management chip 300. Send to. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 stores the number-of-balls information stored in the memory 309a for storing the number-of-balls via the terminal 65 for inspection, and the data for storing the number of prize balls. The prize ball number data stored in the memory 306 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates the game history information based on the received number-of-balls information and the number-of-balls data received, and displays the calculated game history information on the display unit 328.

FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the content of the processing in the game history management chip 300 and the inspection machine 320 of aspect 6 of the first embodiment.

Since the contents of the processing in the buffer 302 and the register 304 are the same as those in the above-described first embodiment, description thereof will be omitted.

The prize ball number data storage memory 306 is a memory for storing the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10. In this mode 6, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the prize ball number data stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. .. Therefore, the content of the award ball number data stored in the award ball number data storage memory 306 is the same as the content of the award ball number data stored in the main ROM 63.

The storage execution condition storage memory 307a is a memory for storing the storage execution condition set in the pachinko machine 10. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the storage execution condition stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 by the CPU 62x and stored in the storage execution condition storage memory 307a. Therefore, the content of the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage memory 307a is the same as the content of the storage execution condition stored in the main ROM 63.

The CPU 308 determines whether or not the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage memory 307a is satisfied. When it is determined that the storage execution condition is satisfied, the CPU 308 stores each entry stored in the register 304. Information about the number of game balls entering the ball opening is stored in the memory 309a for storing the number of game balls, and the value of each counter of the register 304 is reset to "0". In this aspect 6, the CPU 308 relates to the number of game balls entered into each entrance, which is stored in the register 304, every time the value of the discharge passage passing number N _OUT stored in the register 304 reaches 500. The information is stored in the memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls. In the following, the information on the number of entered game balls into each entrance, which is counted while 500 game balls are shot on the game board 30, is also referred to as a “short-term entered number information group”.

The memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls is a memory for sequentially storing the information regarding the number of entered balls (a group of information on the number of entered balls) stored in the register 304, and is stored in the present embodiment even when the power supply is cut off. It is composed of a non-volatile memory capable of holding. The memory 309a for storing the number of short-lived balls also stores information regarding the order in which the information group for short-term incoming ball numbers is written, and the CPU 308 determines that there is no free area for writing the group of short-term incoming ball numbers information. The short-term number-of-balls information group is stored in the area where the short-term number-of-balls information group having the oldest written order is stored. That is, the memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls is configured so that the oldest short-term entered number information group is overwritten in order (first-in first-out method), and the latest short-term entered number information group is always stored. It becomes a memorized state.

In this aspect 6, the memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls is a short-term entry which is information about the number of entered game balls into each entrance which is counted while 500 game balls are shot to the game board 30. It has a capacity capable of storing 1200 sphere number information groups. For example, if a game ball is continuously fired for 10 hours a day, 60,000 game balls will be fired a day, and thus 120 pieces of short-term incoming ball number information groups will be sent a day. It is stored in the memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls. Therefore, the memory 309a for storing the number of entered balls can store the short-term entered ball number information group for the latest 10 days.

As described above, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it transmits a transmission request command to the game history management chip 300. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 transmits the short-term incoming ball number information group and the prize ball number data to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates the game history information such as the character ratio based on the short-term number-of-balls information group and the prize ball number data, and displays the calculated game history information on the display unit 328.

Specifically, in this aspect 6, the inspection machine 320 can calculate one short-term game history information group with respect to one short-term entry number information group, as in the CPU 308 of the first embodiment. It is possible and adds the number of game balls entered into each entrance stored in each of the short-term number-of-balls information group, and uses the added number of entered balls for long-term game history information. (Long-term game history information group) can be calculated. That is, the inspection machine 320 of this aspect 6 is not limited to the short-term game history information group based on the number of balls entered into each entrance during a short period in which 500 game balls have been shot, for example, 600,000 (about It is possible to calculate a long-term game history information group based on the number of balls entering each entrance during a long period when the game balls for 10 days have been shot.

In this aspect 6, the following configuration may be adopted.

The inspection machine 320 may be configured to be able to display the received short-term incoming ball number information group on the display unit 328. In addition, the inspection machine 320 may be configured to receive each counter value stored in the register 304 and display the received each counter value on the display unit 328.

Further, instead of the game history management chip 300 transmitting the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 to the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x is stored in the main ROM 63. The configuration may be such that ball count data is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. With such a configuration, the award ball number data storage memory 306 can be omitted, and the manufacturing cost of the game history management chip 300 can be reduced.

Further, as the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63, a time interval for executing the storage process may be set. For example, 1 hour is set as the time interval for executing the storage processing, and the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 may be configured to execute the storage processing every 1 hour.

Further, the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63 may be set such that the occurrence of power interruption is detected. Specifically, the power failure monitoring circuit 86, when detecting the occurrence of power interruption, outputs a signal indicating that the power interruption has occurred to the game history management chip 300, and the game history management chip that has received the signal. The CPU 308 of 300 may be configured to execute a storage process by determining that the power supply has been cut off.

In the sixth aspect, the CPU 321 of the inspecting machine 320 is configured to execute the operation for calculating the game history information, but the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes part or all of the operation to perform the operation. The game history information which is the result of the above may be transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 7>
In the first embodiment described above, the game history management chip 300 is configured to calculate the game history information such as the character ratio, but the ball entry information in the buffer is stored as it is, and the inspection machine 320 is based on the ball entry information. The game history information may be calculated. With such a configuration, the processing load on the game history management chip 300 can be reduced. Hereinafter, details of the seventh aspect will be described focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

FIG. 21 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of the main controller 60 and the configuration of the inspection machine 320 included in the pachinko machine 10 of Aspect 7 of the first embodiment.

In this mode 7, the main MPU 62 is provided with an RTC 96 (RTC: Real-Time Clock) that outputs date information and time information to the game history management chip 300. The RTC 96 has a backup power supply, and can update the date information and the time information even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off.

The main ROM 63 of the main MPU 62 is provided with a prize ball number data storage area. In addition, in this aspect 7, the calculation start condition storage area is not provided.

In the prize ball number data storage area, as in the first embodiment, the number of game balls (prize ball number data) to be paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters each entrance is stored. There is. Further, like the first embodiment, the prize ball number data stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. To be done. As a result, the game history management chip 300 can grasp the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10.

The game history management chip 300 includes a buffer 302 for acquiring the entry information of the game ball into each entrance from the CPU 62x, and a prize ball number data storage memory 306 for storing the prize ball number data acquired from the main ROM 63. A CPU 308 that controls the entire game history management chip 300 and a ball entry information storage memory 309b that sequentially stores the ball entry information and the like of the game ball into each entry port stored in the buffer 302. ..

The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for connecting the inspection machine 320 and the pachinko machine 10. In this mode 7, when the inspecting machine 320 is connected to the inspecting terminal 65, the number of prize balls stored in the memory 306 for storing the ball information and the number of prize balls stored in the memory 309b for storing ball information. The data is transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

The inspection machine 320 executes a CPU 321 that executes various control programs, a ROM 324 that stores various control programs and fixed value data, a RAM 326 that is a memory for temporarily storing various data, and a display that displays various information. The unit 328 and the connection cable 329 for connecting to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 are provided.

In this mode 7, when the inspecting machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspecting terminal 65, the inspecting machine 320 issues a transmission request command for requesting transmission of entry information and prize ball number data to the game history management chip 300. Send to. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the inspecting machine 320, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 stores the ball entry information and the like stored in the ball entry information storage memory 309b via the inspection terminal 65 and the award ball number data storage. The prize ball number data stored in the memory 306 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates game history information based on the received ball entry information and the number of prize balls data, and displays the calculated game history information on the display unit 328.

FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the outline of the processing in the game history management chip 300 and the inspection machine 320 of the aspect 7 of the first embodiment.

Since the contents of the processing in the buffer 302 are the same as those in the above-described first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

The incoming ball information storage memory 309b is a memory that sequentially stores the incoming ball information stored in the buffer 302 and the information about the gaming state when the gaming ball enters, and in the present embodiment, the power supply is cut off. Even if the memory is retained, it is configured by a non-volatile memory. Further, in the present embodiment, when the entry information and the information regarding the game state are stored, the date and time information of the entry of the game ball into each entry port is added and stored. In addition, the memory 309b for storing the ball entry information also stores information regarding the order in which the ball entry information and the like are written. If the CPU 308 does not have an empty area for writing the ball entry information or the like, The information or the like is stored in the area in which the ball entry information or the like having the oldest written order is stored. In other words, the memory 309b for storing ball entry information is configured so that the oldest ball entry information or the like is overwritten in order (first-in first-out method), and the latest ball entry information or the like is always stored. It becomes a state.

The prize ball number data storage memory 306 is a memory for storing the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10. In this mode 7, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the prize ball number data stored in the main ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. .. Therefore, the content of the award ball number data stored in the award ball number data storage memory 306 is the same as the content of the award ball number data stored in the main ROM 63. Further, in this mode 7, when the inspecting machine 320 is connected to the inspecting terminal 65, the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storing memory 306 is transmitted to the inspecting machine 320.

When the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, as described above, the game history management chip 300 issues a transmission request command requesting transmission of the ball entry information and prize ball number data. Send to. When the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 receives the transmission request command from the inspecting machine 320, the ball entry information, the game state information, and the date and time information stored in the ball entry information storage memory 309b via the inspection terminal 65, and The prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates the game history information based on the received information, and displays the calculated game history information on the display unit 328.

Specifically, the inspection machine 320 of this mode 7 calculates game history information (short-term game history information group) based on the number of balls entered into each entrance during a short period in which 500 game balls have been shot. In addition to doing, for example, calculate game history information (long-term game history information group) based on the number of balls entering each entrance in the long term when 600,000 (about 10 days worth) of game balls have been shot. It is possible to That is, it is possible to calculate the game history information in an arbitrary period.

Furthermore, in this aspect 7, since date and time information (date information and time information) is added to the ball entry information and the like, the inspecting machine 320 sets the range of date and time information added to the received ball entry information and the like. It is also possible to calculate the game history information by designating the range of date and time for which the game history information is calculated. Therefore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can perform a detailed inspection based on the game history information specifying the date and time range.

In addition, in this aspect 7, the following configurations may be adopted.

The inspection machine 320 may be configured to be able to display the received ball entry information and the like on the display unit 328. With such a configuration, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can also grasp the date and time when the game ball is detected by each ball detection sensor.

Further, instead of the game history management chip 300 transmitting the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 to the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x is stored in the main ROM 63. The configuration may be such that ball count data is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. With such a configuration, the award ball number data storage memory 306 can be omitted, and the manufacturing cost of the game history management chip 300 can be reduced.

Further, in mode 7, the CPU 321 of the inspecting machine 320 is configured to execute the operation for calculating the game history information, but the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes part or all of the operation, and the operation is performed. The game history information which is the result of the above may be transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 8>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the operation execution condition or the storage execution condition is stored in the main ROM 63, and the game history management chip 300 acquires these conditions from the main ROM 63. The game history management chip 300 may store these conditions in a non-volatile memory from the beginning. According to this configuration, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a situation in which inappropriate operation execution conditions or storage execution conditions are stored in the main ROM 63, and it is not possible to properly store the game history information or the number of entered balls information. it can. For example, an extremely short period (for example, the discharge passage passage number N _OUT =5) has been stored as the calculation execution condition or the storage execution condition, and the calculation result storage memory 309 or the incoming ball number storage memory 309a stores the calculated result. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which only the game history information or the entered ball number information for an extremely short period (for example, about one hour) is stored.

<Aspect 9>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, a function of storing the number of game balls entered into each entrance, a function of calculating game history information such as a character ratio, and the calculated game history information Although the game history management chip 300 has the configuration to store the function, the main CPU 62x (the main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300) may have some of these functions. Alternatively, the game history management chip 300 may not be provided, and the main CPU 62x (main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300) may have all of these functions. According to such a configuration, it is not necessary to separately provide the game history management chip 300, so that the manufacturing cost can be reduced. However, according to the configuration in which the game history management chip 300 is provided, the processing load of the main CPU 62x can be reduced.

<Aspect 10>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the game history management chip 300 has a part or all of the functions of the functional units (for example, the inspection machine 320 and the main CPU 62x) other than the game history management chip 300. Alternatively, some or all of the functions of the game history management chip 300 may be included in a functional unit other than the game history management chip 300. For example, if the game history management chip 300 is provided with a part of the functions of the inspection machine 320, the processing load and manufacturing cost of the inspection machine 320 can be further reduced, and the function of the game history management chip 300 can be reduced. If a part of the inspection machine 320 is provided, the processing load and manufacturing cost of the game history management chip 300 can be further reduced.

<Aspect 11>
In the first embodiment, the game history management chip 300 calculates the game history information such as the role ratio, but the main CPU 62x calculates the game history information without providing the game history management chip 300. Good. Hereinafter, the details of the aspect 11 will be described focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

FIG. 23 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to aspect 11 of the first embodiment. In this mode 11, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main RAM 64 is provided with a number-of-entered-balls storage area and a calculation result storage area, as compared with the first embodiment (FIG. 5). Different.

The main CPU 62x updates the number of game balls entered into each entrance, which is stored in the number-of-games storage area of the main RAM 64, based on the game ball entry information received from the input/output port 62a. To do. When the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63 is satisfied, the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63 and the main RAM 64 are stored. Based on the number of entered balls of the game ball in each entrance stored in the entry number storage area, the game history information is calculated, and the game history information is stored in the operation result memory of the main RAM 64. Store in the area. The details will be described below.

FIG. 24 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the outline of the processing in the main MPU 62 of aspect 11 of the first embodiment. The main CPU 62x determines whether or not the arithmetic execution condition stored in the arithmetic execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63 is satisfied, and when it is determined that the arithmetic execution condition is satisfied, Information about the number of game balls entered into each entrance stored in the cache is stored in the number-of-games storage area of the main RAM 64. In this mode 11, the main CPU 62x displays information about the number of entered game balls into each entrance every time the value of the number N _OUT of discharge passage passages stored in the cache of the main CPU 62x reaches 500. , Is stored in the incoming ball number storage area of the main RAM 64. Note that, as described above, the information on the number of entered game balls into each entrance, which is counted while the 500 game balls are fired on the game board 30, is also referred to as a “short-term entered number information group”. ..

The area for storing the number of entered balls of the main RAM 64 is an area for sequentially storing information regarding the number of entered balls (a short-term entered ball number information group). Information regarding the order in which the short-term incoming ball number information group is written is also stored in the incoming ball number information area of the main RAM 64, and the main CPU 62x does not have an empty area for writing the short-term incoming ball number information group. In this case, the newly written short-term number-of-balls information group is stored in the area in which the shortest number-of-balls information group having the oldest written order is stored. In other words, the main ball RAM 64 has a storage area for the number of entered balls, which is configured so that the oldest short-term entered ball number information group is sequentially overwritten (first-in/first-out method), and the latest short-term entered ball number information is always provided. The group is stored.

In this mode 11, the number-of-entered-balls storage area of the main RAM 64 is information on the number of entered game balls into each entrance, which is counted while 500 game balls are shot on the game board 30. It has a capacity capable of storing 1200 short-term incoming ball number information groups. For example, if the game balls are continuously fired for 10 hours a day, 60,000 game balls will be fired a day, and thus 120 pieces of short-term incoming ball number information groups will be sent a day. It is stored in the incoming ball number storage area of the main RAM 64. Therefore, the incoming ball number storage area of the main RAM 64 can store a short-term incoming ball number information group for the last 10 days.

Then, the main CPU 62x newly calculates one short-term game history information group for each newly stored one short-term ball entry information group every time the calculation execution condition is satisfied. Further, the main side CPU 62x, each time the operation execution conditions are satisfied, a game to each entrance stored in each of the plurality of short-term entrance count information groups including the newly stored short-term entrance count information group. The number of entered balls is added, and long-term game history information (long-term game history information group) is calculated using the added number of entered balls. That is, the main CPU 62x of this aspect 11 is not limited to a short-term game history information group based on the number of balls entered into each entrance during a short period of time when 500 game balls have been fired, for example, 600,000 (about It is possible to calculate a long-term game history information group based on the number of balls entering each entrance during a long period when the game balls for 10 days have been shot. Then, the calculated game history information is stored in the calculation result storage area of the main RAM 64.

The calculation result storage area of the main RAM 64 is composed of an area for sequentially storing a short-term game history information group and an area for storing a long-term game history information group. The area for sequentially storing the short-term game history information group also stores information regarding the order in which the short-term game history information group is written, and the main CPU 62x has no free area for writing the short-term game history information group. The newly calculated short-term game history information group is stored in the area where the oldest written short-term game history information group is stored. That is, the area in which the short-term game history information group of the main RAM 64 is sequentially stored is configured so that the oldest short-term game history information group is overwritten in order (first-in/first-out method), and the latest short-term always. The game history information group is stored. The area for storing the long-term game history information group is overwritten with the newly calculated long-term game history information group each time the calculation execution condition is satisfied. That is, in the area for storing the long-term game history information group, the latest long-term game history information group calculated based on a plurality of short-term game number information groups including the latest short-term game number information group is stored. become.

When the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the inspection machine 320 transmits a transmission request command to the main CPU 62x. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x transmits the game history information stored in the main RAM 64 to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display the received game history information.

Further, in this mode 11, when a predetermined operation for displaying the game history information on the symbol display device 41 is executed, the game history information stored in the main side RAM 64 is controlled by the light emission control via the input/output port 62x. It is output to the device 90 and displayed on the symbol display device 41.

Further, in this mode 11, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, the backup power supply supplied from the capacitor 87 causes the short-term number-of-balls information group and the game history information stored in the main RAM 64 to be several. It is configured to be retained for days.

According to such a configuration, the main CPU 62x, which is a single processing unit, executes processing for advancing the game such as jackpot lottery processing and processing for calculating and storing the game history information. It is not necessary to provide a dedicated game history management chip 300 for calculating and storing history information, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Further, the main RAM 64 stores a short-term ball count information group, which is information relating to the number of ball hits to each ball entrance, counted while 500 game balls are shot to the game board 30. Since it is configured in, the configuration of storing the ball entry information of the game ball as it is (for example, a configuration of storing in the ball entry information format stored in the entry information memory 309b of FIG. 22) By comparison, it is possible to calculate the latest short-term game history information group and long-term game history information group while significantly reducing the memory capacity required for the main RAM 64.

The main CPU 62x is not limited to the configuration of calculating both the short-term game history information group and the long-term game history information group as the game history information, and may be configured to calculate only one of them.

<Aspect 12>
FIG. 25 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to aspect 12 of the first embodiment. The difference from the above-described mode 11 (FIG. 23) is that the main MPU 62 is provided with a flash memory 64x that is a non-volatile memory that is rewritable and that can retain storage even when power is cut off. That is the point. In this flash memory 64x, in order to store the number-of-balls entry storage area for storing the short-term number-of-balls entry information group in aspect 11 described above, the short-term game history information group and the long-term game history information group in aspect 11 described above. And a calculation result storage area of.

The main CPU 62x according to this aspect 12 is configured to store the short-term ball count information group and the calculated game history information in the flash memory 64x each time the calculation execution condition is satisfied.

According to such a configuration, the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced as compared with the configuration including the game history management chip 300. Further, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off for a long period of time, since the short-term incoming ball number information group and the game history information are retained, the pachinko machine 10 is in any state (for example, the pachinko machine for a long period of time). Even if the pachinko machine 10 is placed in a distribution state in which power is not supplied, etc.), the pachinko machine 10 and the game history information can always be linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be managed. Can be inspected.

Further, since it is not necessary to provide the main RAM 64 with an area for storing the short-term incoming ball number information group and the game history information, the storage capacity of the main RAM 64 can be suppressed and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. can do.

<Aspect 13>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the main control device 60 causes the inspection machine 320 to store the game mode, which is a mode in which the game progress processing that is the processing for advancing the game can be executed, and the game history information. The configuration may be such that the inspection mode, which is the output mode, can be switched and executed. The game progress process is a process executed based on the game balls being detected by the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h, and is a jackpot lottery process, an electric role open lottery process, a prize ball payout process, and a main display section. The variable display processing of symbols in 45, the opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, and the like are included.

Then, in the inspection mode, the game progress processing may not be executed even when the game ball passes through the area detected by the entry detection sensors 44a to 44h.

Specifically, for example, when shifting to the inspection mode, the inspection mode flag for determining whether or not the inspection mode is in the main controller 60 is turned ON. Then, the main control device 60 determines whether or not the inspection mode flag is ON, and when it is determined that the inspection mode flag is ON, it does not proceed to the process flow for executing the normal game progression process. , And proceeds to the processing flow for the inspection mode. As a result, even if the main controller 60 receives a signal indicating that a game ball has been detected from the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h, a process based on the reception of the signal (for example, a jackpot random number). The process of acquiring the value of the counter C1, the prize payout process, the process of transmitting a command to the sound emission control device 90, and the like) are not executed.

According to such a configuration, it is possible to execute in the inspection mode a process which is not preferable to be executed in parallel with the game progressing process, a process which is likely to cause a failure when executed in parallel with the game progressing process, and the like. .. Further, according to such a configuration, since the game progress processing is not executed in the inspection mode, when developing the program of the processing executed in the inspection mode, the countermeasure in the case where the game progression processing is executed in parallel is taken. Since it does not need to be taken into consideration, the development efficiency of the program of the process executed in the inspection mode can be greatly improved.

Further, the game history information is information whose content changes when the game ball is detected and the game progress processing is executed. Therefore, if the configuration for executing the process of outputting the game history information in parallel with the game progress process is adopted, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 checks the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 by the game history information. The game progress processing may be executed and the content of the game history information may change at any time, which may make it difficult to smoothly carry out the inspection. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect 13, since the game history information is output in the inspection mode in which the game progress processing is not executed even when the game ball passes through the predetermined area, the game history information is output. It is possible to prevent the contents of the game history information from changing while the game is being played. As a result, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can smoothly perform the inspection.

It should be noted that the mode of outputting the game history information in the inspection mode is not limited to the mode of outputting the game history information to the inspection machine 320 and displaying it, but may be another mode. For example, the game history information may be output to the symbol display device 41 and displayed.

Further, the information output in the inspection mode is not limited to the game history information and may be other information. For example, it may be other information based on the detection of the game ball by the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h, such as the ball entry information of the game ball and the number-of-balls information.

<Aspect 14>
In the configuration in which the main control device 60 can switch and execute the game mode and the inspection mode among the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the game mode is changed to the inspection mode during the execution of the game progress processing in the game mode. When a predetermined operation for shifting to (hereinafter, also referred to as “mode switching operation”) is executed by the inspector, the game progress processing being executed is completed at the timing when the predetermined processing stage is completed. The configuration may be such that the mode is shifted to the inspection mode.

Specifically, for example, when a mode switching operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed during execution of the game progress processing in the game mode, each of the ongoing game progress processing ( Jackpot lottery processing, electric-role opening lottery processing, prize ball payout processing, symbol variable display processing on the main display unit 45, opening/closing door 36b or electric auditors 34a opening/closing processing, etc.) up to a predetermined processing stage Complete the process. Then, when the game progress processing is completed up to a predetermined processing stage, the processing after the processing stage is not executed and becomes a standby state. Then, at the timing when all the game progressing processes being executed are completed up to a predetermined processing stage, the game mode is shifted to the inspection mode.

According to such a configuration, the game mode is switched from the game mode to the inspection mode at a timing immediately after the mode switching operation is executed regardless of whether or not the game progress processing being executed is completed up to a predetermined processing stage. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing defects at the time of shifting to the inspection mode, as compared with the configuration for shifting.

For example, suppose that the game mode is changed from the game mode to the inspection mode at the timing immediately after the mode switching operation is executed regardless of whether the game progressing process being executed is completed up to a predetermined processing stage. In the case of adoption, when the mode switching operation is executed during the period in which the variable display process of the symbols on the main display unit 45 as the game progress process in the game mode is executed, the symbol on the main display unit 45 of the symbols is changed. The mode is changed to the inspection mode in the middle of the variable display, and it becomes difficult to control the timing of stopping the symbol, the variation time of the symbol, and the like. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect 14, for example, when the mode switching operation is executed during the period during which the variable display process of the symbols is executed in the game mode, the variable display process of the symbols is performed. At the timing when the processing is completed up to the processing stage where the design is finished and the design is stopped, the inspection mode is entered. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems such as difficulty in controlling the stop timing of the symbol and the variation time of the symbol.

It should be noted that when the inspection mode is transferred (returned) to the game mode, it may be configured to execute the game progress processing of the remaining processing stages that were scheduled to be executed before the transfer to the inspection mode. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable that the expected game progress processing ends in an incomplete state.

In addition, when the mode switching operation is executed during the execution of the game progress processing in the game mode, the configuration is changed from the game mode to the inspection mode at the timing when all the processing of each of the ongoing game progress processing is completed. May be With such a configuration, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing defects when the game progress processing is restarted.

Further, when the mode switching operation is executed during the execution of the game progress processing in the game mode, the main RAM 64 is provided with information that allows the game execution processing to be interrupted and restarts the interrupted game progression processing. It may be configured to store and shift from the game mode to the inspection mode when the storage is completed. According to such a configuration, the pachinko machine 10 quickly shifts from the game mode to the inspection mode, so that many pachinko machines 10 can be inspected in a short period of time.

Further, the mode switching operation for shifting from the game mode to the inspection mode is not limited to the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button, and other modes may be used. For example, it may be a single operation of pressing the mode switching button. Further, when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the same processing as that when the mode switching operation is executed may be executed.

<Aspect 15>
In the configuration in which the main control device 60 can switch between the game mode and the inspection mode and execute the operation in the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, 10 minutes from the time of shifting to the inspection mode during the inspection mode. If the automatic return condition that it has passed is satisfied, if a predetermined operation for shifting from the inspection mode to the game mode (for example, pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button) has not been executed. However, it may be configured to shift from the inspection mode to the game mode.

According to such a configuration, when 10 minutes have passed from the time of shifting to the inspection mode, even if the predetermined operation for shifting from the inspection mode to the game mode has not been executed, the inspection mode Since it is configured to shift from the game mode to the game mode, it is possible to reliably prevent the game mode from returning to the game mode without executing a predetermined operation. For example, even if the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 inspects the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 based on the game history information output in the inspection mode and forgets to execute a predetermined operation, the inspection mode is set. After 10 minutes have passed from the time of transition, the game mode returns to the game mode. Therefore, a situation occurs in which the pachinko machine 10 does not return to the game mode in which the game progress processing can be executed and the player cannot play the game on the pachinko machine 10. Can be suppressed.

It should be noted that the automatic return condition is not limited to the condition that 10 minutes have passed from the time of shifting to the inspection mode, and may be another mode. For example, it may be a condition that 5 minutes have passed since the time of shifting to the inspection mode, or a condition that 10 minutes have passed since the time when the inspection machine 320 was removed from the inspection terminal 65.

Further, the predetermined operation for shifting from the inspection mode to the game mode is not limited to the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button, and may be another mode. For example, it may be a single operation of pressing the mode switching button.

<Aspect 16>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, a RAM clear button for initializing the main RAM 64 is provided in the main control device 60, and an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button (hereinafter When the "erasing operation" is executed, the information stored in the main RAM 64 may be erased (initialized).

Further, the main control device 60 may be configured to be executable by switching between the game mode and the inspection mode. Then, after the shift to the inspection mode and before the shift to the game mode, for example, the state during the check mode, or the state where the power is turned off after the shift to the check mode, the RAM clear button is pressed. Even when the erasing operation of pressing the power button is executed, the information stored in the main RAM 64 may not be erased.

According to such a configuration, in the state after the shift to the inspection mode and before the shift to the game mode, there is a case where an erasing operation for erasing the information stored in the main RAM 64 is executed. However, since the information stored in the main RAM 64 is not erased, the erasing operation is erroneously executed in an attempt to shift to the game mode in the state after the shift to the inspection mode and before the shift to the game mode. Even if it happens, it is possible to prevent the information from being accidentally erased.

For example, the erasing operation for erasing the information stored in the main RAM 64 is an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button, and switches the mode between the game mode and the inspection mode. In the configuration where the operation for pressing is to press the power button while pressing the mode switching button, the intention is to press the power button while pressing the mode switching button in order to shift from the inspection mode to the game mode. There is a risk that the power button is pressed while the RAM clear button is being pressed. However, according to the configuration of this aspect 16, in the state after the shift to the inspection mode and before the shift to the game mode, the erasing operation of pressing the power button while mistakenly pressing the RAM clear button is executed. Even if the information is lost, it is possible to prevent the information from being accidentally erased.

More specifically, for example, when shifting from the game mode to the inspection mode, the game progress processing that was being executed in the game mode is temporarily stopped, and the stopped game progress processing is returned to the inspection mode. In the case of adopting a configuration in which the information for restarting later is stored in the main RAM 64, the intention is to press the power button while pressing the mode switching button in order to return from the inspection mode to the game mode, but by mistake the RAM clear button If you press the power button while pressing, the information for restarting the game progress process will be erased, and you will not be able to restart the game progress process after returning to the inspection mode. May be disadvantageous to. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect 16, in the state after the shift to the inspection mode and before the shift to the game mode, the power button is accidentally pressed while pushing the RAM clear button in order to shift to the game mode. Even if the user presses, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the main RAM 64 from being accidentally erased, and thus to prevent the player from being disadvantaged. You can

Note that the main RAM 64 may be configured to store game history information. According to such a configuration, it is not necessary to separately provide a dedicated memory for storing the game history information, so that the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

In addition, when the erasing operation is executed, the game history stored in the main RAM 64 regardless of the state of the pachinko machine 10 (power on/off state, game mode or inspection mode). The information may not be erased, and only the information other than the game history information stored in the main RAM 64 (such as information stored for restarting the game progress processing) may be erased (initialized). .. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game history information deviating from the predetermined specified range from being intentionally erased.

The erasing operation is not limited to the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button, and other modes may be used. For example, it may be a single operation of pressing the RAM clear button.

<Aspect 17>
In the configuration in which the main control device 60 can switch and execute the game mode and the inspection mode among the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, when the main control device 60 shifts from the game mode to the inspection mode, In the inspection mode, a game stop command, which is a command indicating that the game progress process is temporarily stopped by shifting to the inspection mode, is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90, and the game progress process that is being executed is inspected. It may be configured to be temporarily stopped. Specifically, for example, when the inspection mode is entered during the variable display of the symbols on the main display unit 45, the display on the main display unit 45 is turned off and the variation time of the symbols on the main display unit 45 is counted. To stop. Further, when the main control device 60 shifts from the inspection mode to the game mode, it transmits to the voice emission control device 90 a game restart command which is a command to shift to the game mode and restart the game progress processing. It may be configured to.

Then, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the game stop command, the effect being executed is temporarily stopped, and when the game restart command is received thereafter, the effect is temporarily stopped. It is configured to restart. According to such a configuration, even when the main control device 60 shifts between the game mode and the inspection mode, a game progression process executed by the main control device 60 (for example, a symbol on the main display unit 45). It is possible to synchronize the variable display process) and the effect controlled by the sound emission control device 90 (for example, the variable display process of the symbol on the symbol display device 41), and the player feels uncomfortable after shifting to the game mode. It can be suppressed.

Note that the sound emission control device 90 may be configured not to stop the effect being executed even when the game stop command is received. Specifically, for example, when the game stop command is received during the variable display of the symbols on the symbol display device 41, the layer of the variable display of the symbols is kept while the control of the variable display of the symbols on the symbol display device 41 is continued. A layer of another image (for example, a black image) is displayed on top of. However, since the control of the variable display of the symbols in the symbol display device 41 is continued, the variable display of the symbols is continued under the black image layer. Then, when the variation time of the symbol in the symbol display device 41 has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol ends under the layer of the black image, but the symbol does not stop and sways slightly.

When the game restart command is received from the main control device 60, the black image layer displayed above the variable display layer of the symbol is removed, and the symbol layer is displayed again. At this time, the main control device 60 shifts (returns) from the inspection mode to the game mode, and restarts the stopped game progress processing (variable display of symbols on the main display unit 45).

Then, the main control device 60 restarts the variable display of the symbols on the main display unit 45, which has stopped counting the variable time, and when the remaining variable time has elapsed, that is, the variation of the symbols on the main display unit 45. When it is time to stop, a symbol stop command is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90. The voice light emission control device 90 which has received the symbol stop command transmits the symbol stop command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 displays the symbol displayed in the pattern display device 41 in a slightly swaying manner. Stop it completely.

With such a configuration, while the main control device 60 is in the inspection mode, the display on the main display unit 45 is turned off, and the display on the symbol display device 41 becomes a black image. Then, when the main controller 60 shifts from the inspection mode to the game mode, the variable display of the symbols on the main display unit 45, which has stopped counting the variable time, is restarted, and the symbols on the symbol display device 41 are variably displayed. The display mode is a mode or a display mode that is slightly shaken. Then, at the timing when the symbol on the main display unit 45 stops, the symbol on the symbol display device 41 also stops. That is, it is possible to synchronize the variable display of symbols on the main display unit 45 and the variable display of symbols on the symbol display device 41. Further, even when the game stop command is received, the control of the effect being executed is not stopped, so that it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a problem caused by temporarily stopping the control of the effect being executed. As a defect, for example, when the control of the effect is restarted from the state where the control of the effect is temporarily stopped, when a plurality of effects are being executed, the timings of the plurality of effects are shifted, or the symbol display device is displayed. For example, there may be a gap between the moving image displayed on 41 and the sound output from the speaker 46.

In addition, even when it is time to stop the fluctuation of the symbols on the main display portion 45, if the main control device 60 adopts a configuration in which the symbol stop command is not transmitted to the voice emission control device 90, the symbols are The variable display of the symbols on the display device 41 continues to be in a slightly swaying state, and then the variable command transmitted from the main control device 60 and the standby command transmitted when the hold information is not stored. The symbol on the symbol display device 41 is stopped by receiving the.

<Aspect 18>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41 when the predetermined time comes. Specifically, for example, the game mode may be switched to the inspection mode at 11:10 pm, and the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41. According to such a configuration, the game history information of each pachinko machine 10 is displayed on the symbol display device 41 at about 11:10 pm after the game hall is closed, so that the pachinko machine 10 is inspected. A person can quickly inspect and confirm the game history information of many pachinko machines 10 after the game hall is closed, without the trouble of shifting each pachinko machine 10 from the game mode to the inspection mode.

Further, the game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41 when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer. According to such a configuration, for example, all the pachinko machines 10 installed in the game hall are simultaneously switched to the inspection mode, and the game history information of each pachinko machine 10 is displayed on each symbol display device 41. Since it is possible, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can quickly inspect and confirm the game history information of many pachinko machines 10 without the trouble of shifting each pachinko machine 10 from the game mode to the inspection mode. Becomes

<Aspect 19>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the game history information may be always displayed on the symbol display device 41. With such a configuration, the player or the inspector can always confirm the game history information, and therefore, when an abnormality such as the game history information deviating from a predetermined range occurs, the player can immediately check the game history information. It is possible to notice something unusual. As a result, it is possible to quickly secure the soundness of the game.

<Aspect 20>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, a 7-segment display constituted by seven light-emitting diodes is provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10, and the game stored in the pachinko machine 10 is stored in the 7-segment display. It may be configured to display information related to history information. For example, when the main controller 60 shifts from the game mode to the inspection mode, whether the accessory ratio, the payout ratio (in the normal mode) or the like stored in the pachinko machine 10 is within a predetermined range or not. Alternatively, the 7-segment display may be used to display.

More specifically, for example, when the main controller 60 shifts from the game mode to the inspection mode, "1" indicating that a display regarding the character ratio is displayed on the 7-segment display, and then the character ratio. Is within a predetermined range (specifically, when the character ratio is 0.700 or less), “O” meaning OK is displayed on the 7-segment display, while the character ratio is If is not within the predetermined range, "E" indicating an error may be displayed on the 7-segment display. After displaying the character ratio, "2" is displayed on the 7-segment display indicating that the character ratio is to be displayed, and the continuous character ratio is within a predetermined range (specifically, Means that if the continuous character ratio is less than or equal to 0.600, "O", which means OK, is displayed on the 7-segment display, while if the continuous character ratio is not within the predetermined range, , "E" indicating an error may be displayed on the 7-segment display. After the display of the continuous accessory ratio, “2” indicating that the display of the payout ratio (in normal mode) is displayed on the 7-segment display, and the payout ratio (in normal mode) is within the predetermined range. When the payout ratio (in the normal mode) is within the range of 0.60 to 0.70, “O” meaning OK is displayed on the 7-segment display, On the other hand, when the payout ratio (in the normal mode) is not within the predetermined range, “E” indicating an error may be displayed on the 7-segment display.

With such a configuration, it is possible to easily and quickly inspect the game history information such as the character ratio. Also, since the 7-segment display consumes less power, even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is off, the game history information can be inspected with only a small amount of power due to the capacitors and batteries provided inside the pachinko machine 10. It becomes possible to do.

Further, the information related to the game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 may be always displayed on the 7-segment display. According to such a configuration, it is possible to easily and quickly inspect the game history information such as the character ratio without switching from the game mode to the inspection mode. In addition, even in the pachinko machine 10 that does not have the inspection mode, it is possible to easily and quickly inspect the game history information such as the accessory ratio. Further, if the 7-segment display is provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10, the 7-segment display is out of the player's field of view, so the player is concerned about the display of the 7-segment display. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being unable to concentrate on the game. On the other hand, when the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 inspects the game history information of the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine body 12 supported by the hinge 15 is rotated to the front and provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine body 12. Since it suffices to check the displayed 7-segment display, it becomes possible to easily and quickly inspect the game history information such as the character ratio. Instead of the 7-segment display, other display capable of displaying game history information in a recognizable manner, such as a segment display configured by a number of light emitting diodes other than 7, may be adopted.

<Aspect 21>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the sound emission control device 90 may be configured to calculate the game history information. Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x of the main control device 60 transmits a signal including the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63 to the sound emission control device 90 in the initialization process. With the configuration described above, the sound emission control device 90 calculates the game history information based on the acquired prize ball number data and the game ball entry information transmitted from the main control device 60, and the calculated game history information. May be displayed on the symbol display device 41.

According to such a configuration, the sound emission control device 90 cannot access the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63, or the sound emission control device 90 is stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63. Even if the storage position (memory address) of the stored prize ball number data cannot be grasped, the voice emission control device 90 is stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main ROM 63. It becomes possible to acquire several data, and it becomes possible to calculate game history information. Further, since the voice emission control device 90 calculates the game history information instead of the main control device 60, the processing load of the main control device 60 can be significantly reduced.

<Aspect 22>
The first embodiment and the other aspects described above can be applied not only to the pachinko machine 10 that can shift from the game mode to the inspection mode, but also to a game machine that can shift from the game mode to another mode. .. For example, it can be applied to a gaming machine having a gaming state display mode capable of displaying a state of processing related to a game, such as states of a high probability mode flag and a high frequency support mode flag, contents of stored hold information, and the like. it can.

<Aspect 23>
FIG. 26 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to the aspect 23 of the first embodiment. In this mode 23, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main CPU 62x is configured to calculate the above-mentioned game history information. Further, the main RAM 64 is divided into two areas (first area and second area), and the first area of the main RAM 64 is an area for developing a program for executing processing relating to the progress of a game. The second area of the main RAM 64 is used as an area for developing a program for executing a process for calculating/displaying game history information (hereinafter also referred to as a game history process). Then, the main CPU 62x executes writing of information only in the first area of the main RAM 64 at the time of execution of processing relating to the progress of the game (processing other than the processing for game history), and at the time of execution of the processing for game history. , Writing of information is executed only in the second area of the main RAM 64.

The first area of the main RAM 64 is also used as an 8-bit entry detection information storage area, a stack area, etc., which will be described later. The second area of the main RAM 64 is also used as an 8-bit buffer area, a prize ball counting buffer, a calculation buffer, a calculation result buffer, a stack area, etc., which will be described later. Details of these will be described later.

A game history information display unit 45z is connected to the input/output port 62a. The game history information display unit 45z is composed of four 7-segment displays and is provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10. As will be described later, the game history information calculated by the main CPU 62x is displayed on the game history information display section 45z.

FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. Note that, also in this aspect, the timer interrupt process is activated in a cycle of 4 msec, as in the first embodiment. The difference from the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 13) of the first embodiment described above is that the content of the entrance detection processing shown in step S10606 is different, and for the game history for calculating and displaying the game history information. The point that the process is added as the last process (step S10616) of this timer interrupt process, and the process of outputting the ball detection information that is the process of outputting the ball detection information to the game history management chip (step S10207 in FIG. 13). Processing) is omitted, and other processing is the same as the processing described in the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 13) of the first embodiment described above. In the following, the entry detection process of step S10606 shown in FIG. 27 and the game history process shown in step S10616 will be described.

FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the entry detection process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. In the entry detection process of this mode 23, it is determined that there is no information (“0”) in the bit of the input port 62b in the previous (one time before) timer interrupt process, and the bit of the input port 62b is in the current timer interrupt process. If it is determined that there is information ("1") in the timer interrupt processing and then again in the timer interrupt process that there is information ("1") in the bit, the game is entered in the entrance corresponding to the bit. It is determined that the ball has entered. Hereinafter, an example of the ball detection process will be described.

In step S10701, the information currently stored in the above-mentioned 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 (FIG. 14) of the input port 62b (hereinafter, also referred to as entry determination information) is read, and as step S10702, it is read. The ball entry determination information is stored in the first buffer, which is an 8-bit buffer. That is, the first buffer is a buffer for storing the entry determination information read from each bit of the input port 62b in the current timer interrupt process. The second buffer, which will be described later, is an 8-bit buffer that stores the ball entry determination information read from each bit of the input port 62b in the previous timer interrupt process. Further, in this aspect, the first buffer and the second buffer are provided in the first area of the main side RAM 64. After executing step S10702, the process advances to step S10703.

In step S10703, 8 is set to the entry determination counter provided in the main RAM 64. Then, proceed to 10704. The numerical information of the entrance determination counter is the same as the entrance determination counter (step S10401) used in the entrance determination process (FIG. 16) of the first embodiment described above, and each of the eight entrances. It corresponds to a bit of. Specifically, in this embodiment, “8” of the numerical information of the entry determination counter is the 0th bit D0 of the special winning opening 36a, “7” is the first bit D1 of the first starting opening 33, and “6” is The second bit D2 of the second starting opening 34, "5" is the third bit D3 of the first winning opening 32a, "4" is the fourth bit D4 of the second winning opening 32b, and "3" is the third winning opening 32c. The fifth bit D5 and "2" of the through gate 35 correspond to the sixth bit D6 of the through gate 35 and "1" to the seventh bit D7 of the discharge passage, respectively.

In step S10704, it is determined whether or not the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the entry determination counter in the second buffer has the entry determination information, that is, the entry determination information stored in the bit is "1". Or not. When it is determined in step S10704 that the information for determining the entrance is not "1" (S10704: NO), the process proceeds to step S10705. On the other hand, in step S10704, when it is determined that the information for entering a ball is “1” (S10704: YES), the process of step S10705 to step S10709 described below is not executed, and the process proceeds to step S10710. ..

In step S10705, it is determined whether or not the bit corresponding to the numerical value information of the entry determination counter in the first buffer has entry determination information, that is, the entry determination information stored in the bit is "1". Or not. When it is determined in step S10705 that the relevant entry determination information is “1” (S10705: YES), the process proceeds to step S10706. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10705 that the information for determining a ball entry is not “1” (S10705: NO), the process proceeds from step S10706 to step S10709, which will be described later, to step S10710. ..

In step S10706, whether or not the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the current entrance determination counter at the current input port 62b has the entrance determination information, that is, the entrance determination information stored in the bit is "1". Or not. In step S10706, when it is determined that the information for entering a ball is “1” (S10706: YES), the process proceeds to step S10707. On the other hand, in step S10706, when it is determined that the entry determination information is not “1” (S10706: NO), the process from step S10707 to step S10709 described later is not executed, and the process proceeds to step S10710. ..

In step S10707, it is determined whether the numerical information of the current entrance determination counter is the information indicating the bit corresponding to the type of entrance, and that the game ball has entered the entrance corresponding to the bit. Is turned on. Specifically, for example, when it is determined that the numerical information of the current winning determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the special winning opening 36a, it is determined that a game ball has entered the big winning opening 36a. The big winning opening entry flag shown is turned on. Further, for example, when it is determined that the numerical information of the current entry determination counter is the information indicating the bit corresponding to the second starting opening 34, it indicates that the game ball has entered the second starting opening 34. The second start entrance ball flag is turned on. After executing step S10707, the process advances to step S10708.

In step S10708, 1 is added to the numerical value information of the prize ball counter corresponding to the entrance for which it was determined that the entry flag was turned on in step S10707, that is, the game ball was entered. Specifically, for example, if the special winning opening ball flag is turned ON, 1 is added to the 15 winning ball counter, and if the second starting opening ball flag is turned ON, 3 winning balls Add 1 to the counter. After executing step S10708, the process advances to step S10709.

In step S10709, the entry determination counter is decremented by 1, and then in step S10710 it is determined whether the entry determination counter is "0".

When it is determined in step S10710 that the entry determination counter is not “0” (S10710: NO), the bits corresponding to the numerical information of the entry determination counter updated in step S10709 are set in steps S10704 to S10708. Execute the process. When the processes of steps S10704 to S10708 are executed for the numerical information set in step S10703, the entry determination counter becomes “0”, and a positive determination (S10710: YES) is made in step S10710. It advances to S10711.

In step S10711, the 8-bit entry determination information stored in the first buffer is stored (copied) in the second buffer. As a result, the entry determination information acquired from the input port 62b in the current timer interrupt processing is referred to in the entry detection processing in the next timer interrupt processing. After executing step S10711, the process proceeds to step S10712.

In step S10712, the entry detection information indicating that the entry of the game ball has been detected in the entry detection process of the current timer interruption process is stored in the entry detection information storage area capable of storing 8-bit information. .. Specifically, in the entrance detection information storage area, "1" is set for each bit corresponding to each of the above-mentioned eight entrances when the entrance flag is ON, When the flag is OFF, "0" is stored as the entry detection information. For example, as a result of executing the entrance detection processing in this timer interrupt processing, the special winning opening entrance flag and the second starting opening entrance flag are ON, and the entrance flags corresponding to other entrance openings are OFF. In some cases, the 8-bit entry detection information "00000101" is stored in the entry detection information storage area. The 8-bit entry detection information stored in the entry detection information storage area is referred to in the game history processing described later. After executing step S10712, the main entrance detection process is ended.

FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a game history process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. In this game history processing, processing for calculating the character ratio and the continuous character ratio and displaying them on the game history information display unit 45z is executed. Specifically, the accessory ratio is calculated, and the calculated accessory ratio is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z for 5 seconds. After that, the ratio of continuous characters is calculated, and the calculated ratio of continuous characters is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z for 5 seconds. After that, the accessory ratio is calculated again, and the calculated accessory ratio is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z for 5 seconds. Thus, the character ratio and the continuous character ratio are alternately displayed on the game history information display unit 45z. Hereinafter, an example of specific processing will be described.

In step S10801, a save process of saving information (hereinafter, also referred to as register information) stored in the register in the main CPU 62x to the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 is executed. In this aspect 23, in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27), before the game history process (step S10616 in FIG. 27) is executed, a process other than the game history process relating to the progress of the game (FIG. 27). Since the processing of steps S10601 to 10615) is executed, the register information regarding the progress of the game is saved in the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 in the save processing. Specifically, the value of the stack pointer in the main CPU 62x (the address value indicating the uppermost stage of the stack area in the first area) is saved (pushed) to the bottom of the stack area in the second area of the main RAM 64. Then, an address value indicating the uppermost stage of the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x. After that, the register information stored in the registers in the main CPU 62x is sequentially saved in the stack area (the uppermost stage of the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64) indicated by the stack pointer set in the main CPU 62x. Let (Push). By executing this save processing, the address value of the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, so the main CPU 62x stores the game history information described below. The calculation/display processing can be executed using the second area of the main RAM 64. After executing step S10801, the flow proceeds to step S10802.

In step S10802, it is determined whether the abnormality flag stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is ON. The abnormality flag is a flag that is turned on when the prize ball total value described later is an abnormal value. If it is determined in step S10802 that the abnormality flag is ON (S10802: YES), the flow advances to step S10803 to clear the prize ball total value to zero. After that, the process advances to step S10804, and the abnormality flag is turned off. After that, the process advances to step S10805. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10802 that the abnormality flag is not ON (S10802: NO), the process proceeds to step S10805 without executing the processes of steps S10803 and S10804.

In step S10805, OR processing is executed for each corresponding bit in the entry detection information storage area and the buffer area, and the result (logical sum) of each OR processing is stored (overwritten) in the corresponding bit in the buffer area. Details of this processing will be described later. The buffer area is an area that can store the same 8-bit information as the entry detection information storage area, and is provided in the second area of the main RAM 64. After executing step S10805, the process advances to step S10806.

In step S10806, it is determined whether or not at least one bit of the eight bits in the buffer area has the entry detection information (whether or not "1" is stored in one or more bits). .. If it is determined in step S10806 that at least one bit of the buffer area has the ball entry detection information (S10806: YES), the flow advances to step S10807.

In step S10807, a target setting process of setting a bit to be a target of prize ball totaling process, which will be described later, out of the eight bits of the buffer area is executed. In this aspect, in one target setting process, two consecutive bits are set as the target of the prize ball totaling process. Further, as will be described later, when the target setting process is executed in the next or subsequent timer interrupt process, two consecutive bits located next to the two bits set in the previous target setting process. Is set as the target of the prize ball totaling process. In this way, the two bits targeted for the prize ball totaling process are sequentially shifted to the adjacent ones. After the last two bits of the eight bits are set as the target of the prize sphere counting process, the first two bits are set in the target sphere counting process in the next target setting process. Set it as the target again. As described above, in this aspect, the order of the two bits set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing is predetermined among the eight bits of the buffer area. After executing step S10807, the process advances to step S10808, and prize ball totaling processing corresponding to the set bit is executed. Here, a specific example of the processing from step S10805 to step S10808 will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 30 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an example of specific processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to the aspect 23 of the first embodiment. As described above, the entrance detection information storage area is an 8-bit storage area provided in the first area of the main RAM 64, and each bit corresponds to each entrance. Specifically, in this embodiment, the 0th bit D0 of the entry detection information storage area is the special winning opening 36a, the first bit D1 is the first starting opening 33, the second bit D2 is the second starting opening 34, and the third starting opening. The bit D3 corresponds to the first winning opening 32a, the fourth bit D4 corresponds to the second winning opening 32b, the fifth bit D5 corresponds to the third winning opening 32c, the sixth bit D6 corresponds to the through gate 35, and the seventh bit D7 corresponds to the discharge passage. doing.

The buffer area is an 8-bit storage area provided in the second area of the main RAM 64, and each bit corresponds to each entrance. Specifically, in the present aspect, the 0th bit D0 of the buffer area is the special winning opening 36a, the first bit D1 is the first starting opening 33, the second bit D2 is the second starting opening 34, and the third bit D3 is the third opening. The first winning opening 32a, the fourth bit D4 correspond to the second winning opening 32b, the fifth bit D5 corresponds to the third winning opening 32c, the sixth bit D6 corresponds to the through gate 35, and the seventh bit D7 corresponds to the discharge passage. That is, each bit in the buffer area corresponds to each bit in the entry detection information storage area.

In the above-described ball detection processing (FIG. 28), when it is determined that the game ball has entered the ball entrance such as the special winning opening 36a, the game ball out of the eight bits in the ball detection information storage area. The bit corresponding to the ball entrance determined to have entered is turned on (“1”).

FIG. 30(A1) shows an example of the process when the n-th timer interrupt process is executed. In this n-th timer interrupt processing, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second starting opening 34 and the first winning opening 32a in the entrance detection processing, and 8 bits of the entrance detection information storage area The value of is “00001100”. The value of the eight bits in the buffer area before the OR processing is “00000000”. Therefore, the value of the eight bits in the buffer area after the OR processing is “00001100”. As a result, the ball detection information in the ball detection information storage area, which is updated each time the timer interrupt process is executed, is set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process described below and is executed in the buffer area until the process is executed. Will be held in.

In the n-th timer interrupt process, two consecutive bits of the 0th bit D0 and the 1st bit D1 of the 8 bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area after the OR process are executed are prize ball totaling process. Set as the processing target of.

In the prize ball totaling process, if the 0th bit D0 (the bit corresponding to the special winning opening 36a) set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process is "1", it is stored in the prize ball totaling buffer. "15" is added to the total number of prize balls and the number of consecutive prize balls. On the other hand, when the 0th bit D0 is "0", the addition is not performed. In this aspect, the prize ball totaling buffer is configured as a ring buffer, and is configured to store the number of prize balls paid out in the latest predetermined period. Further, the number of continuous winning prize balls is the number of gaming balls paid out as winning balls by the continuous winning action, and is paid out as winning balls based on the entry of the gaming balls into the special winning opening 36a. It means the number of game balls.

Further, in the prize ball totaling process, if the first bit D1 (the bit corresponding to the first starting opening 33) set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process is “1”, the prize ball totaling buffer is stored. "3" is added to the stored total number of prize balls. On the other hand, if the first bit D1 is "0", the addition is not performed.

In the example shown in FIG. 30(A1), the 0th bit D0 is "0" and the first bit D1 is also "0", so the above-mentioned addition is not performed.

After the prize ball totaling process is executed, the two bits (0th bit D0 and 1st bit D1) set as the target of the prize area totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

FIG. 30(A2) shows an example of processing when the (n+1)th timer interrupt processing is executed. In the (n+1)th timer interrupt process, it is determined that the game ball has entered the second winning opening 32b in the entry detection process, and the value of the eight bits in the entry detection information storage area is "00010000." It has become. The value of the eight bits in the buffer area before the OR processing is “00001100”, which is the same as the buffer area after the prize ball totaling processing in the n-th timer interrupt processing described above. Therefore, the value of the eight bits in the buffer area after the OR processing is “00011100”.

In the (n+1)th timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits of the second bit D2 and the third bit D3 among the eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area after the OR processing are executed are prize ball totaling processing. Set as the processing target of.

In the prize ball totaling process, if the second bit D2 (the bit corresponding to the second starting opening 34) set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process is “1”, it is stored in the prize ball totaling buffer. "3" is added to the total number of prize balls and the number of character prize balls. On the other hand, when the second bit D2 is "0", the addition is not performed. In addition, the number of prize balls is the number of game balls paid out as prize balls by the operation of the prize, and as the prize balls based on the entry of the game balls into the second starting opening 34 and the special winning opening 36a. It means the number of game balls paid out.

Further, in the prize ball totaling process, if the third bit D3 (the bit corresponding to the first winning hole 32a) set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process is “1”, the prize ball totaling buffer is stored. "10" is added to the stored total number of prize balls. On the other hand, if the third bit D3 is "0", the addition is not performed.

In the example shown in FIG. 30(A2), since the second bit D2 is "1", "3" is added to the total prize ball number and the accessory prize ball number. Further, since the third bit D3 is "1", "10" is added to the total number of prize balls.

After the prize ball totaling process is executed, the two bits (the second bit D2 and the third bit D3) set as the target of the prize area totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

FIG. 30(A3) shows an example of processing when the (n+2)th timer interrupt processing is executed. In the n+2nd timer interrupt process, it is determined that the game ball has entered (passed through) the through gate 35 in the entrance detection process, and the value of the eight bits in the entry detection information storage area is " It has become 01,000,000". Further, the values of the eight bits in the buffer area before executing the OR processing are “00010000”, which is the same as the buffer area after the prize ball totaling processing in the (n+1)th timer interrupt processing described above. Therefore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area after the OR processing is “01010000”.

In the (n+2)th timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits of the fourth bit D4 and the fifth bit D5 of the eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area after the OR processing are executed are prize ball totaling processing. Set as the processing target of.

In the prize ball totaling process, if the fourth bit D4 (the bit corresponding to the second winning hole 32b) set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process is “1”, it is stored in the prize ball totaling buffer. "10" is added to the total number of winning balls. On the other hand, if the fourth bit D4 is "0", the addition is not performed.

Further, in the prize ball totaling process, if the fifth bit D5 (the bit corresponding to the third winning hole 32c) set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process is “1”, the prize ball totaling buffer is stored. "10" is added to the stored total number of prize balls. On the other hand, if the fifth bit D5 is "0", the addition is not performed.

In the example shown in FIG. 30(A3), since the fourth bit D4 is "1", "10" is added to the total number of prize balls. Further, since the fifth bit D5 is "0", the above-mentioned addition is not performed.

After the prize ball totaling process is executed, the two bits (the fourth bit D4 and the fifth bit D5) set as the target of the prize area totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

FIG. 30(A4) shows an example of processing when the (n+3)th timer interrupt processing is executed. In the n+3rd timer interrupt process, it is determined in the ball detection process that a game ball has entered the special winning opening 36a, and the values of the eight bits in the ball detection information storage area are "00100001". Has become. The value of the eight bits in the buffer area before executing the OR processing is “01000000”, which is the same as the buffer area after the prize ball totaling processing in the above-mentioned (n+2)th timer interrupt processing. Therefore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area after the OR processing is “01100001”.

In the (n+3)th timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits of the sixth bit D6 and the seventh bit D7 of the eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area after the OR processing are executed are prize ball totaling processing. Set as the processing target of.

However, in this aspect, the sixth bit D6 corresponds to the through gate 35, and the seventh bit D7 corresponds to the discharge passage. No prize ball is set in the through gate 35 or the discharge passage. Therefore, in the present aspect, when the sixth bit D6 and the seventh bit D7 are set as the target of the prize ball totaling process, addition to the total prize ball number or the like is not performed in the prize ball totaling process. After that, the two bits (the sixth bit D6 and the seventh bit D7) set as the target of the prize area totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

After that, in the (n+4)th timer interrupt process, the 0th bit D0 and the 1st bit D1 are set again as the processing targets of the prize ball totaling process. After that, the same processing is repeatedly executed. However, as will be described later, when there is no entry detection information in all bits in the buffer area (all bits are "0"), target setting processing (step S10807) and prize ball totaling processing (step S10808). ) Is not executed. Further, in the present aspect, from the state where there is no entry detection information in all the bits of the buffer area (all the bits are “0”), there is again entry detection information in at least one bit of the buffer area. When the target setting process is executed, the two bits set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process in the previous target setting process are stored, and the two bits are positioned next to the two bits. Two consecutive bits are set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing. In addition, when the two bits set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing in the previous target setting processing are the sixth bit D6 and the seventh bit D7, 2 bits of the 0th bit D0 and the 1st bit D1 are set. The consecutive bits are set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing.

As described above, in this mode, since two bits out of the eight bits in the buffer area are set as the target of the prize ball totaling process in one timer interrupt process, at least one bit in the buffer area is set. If there is the ball entry detection information, the timer interrupt process is executed four times, so that the prize ball totaling process is executed for all eight bits of the buffer area.

Returning to the explanation of FIG. After the prize ball totaling process in step S10808 is executed, the process proceeds to step S10809.

In step S10809, calculation result display control processing is executed. Specifically, control is executed to display a value stored in a calculation result buffer (to be described later) (i.e., calculated accessory ratio or continuous accessory ratio, which is game history information) on the game history information display unit 45z. After executing step S10809, the process advances to step S10810.

In step S10810, it is determined whether or not it is the execution timing of the arithmetic processing for calculating the game history information. Specifically, when a predetermined time (30 minutes in this mode) has passed since the power of the pachinko machine 10 was turned on, or when 5 seconds have passed since the previous execution of the arithmetic processing, the timing for executing the arithmetic processing is set. Judge that there is. When it is determined in step S10810 that it is time to execute the arithmetic processing (S10810: YES), the process proceeds to step S10811. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S10810 that it is not the timing to execute the arithmetic processing (S10810: NO), the processing in step S10811 and step S10812 described later is not executed, and the process proceeds to step S10813.

In step S10811, the type of game history information calculated in the calculation process (task 1 and task 2 described later) is set. In this aspect, the character ratio and the continuous character ratio are alternately set as the types of the game history information to be calculated. After that, the process advances to step S10812, and task 1 is designated as the next task to be executed in the task process (step S10814) described below. After executing step S10812, the process proceeds to step S10813.

In step S10813, the register information saved in the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 in the save processing described above is restored to the register of the main CPU 62x. Specifically, the register information that has been sequentially saved from the stack area (the uppermost stage of the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64) indicated by the stack pointer set in the main CPU 62x is transferred to the main CPU 62x. Restore (Pop) to the register inside. After that, the value of the stack pointer saved at the bottom of the stack area of the second area (the address value indicating the uppermost stage of the stack area of the first area) is returned to the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x (Pop). By executing this restoration processing, the address value of the stack area of the first area of the main RAM 64 is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, so the main CPU 62x again sets the first area of the main RAM 64 to the first area. It is possible to execute processing relating to the progress of the game by using the area. After that, this game history processing is ended.

Returning to the description of step S10806. If it is determined in step S10806 that there is no entry detection information in all the bits in the buffer area (all bits are "0") (S10806: NO), the flow proceeds to step S10814.

In step S10814, one of the designated three tasks is executed. If no task is designated, task 3 is executed. That is, three timer tasks are not sequentially executed in one timer interrupt process, but only one designated task among the three tasks is executed in one timer interrupt process.

[Task 1]
The dividend and the divisor necessary for calculating the game history information set as the calculation target are stored in the calculation buffer. Specifically, for example, when it is set to calculate the character ratio, the number of character prize balls as the dividend and the total number of prize balls as the divisor are stored in the calculation buffer. Further, for example, when it is set so as to calculate the ratio of continuous character, the number of continuous character prize balls as the dividend and the total number of prize balls as the divisor are stored in the calculation buffer. After that, the task 2 is designated as the next task to be executed when the process of step S10806 is performed in the timer interrupt process after the next time.

[Task 2]
An operation of dividing the dividend stored in the operation buffer by the divisor is executed, and the operation result (quotient) is saved in the operation result buffer. After that, the task 3 is designated as the next task to be executed when the process proceeds to step S10806 in the timer interrupt process after the next time.

[Task 3]
It is determined whether or not the prize ball total value (number of prize balls, number of consecutive prize balls, total number of prize balls) is valid, and if not, the abnormality flag is set to ON, and thereafter Then, the task 3 is designated as the next task to be executed when the process proceeds to step S10806 in the subsequent timer interrupt process. On the other hand, when it is determined that the prize ball total value is valid, the abnormality flag is not turned on, and the task 3 is designated as the next task. Here, the case where the total value of prize balls is not valid means that the number of character prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or the number of consecutive character prize balls exceeds the number of total prize balls. This is a case where there is a contradiction in the total value of prize balls, such as when the number of prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls.

After executing the designated task among the above-mentioned three tasks, the process proceeds to the above-described step S10809, and the value (proportion character ratio or continuous character ratio) stored in the calculation result buffer is displayed as the game history information display unit. The processing for displaying on 45z is executed. In this mode, information indicating the type of game history information is displayed on the first 7-segment display that constitutes the game history information display unit 45z, and the values of the game history information are displayed on the remaining three 7-segment displays. To do.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment described above, the processing related to the progress of the game (processing other than the game history processing) included in the timer interruption processing is the time until the next timer interruption processing is started (4 msec in the present embodiment). ) Is programmed to be completed in a shorter time, the time required until the processing relating to the progress of the game is completed changes depending on the progress of the game. On the other hand, since the game history process is a process that is not related to the progress of the game, in one timer interrupt process, the process relating to the progress of the game is executed more than the time for executing the process for the game history. It is preferable to secure the time for giving priority. In addition, various processes included in the game history process (for example, prize ball totaling process and arithmetic process for each bit) are not required to be continuously executed in one timer interrupt process to complete the game. It has no effect on the progress. Therefore, in this aspect, even if the execution time of the process relating to the progress of the game is maximized according to the situation of the progress of the game, the execution time of one timer interrupt process (the execution of the process relating to the progress of the game is executed. Divide each process included in the game history process into a plurality of processes so that (time + execution time of game history process) is shorter than the time until the next timer interrupt process is started. In the timer interrupt processing of one time, the divided processing is executed, and various processing is completed by executing the timer interrupt processing a plurality of times. As a result, according to this aspect, it is possible to execute the game history process while securing the time required to execute the process related to the progress of the game in the one-time timer interrupt process.

Specifically, according to this aspect, in one execution of the timer interrupt process, one of the two tasks (task 1 and task 2) that constitute the arithmetic process for calculating the game history information. Can be executed, and by executing the timer interrupt process twice, all of the two tasks that make up the arithmetic process are executed, so both of the two tasks are executed in one execution of the timer interrupt process. As compared with the configuration described above, it is possible to reduce the time required to execute the timer interrupt process once. As a result, the time required to execute the timer interrupt process once becomes longer than the interval (hereinafter, also referred to as an interrupt interval) at which the timer interrupt process starts to be executed, which is 4 msec. It is possible to suppress that it cannot be executed at intervals.

Further, according to this aspect, the series of processes in which the order of execution is determined is divided into a plurality of tasks, and in one execution of the timer interrupt process, after executing one of the plurality of tasks, , Since the task to be executed next to the one task is specified, a series of operations in which the time required to execute the timer interrupt process becomes longer than the interrupt interval of the timer interrupt process when incorporated in the timer interrupt process. Even the processing can be executed by incorporating it in the timer interrupt processing. Specifically, according to this aspect, when the arithmetic processing for calculating the game history information is incorporated in the timer interrupt processing, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt processing becomes longer than 4 msec. Even in the gaming machine having the configuration, the arithmetic processing can be incorporated and executed in the timer interrupt processing executed at intervals of 4 msec. Further, the arithmetic processing for calculating the game history information does not affect the progress of the game even if all the tasks are not executed in one execution of the timer interrupt processing, so that the timer interrupt processing is executed once. The required time can be allocated to the execution time of other processing included in the timer interrupt processing, and the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine can be improved.

Further, according to this aspect, in one execution of the timer interrupt processing, two bits out of the eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area are set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing, and the setting is performed. It is possible to execute the prize sphere counting process for the processed bit and perform the timer sphere interrupt process a plurality of times to execute the prize sphere counting process for all eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area. To do. Therefore, the time required to execute the timer interrupt process once can be shortened as compared with the configuration in which the prize ball totaling process is executed for all the eight bits D0 to D7 in one execution of the timer interrupt process. You can As a result, the time required to execute the timer interrupt processing becomes longer than 4 msec which is the interval at which the execution of the timer interrupt processing is started, and it becomes impossible to execute the timer interrupt processing at the interval of 4 msec. Can be suppressed.

Further, according to this aspect, when two bits out of the eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area are set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling process, the bits are set in a predetermined order. Since it is not necessary to execute the determination process of which bit is set as the processing target of the sphere totaling process, the process can be simplified, and as a result, the processing speed can be improved. Further, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters required to execute the determination process.

Further, according to this aspect, the main CPU 62x has a time shorter than the shortest interval (about 18 msec in this aspect) that is detected when two game balls continuously enter one entrance. Since the timer interrupt process can be executed four times, the prize ball totaling process (see FIG. 29) is performed on all eight process target candidates (bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area) in a time shorter than the shortest interval. Step S10808) may be performed. Therefore, even if two game balls enter the same entrance continuously, based on the fact that the first first game ball is detected at the entrance. The updated ball entrance detection information is set as the processing target, the prize ball aggregation processing is executed, and then the ball entrance detection information corresponding to the remaining other ball entrances is set as the processing target and the prize ball aggregation processing is performed. Even if is executed, it is possible to end the prize ball totaling process for all of these entrance detection information before the entrance of the second game ball is detected at the entrance. it can. That is, at the time when the prize ball totaling process is executed by setting the entrance detection information updated based on the detection of the entrance of the second game ball at the entrance, It means that the prize ball totaling process for the entrance detection information updated based on the detection of the entrance of the first game ball at the entrance is already completed. The effect of this configuration will be described below.

As in this aspect, in the configuration in which binary information of "0" or "1" indicating the presence or absence of a game ball is adopted as the ball-entry detection information, tentatively, the second one to a ball-entry opening By the time the entrance of the game ball is detected at the entrance, the entrance detection is updated from "0" to "1" based on the entry of the first game ball into the entrance. If the prize ball totaling process is not executed for the information, at the time when the entry of the second game ball is detected at the entrance, the entry detection information corresponding to the entrance is still " It remains as "1", and the entry of the second game ball cannot be recorded. That is, even though two game balls have continuously entered the entrance, the entrance detection information corresponding to the entrance is one game in the entrance. It cannot be distinguished from the situation in which only balls have entered, and in the prize ball totaling process, one game ball is treated as a situation in which it entered the entrance. As a result, it may not be possible to accurately record the number of prize balls in the prize ball totaling process.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, when the entry of the second game ball is detected at the entry port, the update is already made by the entry of the first game ball into the entry port. The prize ball totaling process is executed on the entered ball detection information, and since the ball detection information is “0”, it is possible to record the ball of the second game ball. .. As a result, it is possible to record an accurate number of prize balls in the prize ball totaling process. As a result, it is possible to adopt binary information of "0" or "1" indicating the presence or absence of a game ball as the ball detection information while ensuring the accuracy in the prize ball counting process. The storage capacity for storing the ball-in detection information can be reduced, and the processing speed of the prize-ball totaling process can be improved.

Further, according to this aspect, the game history process (FIG. 29) is information held by the register in the main CPU 62x and is information for executing the process relating to the progress of the game in the second area of the main RAM 64. Since the save process (step S10801 in FIG. 29) of writing to the stack area of the main CPU 62x is started at the start of the game history process, the register in the main CPU 62x is executing the game immediately before the start of the game history process. When the information for executing the process related to the progress of is held, it can be temporarily moved (saved) by writing the information in the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64. Therefore, the information for executing the process related to the progress of the game, which is held in the register in the main CPU 62x, is deleted, and when the game history process is executed by the main CPU 62x, the game history is stored in the register in the main CPU 62x. Information for executing the process can be held.

According to this aspect, the game history process (FIG. 29) is a return process (FIG. 29) in which the information written in the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 in the save process is held in the register of the main CPU 62x. Since the step S10813) is included, when the game history process is ended, the information for executing the process relating to the progress of the game is held in the register of the main CPU 62x again and executed before the start of the game history process. The process relating to the progress of the game that has been performed can be executed again from the state immediately before the start of the game history process.

Further, according to this aspect, since the saving process and the returning process are included in the game history process, even if only the program for executing the game history process is deleted, a process relating to the progress of the game other than the game history process It is possible to provide a gaming machine that can be executed without problems. That is, it is possible to easily delete only the program for executing the game history process without modifying the program for executing the process related to the progress of the game other than the game history process. As a result, for example, when improving the game machine so as not to execute the game history process, or when developing a new game machine that does not execute the game history process based on the game machine, the design change is minimized. It becomes possible to limit it.

Further, according to this aspect, since the main CPU 62x executes the writing of the information in the game history processing only to the second area of the main RAM 64, it is written in the first area of the main RAM 64. It is possible to prevent the information from being rewritten by the execution of the game history processing. Therefore, in the configuration in which the process related to the progress of the game is executed using the first area of the main RAM 64, it is possible to suppress the game history process from affecting the process related to the progress of the game. ..

Further, according to this aspect, since the main CPU 62x executes the writing of information in the process relating to the progress of the game only to the first area of the main RAM 64, it is written to the second area of the main RAM 64. It is possible to prevent the existing information from being rewritten by the execution of the process related to the progress of the game. Therefore, in the configuration in which the game history process is executed using the second area of the main RAM 64, it is possible to prevent the process relating to the progress of the game from affecting the game history process.

Further, according to this aspect, since the 8-bit buffer area capable of storing the entrance detection information is provided, the entrance detection information in the entrance detection information storage area updated every time the timer interrupt processing is executed is It can be held until it is set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing and the processing is executed.

Further, according to this aspect, as shown in FIG. 29, when the prize ball totaling process (step S10808) is executed in one timer interrupt process, the arithmetic process (task 1 and task 2 in step S10814) is executed. do not do. That is, since the prize ball totaling process and the arithmetic process are not executed in one timer interrupt process, the time required for executing the timer interrupt process once can be shortened. As a result, it is possible to prevent the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt processing from becoming longer than the interrupt interval of the timer interrupt processing, which makes it impossible to execute the timer interrupt processing at the interrupt interval. be able to. Further, according to this aspect, the prize ball totaling process in which the game ball entry status and the processing load are correlated is executed with priority over the arithmetic processing in which the game ball entry status and the processing load are not correlated. , It is possible to suppress the execution interval of the prize ball counting process from increasing, and as a result, the prize ball count value, which is the processing result of the prize ball counting process, cannot accurately reflect the entry status of the game ball. It can be suppressed. Specifically, for example, before the prize ball totaling process is executed for a bit in the buffer area, the next game ball enters the ball entrance corresponding to the bit and two game balls enter. It is possible to prevent the incoming ball of the game ball from being treated as an incoming ball of one game ball.

Further, according to the present aspect, as shown in FIG. 29, when the prize ball totaling process (step S10808) is not executed and it is determined that it is the timing of the execution of the arithmetic process (step S10810: YES). Since the calculation process (task 1 and task 2 of step S10814) is executed, neither the prize ball counting process nor the calculation process is performed in one timer interrupt process, and instead of the prize ball counting process and the calculation process in this situation. In addition, it is possible to execute other processing independent of these processings (processing for determining the validity of the prize ball total value (task 3 in step S10814 in this embodiment)). Furthermore, in this aspect, when either the prize ball counting process or the arithmetic process is executed in one timer interrupt process, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt process is shorter than the interrupt interval. Therefore, in a situation in which neither the prize ball totaling process nor the arithmetic process is executed, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt process is executed by executing the process having a shorter processing time than the prize ball totaling process and the arithmetic process. Can be reliably suppressed from being longer than the interrupt interval.

Further, according to this aspect, although the two types of game history information of the character ratio and the continuous character ratio can be calculated, the character ratio in the arithmetic processing in one timer interruption process Alternatively, since the process for calculating either one of the continuous accessory ratios is executed, as compared with the configuration in which the process for calculating the two types of game history information is executed in the calculation process in one timer interrupt process. , It is possible to shorten the time required to execute the timer interrupt process once. As a result, it is possible to prevent the time required for executing the timer interrupt process once from being longer than the interrupt interval, which makes it impossible to execute the timer interrupt process at a predetermined interrupt interval. .. Further, the storage capacity of the main RAM 64 for temporarily storing the calculated game history information can be reduced.

Further, according to this aspect, in the entrance detection process, when the entrance determination information of the bit corresponding to each entrance is “0”→“1”→“1”, the corresponding bit is associated Since it is determined that the game ball has entered the entrance, the occurrence of erroneous detection due to electrical noise can be suppressed as in the first embodiment described above.

<Aspect 24>
In the above-mentioned mode 23, as the game history information, the character ratio and the continuous character ratio are calculated, but the calculated game history information is not limited to these, and various game history information shown in the first embodiment can be used. It can be configured to calculate. For example, it may be configured to calculate the payout rate, the payout rate, and the like shown in the first embodiment. In this case, similarly to the prize ball totaling process (step S10808 of FIG. 29), the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage (the number of game balls shot on the game board 30) is also totaled. do it.

<Aspect 25>
In the game history process (FIG. 29) of the above aspect 23, when it is determined that the abnormality flag is ON in step S10802, the prize ball total value is cleared (step S10803) and the abnormality flag is turned OFF (step). However, when the abnormality flag is turned on a predetermined number of times within a predetermined period, information indicating that an abnormality has occurred may be displayed on the game history information display unit 45z.

<Aspect 26>
In the above-mentioned aspect 23, the arithmetic processing that is the processing for calculating the game history information is divided into a plurality of tasks and executed, but the type of the processing divided into a plurality of tasks is not limited to the arithmetic processing, and various types of processing are possible. The processing can be divided into a plurality of tasks and executed. For example, in the configuration in which the sound-light side MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 sets the content of the effect to be executed, the process of setting the content of the effect may be divided into a plurality of tasks and executed.

<Aspect 27>
In the twenty-third aspect, two bits out of the eight bits in the buffer area are set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing, but the number of bits to be processed is two. However, other numbers may be used. For example, the configuration may be such that five bits are set as a processing target in one timer interrupt processing. Further, in one timer interrupt process, all eight bits may be set as a process target. Further, only predetermined bits of the 8 bits (for example, 6 bits of 0th bit D0 to 5th bit D5 in which a prize ball is set) can be set as the processing target, and In the timer interrupt processing, two bits may be set as a processing target.

<Aspect 28>
In the twenty-third aspect, the first area of the main RAM 64 is allocated as a storage area for executing the processing relating to the progress of the game, and the second area of the main RAM 64 is allocated as the storage area for executing the processing for the game history. However, the second area of the main RAM 64 may be allocated as a storage area for executing processing other than the game history processing.

Further, the main RAM 64 may be divided into three or more areas. Then, for example, the third area, which is the third area of the main RAM 64, may be allocated as a storage area for executing a process for outputting the game history information to the outside.

<Aspect 29>
In the above-described aspect 23, the game history process includes the save process and the return process, but the process other than the game history process may include the save process and the return process. For example, the processing scheduled to be deleted when the design of the gaming machine is changed may include a save processing and a return processing.

<Aspect 30>
In the above-mentioned mode 23, the game history process is incorporated in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27), but the game history process may be incorporated in the main process (FIG. 12). Further, in the above-described mode 23, the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) is configured to include the game history process as a process different from the process relating to the progress of the game, but as a process different from the process relating to the progress of the game. The timer interruption process may have a process other than the game history process. For example, a configuration in which a transmission process for transmitting information about a game situation to a hall computer installed in a game hall at a predetermined timing is incorporated in a timer interrupt process as a process different from a process related to progress of a game. May be Further, various processes different from the process relating to the progress of the game may be incorporated in the main process.

<Aspect 31>
In the above-described mode 23, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main CPU 62x executes the game history processing (FIG. 29) to calculate the game history information. In addition to the configuration including 300, the main CPU 62x may execute the game history processing (FIG. 29) to calculate the game history information. According to such a configuration, the game history information can be calculated in two systems, so that the game history information can be calculated even if there is a problem in one system. Also, if the game history information calculated from the two systems is compared, and if it is configured to notify (display) whether these values match, the reliability and accuracy of the calculated game history information can be confirmed. It becomes possible to do.

Further, the game history management chip 300 may be configured to execute the game history processing (FIG. 29) described in the above-mentioned aspect 23 to calculate the game history information.

<Aspect 32>
In step S10805 of the game history process (FIG. 29) of the above aspect 23, the information stored in each bit of the entry detection information storage area (FIG. 30) provided in the first area of the main RAM 64 is ORed. Although the configuration is such that the data is read in the processing, instead of this configuration, an 8-bit storage area (hereinafter, also referred to as a second entry detection information storage area) corresponding to the entry detection information storage area is stored in the second RAM of the main RAM 64. In addition to the configuration provided in the area, the information stored in each bit of the entry detection information storage area provided in the first area of the main RAM 64 is provided in the second area of the main RAM 64. A configuration may be adopted in which the information is duplicated (copied) in the second entry detection information storage area and the information of each duplicated bit is read in the OR processing of step S10805.

Further, the entrance detection information storage area may be provided in the second area of the main RAM 64.

<Aspect 33>
In step S10814 of the game history process (FIG. 29) of the above aspect 23, if the arithmetic process (task 1 or task 2) for calculating the game history information is not executed, the prize ball total value included in task 3 is valid. Although the process of determining the sex is always executed, the process of determining the validity of the award ball total value may be executed only once each time the game history information is newly calculated. Specifically, for example, after determining the validity of the award ball aggregate value in task 3, the determination flag indicating that determination has been made is turned on, and when the task 3 is executed next time, the determination flag If is ON, the process of determining the validity of the prize ball total value is not executed. Then, in the task 1 executed again, the determined flag may be turned off. According to such a configuration, one game history process is completed while determining the validity of the prize ball total value which is the basis of the calculation of the game history information and ensuring the validity of the game history information. It is possible to further reduce the processing time required until.

<Aspect 34>
In step S10810 of the game history process (FIG. 29) of the above aspect 23, when a predetermined time (for example, 30 minutes) has passed since the pachinko machine 10 was powered on, or 5 seconds have elapsed since the previous execution of the arithmetic process. In this case, it is determined that it is time to execute the arithmetic processing and the game history information is calculated. However, instead of this configuration, the first time immediately after the power is turned on without waiting for a predetermined time after the power is turned on. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which it is determined that it is the timing to execute the arithmetic processing, and thereafter, it is determined to be the timing to execute the arithmetic processing every 5 seconds after the previous execution of the arithmetic processing. In this configuration, until the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value reaches 60,000, the calculated game history information is displayed in blinking when displayed on the game history information display unit 45z, and the total number of prize balls reaches 60,000. After reaching, the game history information display unit 45z may display the calculated game history information as a lighting display. According to such a configuration, it is possible to easily grasp whether or not a sufficient amount of statistical data is accumulated as a prize ball total value which is a basis for calculation of displayed game history information. Instead of the total number of prize balls, the blinking display may be switched to the lighting display based on the total value of the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage (the number of game balls shot on the game board 30). ..

<Aspect 35>
In step S10807 of the game history process (FIG. 29) of the above aspect 23, a plurality of processing target candidates for the prize ball totaling process are preliminarily fixed as eight bits of the buffer area. Eight bits are divided into two groups of four, and one of the two groups is selected as a candidate for a plurality of processing objects of the prize ball totaling processing, and four bits belonging to the selected group are selected. Of the above, two bits may be set as the processing target of the prize ball totaling processing. However, as in the case of the above-mentioned aspect 23, a configuration in which a plurality of processing object candidates for prize ball totaling processing are fixed in advance as eight bits of the buffer area selects one of the two groups. It is not necessary to execute the processing to be performed, the processing can be simplified, and as a result, the processing speed can be improved. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters necessary for selecting one of the two groups.

<Aspect 36>
In the game history process (FIG. 29) of the aspect 23, based on the remaining time until the next timer interrupt process is started, the task (various processes) to be executed in the game history process in the current timer interrupt process is executed. The number and types may be determined. With such a configuration, it becomes possible to effectively utilize the remaining time until the next timer interrupt processing is started to execute the task.

<Aspect 37>
FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to the aspect 37 of the first embodiment. In this aspect 37, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main CPU 62x is configured to execute the above-described processing (game history processing) for calculating and displaying the game history information. Further, the main RAM 64 is divided into two areas (first area and second area) similarly to the above-described mode 23 (FIG. 26), and the first area of the main RAM 64 relates to the progress of the game. It is used as an area for storing programs for executing processing, various flags (high probability mode flag, high frequency support mode flag, etc.), and the second area of the main RAM 64 is for calculating and displaying game history information. Is used as an area for storing programs for executing the processing (game history processing) and various numerical information (the above-mentioned award ball total value, game history information such as the number of entered balls information, and the ratio of role products). .. Then, the main CPU 62x writes information to the first area of the main RAM 64 when executing the process related to the progress of the game (the process other than the game history process), as in the above-described mode 23 (FIG. 26). When the game history process is executed, information is written only to the second area of the main RAM 64.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 31, the main MPU 62 of the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is a flash that is a non-volatile memory that is rewritable and that can retain memory even when power supply is cut off. A memory 64x is provided. In this aspect, a NAND flash memory is used as the flash memory 64x, but a NOR flash memory may be used. In the game history process, the main CPU 62x of this mode executes a process of writing various numerical information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 into the flash memory 64x at a predetermined timing. Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x executes a process of writing various prize ball total values and the like in the flash memory 64x every time the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value reaches 500. That is, the flash memory 64x stores various numerical information (game history information such as prize ball total value, number of entered balls information, and percentage of character) acquired based on execution of a game.

As described above, according to the configuration of this aspect, various numerical information (game history information such as award ball total value, number of entered balls information, and percentage of characters) acquired in the execution of the game is stored in the flash memory 64x. Since they are stored, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off for a long period of time, these various types of numerical information can be retained. For example, even when power is not supplied to the pachinko machine 10 for a long period of time in the distribution process, a normal game is being executed in the pachinko machine 10 based on various numerical information stored in the flash memory 64x. It becomes possible to inspect whether or not it is.

<Aspect 38>
In the above aspect 37, a flash memory clear button that can be pressed is provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10, and when the flash memory clear button is continuously pressed for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), it is stored in the flash memory 64x. It is also possible to delete the existing information (award ball total value, number-of-entered-balls information, game history information such as character ratio, etc.).

Specifically, for example, an erasing process IC chip capable of executing an erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and the erasing process IC chip is used while the flash memory clear button is being pressed. A Hi level signal is input to the input terminal of the IC chip. Then, the erasing process IC chip is configured to execute the erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the fact that the Hi level signal input to the input terminal continues for 10 seconds. .. According to such a configuration, as compared with the configuration in which the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased by the processing of the main CPU 62x, the influence on the processing relating to the execution of the game of the main CPU 62x and the operation of the main RAM 64 is affected. It is possible to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x while suppressing the above.

Further, the flash memory clear button may be stored inside the space where the trace of opening remains. Specifically, for example, the flash memory clear button is stored inside a substrate box to which a sealing sticker that leaves a trace of unsealing is attached. It may be a configuration that cannot be performed.

According to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10, it is necessary to open the substrate box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the flash memory clear button. Traces of opening are left in the board box of the pachinko machine 10. That is, there is a possibility that the information stored in the flash memory 64x has been erased by opening the board box of the pachinko machine 10 based on whether or not there is an open trace in the board box of the pachinko machine 10. It becomes possible to grasp whether or not.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 is illegally modified (for example, illegal modification of nails), the executed game is affected by the illegal modification, and the pachinko machine 10 is further affected. There is a case where the information (for example, the character ratio, etc.) stored in the flash memory 64x is affected by the unauthorized modification. A person who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the pachinko machine 10 (hereinafter, also referred to as “inspector”) confirms the information stored in the flash memory 64x, Unauthorized modifications made can be found. Therefore, a person (hereinafter, also referred to as “illegal person”) who has a request to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by deleting the information. May exist.

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, it is necessary to open the substrate box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the flash memory clear button. Then, a trace of the opening remains in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, so even if an unauthorized person erases the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the information is erased to hide the unauthorized information. There will be a trace that there is a possibility. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation for making unauthorized modifications to the pachinko machine 10, thus ensuring game soundness. Can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute the pachinko machine 10 (so-called used pachinko machine) that has already played a game is a flash memory of the pachinko machine 10. There may be a legitimate desire to delete the information stored in 64x and then distribute it. Therefore, only a person who has a desire to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for a legitimate reason (hereinafter, also referred to as “legitimate person”) erases the trace of the opening of the board box. If a distribution system that can be realized is constructed, it becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of the pachinko machine 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game. Specifically, for example, by establishing a distribution system in which only the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10 as a legitimate person can put a new sealing sticker, while ensuring the soundness of the game, the pachinko machine It becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of 10.

The configuration in which the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased based on the operation of the flash memory clear button is not limited to the above configuration, and various other configurations can be adopted. For example, when the flash memory clear button is pressed a predetermined number of times (for example, 5 times) within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the information stored in the flash memory 64x may be erased. Further, for example, the configuration is such that the erase processing IC chip is not provided, the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the flash memory clear button is pressed, and the flash memory clear button continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When it is pressed down, an erasing program for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x may be executed to erase the information.

In addition, the flash memory clear button is not limited to being stored inside the board box to which the seal sticker is attached, but is also stored inside the space where the trace of opening (also known as the trace of opening or the trace of opening and closing) remains. Other configurations may be used as long as they have the above configuration. For example, the flash memory clear button is housed inside the space covered by the lid member, and the flash memory clear button must be operated unless at least a part of the lid member is destroyed to open the space. It may be configured so that it cannot be performed. With such a configuration, the lid member must be destroyed to open the space in order to operate the flash memory clear button. Therefore, when the flash memory clear button is pressed, the flash memory is stored. The destroyed lid member remains as a trace of the open space. In addition, for example, the flash memory clear button has a plurality of case bodies (for example, a box-shaped case body and a lid-shaped case body capable of sealing the open portion of the box-shaped case body) coupled to each other (caulked portion). It is configured to be housed inside a substrate box configured by being coupled by, and a configuration in which a predetermined portion of a coupling portion (caulking portion) needs to be destroyed when separating a plurality of case bodies configuring the substrate box. Good. According to such a configuration, in order to operate the flash memory clear button, it is necessary to break a predetermined portion of the joint portion (crimp portion) to separate the plurality of case bodies and open the board box. When the flash memory clear button is pressed, as a trace that the base box has been opened, a joining portion (caulking portion) in which a predetermined portion is destroyed remains. Further, the flash memory clear button was housed inside the substrate box joined by the joining portion (crimping portion) described above, and was peeled off when the adhesive layer remained on the object of adhesion during peeling. A sealing sticker that leaves a trace of this may be attached so as to straddle the boundary between a plurality of case bodies. According to such a configuration, when the flash memory clear button is pressed, in addition to the trace of the opening of the board box, which is the joining portion (caulking portion) in which the predetermined portion is destroyed, the sealing seal is peeled off or At the boundary between the case bodies, there will be a trace of the opening of the board box, such as the seal being cut.

<Aspect 39>
In the above aspect 37, the above-described inspection machine 320 (FIG. 10) for inspecting whether or not various game history information is within a normal range is connected to the inspection terminal 65 provided in the main MPU 62. , When a predetermined signal (for example, an erase command command) is received from the inspection machine 320, information stored in the flash memory 64x (award ball total value, entered ball number information, game history information such as a role ratio, etc.) ) May be deleted.

Specifically, for example, similar to the above-mentioned aspect 38, an erasing processing IC chip capable of executing erasing processing for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided and connected to the inspection terminal 65. When the erase command command is transmitted from the inspection machine 320, the erase command command is input to the input terminal of the erase processing IC chip. Then, the erasing processing IC chip executes the erasing processing for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the reception of the erasing command command from the input terminal.

According to the configuration of this aspect, the erase processing IC chip erases the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the reception of the erase instruction command from the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. A person who has the inspection machine 320 can erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x. That is, it becomes possible to restrict the erasure of the information by a person who does not have the inspection machine 320.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 is illegally modified (for example, illegal modification of nails), the executed game is affected by the illegal modification, and the pachinko machine 10 is further affected. There is a case where the information (for example, the character ratio, etc.) stored in the flash memory 64x is affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (inspector) who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the pachinko machine 10 connects, for example, the inspecting machine 320 to the inspecting terminal 65, and inspects the information stored in the flash memory 64x. By confirming with 320, it is possible to find an unauthorized modification made to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, there may be a person (illegal person) who has a request to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with by deleting the information. ..

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the inspection machine 320 connectable to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 is required. Then, by restricting the number of persons who can have the inspection machine 320, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a motivation for performing various modifications and improve the soundness of the game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute the pachinko machine 10 (so-called used pachinko machine 10) whose game has already been executed is a flash of the pachinko machine 10. There may be a legitimate request that the information stored in the memory 64x be erased before being distributed. Therefore, only the person who has a desire to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for a legitimate reason (for example, the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10) and the inspector described above have the inspector 320. If a distribution system that can be realized is constructed, it is possible to promote smooth distribution of the pachinko machine 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game.

Further, when erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the information stored in the flash memory 64x is transmitted to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 prior to the erasure. May be configured.

Specifically, for example, the erase processing IC chip starts transmission indicating that the transmission of the information stored in the flash memory 64x is started based on the reception of the erase command command from the input terminal. The command is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. Upon receiving the transmission start command, the inspection machine 320 shifts to a receivable mode in which information can be received, and transmits a receivable command indicating the receivable mode to the erase processing IC chip. The erasing process IC chip that has received the receivable command starts transmitting the information stored in the flash memory 64x. Then, when the transmission of the information is completed, the erasing processing IC chip transmits a transmission completion command to the inspection machine 320. Upon receiving the transmission completion command, the inspection machine 320 confirms whether or not the received information has an error such as data loss, and if there is no error, transmits the reception completion command to the erase processing IC chip. The erasing process IC chip executes the erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the reception completion command.

According to such a configuration, even if the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased by an erroneous operation against the intention of the person who has the inspection machine 320, the information is erased from the flash memory 64x. Since the information thus obtained remains in the inspection machine 320, the information can be confirmed by the inspection machine 320.

The configuration in which the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased based on the reception of a predetermined signal from the inspection machine 320 is not limited to the above configuration, and various other configurations may be adopted. it can. For example, when the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the erase instruction command is received from the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 with the configuration in which the erase processing IC chip is not provided, and the erase instruction command is received. In addition, an erase program for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x may be executed to erase the information. Further, when the main CPU 62x receives an erasing command command from the inspection machine 320, it transmits the information stored in the flash memory 64x to the inspection machine 320, and then executes an erasing program for erasing the information. Then, the information stored in the flash memory 64x may be erased.

In this embodiment, the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased by using the inspecting machine 320 for inspecting whether the various game history information is within the normal range. The configuration is not limited to using the machine 320, and the information may be erased using a dedicated terminal for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x.

<Aspect 40>
In the above-mentioned aspect 37, the flash memory clear button stored inside the space in which the trace of opening remains is continuously pressed for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), and a predetermined amount is output from the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. When a signal (for example, an erasing command) is received, the information stored in the flash memory 64x (award ball total value, number of entered balls information, game history information such as role ratio, etc.) is erased. Good.

Specifically, for example, as in the case of the above-mentioned mode 38, an erasing process IC chip capable of executing an erasing process for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and the flash memory clear button is pressed. During this period, a Hi level signal is input to the input terminal of the erase processing IC chip. Then, the erasing process IC chip is capable of performing an erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on that the Hi level signal input to the input terminal continues for 10 seconds. Move to execution standby mode. When the erase command IC chip receives the erase command from the inspection machine 320 in the erase process execution standby mode, the erase process IC chip executes the erase process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x.

According to the configuration of this aspect, since the flash memory clear button is stored inside the board box in which the trace of opening remains, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10, The board box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened and the flash memory clear button is operated, so that a trace of the opening remains on the board box of the pachinko machine 10. Further, the erasing processing IC chip has the inspecting device 320 because it erases the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the reception of a predetermined signal from the inspecting device 320 connected to the inspecting terminal 65. A person can erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x. Therefore, there is a possibility that the information stored in the flash memory 64x has been erased by opening the board box of the pachinko machine 10 based on whether or not a trace of opening remains in the board box of the pachinko machine 10. Whether or not it is possible to grasp whether or not the information is erased can be restricted by a person who does not have the inspection machine 320.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 is illegally modified (for example, illegal modification of nails), the executed game is affected by the illegal modification, and the pachinko machine 10 is further affected. There is a case where the information (for example, the character ratio, etc.) stored in the flash memory 64x is affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (inspector) who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the pachinko machine 10 connects, for example, the inspecting machine 320 to the inspecting terminal 65, and inspects the information stored in the flash memory 64x. By confirming with 320, it is possible to find an unauthorized modification made to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, there may be a person (illegal person) who has a request to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with by deleting the information. ..

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the inspection machine 320 connectable to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 is required. Then, by restricting the persons who can have the inspection machine 320, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person. Further, even if an unauthorized person has the inspection machine 320, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the board box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened and the flash memory is deleted. It is necessary to operate the clear button. Then, since a trace of the opening remains in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, even if the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased, there is a possibility that the information is erased to hide the information illegally. Such a trace will remain. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person, and it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10. As a result, it is possible to further suppress the occurrence of motives such as improper modification of the pachinko machine 10, and it is possible to improve the soundness of the game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute the pachinko machine 10 (so-called used pachinko machine 10) whose game has already been executed is a flash of the pachinko machine 10. There may be a legitimate request that the information stored in the memory 64x be erased before being distributed. Therefore, only the person who has a desire to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for a legitimate reason (for example, the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10) and the inspector described above have the inspector 320. It is possible to promote smooth distribution of the pachinko machine 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game by establishing a distribution system in which only a legitimate person can erase the trace of the opening of the board box. It will be possible.

In addition, as a configuration in which the flash memory clear button receives a predetermined operation and the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased based on the reception of the predetermined signal from the inspection machine 320, Without being limited thereto, various other configurations can be adopted. For example, when the flash memory clear button is pressed a predetermined number of times (for example, 5 times) within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the erase processing IC chip may shift to the above-described erase processing execution standby mode. Further, for example, when an erase command is received from the inspection machine 320, the erase processing IC chip shifts to the erase process execution standby mode described above, and in the erase process execution standby mode, the flash memory clear button is pressed for a predetermined time (for example, It may be configured such that when the button is continuously pressed for 10 seconds, the erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x is executed. Further, for example, the erasing process IC chip may not be provided, and the main CPU 62x may perform the same function as the erasing process IC chip to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x.

Similarly to the above-mentioned aspect 39, when the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased, the information stored in the flash memory 64x is connected to the inspection terminal 65 prior to the erasing. It may be configured to be transmitted to the inspected inspection machine 320. According to such a configuration, even if the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased by an erroneous operation against the intention of the person who has the inspection machine 320, the information is erased from the flash memory 64x. Since the information thus obtained remains in the inspection machine 320, the information can be confirmed by the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 41>
In the aspect 37, an operation panel that receives an input operation of authentication information (for example, a personal identification number) and a display unit that displays the input authentication information are provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10, and the authentication information input by the operation panel is displayed. Information that is stored in the flash memory 64x when the authentication information individually set for the pachinko machine 10 matches (game history information such as prize ball count value, number of entered balls, role ratio, etc.) May be deleted.

Specifically, for example, as in the case of the above-described aspect 38, an erasing process IC chip capable of executing an erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and the data is input via the operation panel. The authentication information is input to the input terminal of the erase processing IC chip. Then, the erase processing IC chip determines whether the authentication information input from the operation panel matches the authentication information stored in the ROM of the erase processing IC chip, and determines that they match. When the determination is made, an erasing process for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x is executed.

According to the configuration of this aspect, the erasing processing IC chip is stored in the flash memory 64x based on the fact that the authentication information received by the receiving unit matches the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10. Since the information is erased, a person having the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10 (for example, a person who knows the personal identification number set in the pachinko machine 10) is stored in the flash memory 64x. Information can be erased. That is, it becomes possible to restrict the deletion of the information by a person who does not have the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 is illegally modified (for example, illegal modification of nails), the executed game is affected by the illegal modification, and the pachinko machine 10 is further affected. There is a case where the information (for example, the character ratio, etc.) stored in the flash memory 64x is affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (inspector) who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the pachinko machine 10 confirms the information stored in the flash memory 64x, and thereby illegally modifies the pachinko machine 10 concerned. Can be found. Therefore, there may be a person (illegal person) who has a request to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with by deleting the information. ..

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, it is necessary to have the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10. Then, by restricting the persons who can have the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person, As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motives such as improper modification of the pachinko machine 10, and it is possible to improve the soundness of the game.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute the pachinko machine 10 (so-called used pachinko machine 10) whose game has already been executed is a flash of the pachinko machine 10. There may be a legitimate request that the information stored in the memory 64x be erased before being distributed. Therefore, only those who have a desire to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for a legitimate reason (for example, the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10) are set in the pachinko machine 10. If a distribution system that can have authentication information is constructed, it is possible to promote smooth distribution of the pachinko machine 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game.

The authentication information that is input to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x is not limited to the personal identification number, and various authentication information can be adopted. For example, as authentication information, an authentication character (password, passphrase) that is a combination of a plurality of character strings, a barcode with a specific pattern, a password generated according to a predetermined rule (for example, a one-time password), a specific person Biometric information (fingerprint, iris, vein pattern, etc.) can be adopted.

<Aspect 42>
In the above aspect 37, when the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is executed, the information stored in the main RAM 64 Of the above, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (information used for controlling the execution of the game including the high-probability mode flag and the high-frequency support mode flag) is erased and stored in the second area. The information (the information acquired based on the executed game such as the prize ball total value, the number of entered balls information, the game history information such as the percentage of the prize) may not be erased.

Specifically, for example, immediately after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main CPU 62x determines whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed, and the RAM clear button is pressed. If it is determined that the information stored in the first RAM 64 is deleted, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased and the information stored in the second area is not erased. The configuration.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (information acquired based on the executed game) is left and stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. It becomes possible to erase information (information used for controlling execution of a game). Specifically, for example, when a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or at the start or end of the business of the game hall, the information used to control the execution of the game is deleted to control the game machine. There is a desire to execute the initialization but not to delete the information acquired based on the executed game. According to the configuration of this aspect, by operating the RAM clear button, the information used for controlling the execution of the game is erased while leaving the information acquired based on the executed game, and the pachinko machine 10 of the relevant pachinko machine is operated. It becomes possible to execute the initialization of the control.

Further, in addition to the RAM clear button described above, a second RAM clear button for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 so that the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. When the operation of pressing the second RAM clear button for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds) is executed in the state of, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be erased. ..

Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the second RAM clear button is pressed, and the state in which the second RAM clear button is pressed continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When it is determined that the information is stored, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased from the information stored in the main RAM 64.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 that cannot be erased by operating the RAM clear button (information acquired based on the executed game), It can be erased by operating the second clear button.

Further, the second RAM clear button may be stored inside the space where the trace of opening remains. Specifically, for example, the second RAM clear button is stored inside the substrate box to which a seal sticker that leaves a trace of unsealing is attached, and if the seal seal is peeled off and the board box is not opened, it can be pressed. It may be a configuration that cannot be performed.

According to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 of the pachinko machine 10, it is necessary to open the board box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the second RAM clear button. Therefore, a trace of opening remains in the board box of the pachinko machine 10. That is, the board box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened and the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the board box of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to know whether there is a possibility.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 is illegally modified (for example, illegal modification of nails), the executed game is affected by the illegal modification, and the pachinko machine 10 is further affected. There is a case where the information (for example, the accessory ratio, etc.) stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (inspector) who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the pachinko machine 10 confirms the information stored in the flash memory 64x and the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64. By doing so, it is possible to find an unauthorized modification made to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, there may be a person (illegal person) who has a request to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with by deleting the information. ..

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64, it is necessary to open the board box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the second RAM clear button. .. Then, since a trace of opening remains in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, even if an unauthorized person erases the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64, the information can be hidden without authorization. Therefore, there is a trace that it may have been erased. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation for making unauthorized modifications to the pachinko machine 10, thus ensuring game soundness. Can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a pachinko machine 10 (so-called used pachinko machine) that has already played a game is the main side of the pachinko machine 10. There may be a legitimate request that the information stored in the second area of the RAM 64 be erased before being distributed. Therefore, only a person (a legal person) who has a desire to erase the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 of the pachinko machine 10 for a legitimate reason can erase the trace of the opening of the substrate box. By establishing a distribution system, it is possible to promote smooth distribution of the pachinko machine 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game. Specifically, for example, by establishing a distribution system in which only the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10 as a legitimate person can put a new sealing sticker, while ensuring the soundness of the game, the pachinko machine It becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of 10.

As the configuration of the space where the trace of opening (also referred to as the trace of opening and the trace of opening and closing) remains, the various configurations described in the above aspect 38 can be adopted.

<Aspect 43>
In the aspect 37, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is executed, and the RAM is within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When the clear button is not pressed, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, when the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed and the pressed state of the RAM clear button continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), The information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 may not be erased, but the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be erased.

Specifically, for example, immediately after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main CPU 62x determines whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed, and the RAM clear button is pressed. If the RAM clear button is pressed, it is monitored whether or not the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). Then, when it is determined that the RAM clear button has not been pressed within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the main CPU 62x erases the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. However, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, when determining that the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed continues for the predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the main CPU 62x deletes the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. Instead, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased.

With such a configuration, by performing different operations on the RAM clear button, it becomes possible to select the information to be erased from the information stored in the main RAM 64. That is, the information of the target to be deleted can be selected without providing another operation unit (for example, a button) for selecting the information of the target to be deleted, so that the structure of the pachinko machine 10 can be simplified. Can be planned.

Specifically, for example, when a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or at the start or end of the business of the game hall, the information used to control the execution of the game (stored in the first area of the main RAM 64). If it is desired to erase the information) and initialize the control of the gaming machine, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed and a predetermined time (for example, 10 The RAM clear button is not pressed within a second), while the information obtained based on the executed game (information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64) is erased and the game is deleted. In order to newly distribute the machine, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed, and the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). ) It should be continued. As described above, by performing different operations on the RAM clear button, it becomes possible to select information to be erased from the information stored in the main RAM 64.

It should be noted that, while the processing for deleting the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is being executed, the above-described game history processing cannot be executed, so the number of balls entered into each entrance of the game ball and There may be an error in the prize ball count value. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the execution of the game is not started until the erasing process is completed (for example, the configuration that suppresses the shooting of the game ball), the occurrence of the error can be suppressed.

Further, in this aspect, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed, and the RAM clear button is not pressed within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When it becomes, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and it is determined whether the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is valid, and the information is valid. The information may not be erased when it is determined to be true, and the information may be erased when it is determined to be invalid. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game from being started while the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not valid. The case where the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not valid means, for example, that the number of winning prize balls exceeds the total number of winning balls or the number of consecutive winning prize balls is total. This is the case where the number of prize balls exceeds, the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls, or the case where there is a contradiction in the total value of prize balls.

<Aspect 44>
In the above aspect 37, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is executed, and the RAM is within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When the clear button is not pressed, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, when the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed and the pressed state of the RAM clear button continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), The information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 may be erased, and the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be erased.

Specifically, for example, immediately after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main CPU 62x determines whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed, and the RAM clear button is pressed. If it is determined that, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased. Further, the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the state where the RAM clear button is pressed continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), and the RAM clear button is pressed within the predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When it is determined that there is no such information, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, when it is determined that the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed continues for the predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the main CPU 62x also erases the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64. ..

According to such a configuration, similar to the above-described aspect 43, by performing different operations on the RAM clear button, the information to be erased is selected from the information stored in the main RAM 64. It becomes possible to do. Further, by performing an operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button, and keeping the pressed state of the RAM clear button for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the main RAM 64 It becomes possible to erase both the information stored in the first area and the information stored in the second area.

It should be noted that, while the processing for deleting the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is being executed, the above-described game history processing cannot be executed, so the number of balls entered into each entrance of the game ball and There may be an error in the prize ball count value. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the execution of the game is not started until the erasing process is completed (for example, the configuration that suppresses the shooting of the game ball), the occurrence of the error can be suppressed.

<Aspect 45>
In the above aspect 37, when the operation of pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds) is executed while the power of the pachinko machine 10 is ON. The information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be erased.

Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed, and it is determined that the RAM clear button is pressed for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When the determination is made, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 among the information stored in the main RAM 64 is erased.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 without separately providing an operation unit (such as a button) for erasing the information stored in the second area. It is possible to erase the information that is present. It should be noted that, while the process of erasing the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is being executed, the above-mentioned game history process cannot be temporarily executed, so that the game balls are supplied to the respective entrances. There is a possibility that an error will occur in the number of entered balls, the total value of prize balls, and the like. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the execution of the game is temporarily stopped during the period from the start to the end of the execution of the erasing process (for example, the configuration of temporarily suppressing the firing of the game ball), the occurrence of the error is suppressed. can do.

<Aspect 46>
In each of the above-mentioned aspects, information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (obtained based on the executed game such as prize ball total value, entered ball number information, game history information such as character ratio, etc.) When the information) is erased, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (the information used for controlling the execution of the game such as the high probability mode flag and the high frequency support mode flag) is always erased. It may be configured. That is, when a predetermined operation for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is executed, or when a predetermined operation for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is performed. When a signal is received from another device (for example, the inspection machine 320), not only the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased but also stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. Information may be deleted without fail.

According to such a configuration, the information (information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64) acquired based on the executed game is erased and used for controlling the execution of the game. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the stored information (information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) is not erased and is maintained as it is. Specifically, for example, the information acquired based on the executed game is information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game executed in the pachinko machine 10, and thus the information that serves as collateral. When is deleted, the information used for controlling the execution of the game in the pachinko machine 10 (for example, information about the high probability mode flag or the high frequency support mode flag indicating the game state) is deleted and the pachinko machine 10 is deleted. It is preferable to initialize the game state of. According to the configuration of this aspect, when erasing the information (information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64) acquired based on the executed game, the information used to control the execution of the game ( (Information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) is erased, so information used to control the execution of the game is deleted even though the information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game has been erased. By not erasing (information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64), it is possible to prevent a situation in which the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is maintained as it is.

Further, for example, information used for controlling the execution of the game even if the information (information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64) acquired based on the executed game is erased When the information (information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) is maintained without being erased, the information obtained based on the executed game (the second area of the main RAM 64) In some cases, the high-probability mode or the high-frequency support mode is maintained in the pachinko machine 10 in spite of the deletion of the information stored in 1.). In this case, when a game is executed on the pachinko machine 10, the game is started in the high-probability mode or the high-frequency support mode in a state where the information acquired based on the executed game is not sufficient as statistical data. The possibility that the game history information such as the character ratio will be calculated as a biased value increases. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (based on the executed game such as the prize ball total value, the number of entered balls information, and the game history information such as the percentage of the prize) When the (acquired information) is deleted, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (information used to control the execution of the game, such as the high probability mode flag and the high frequency support mode flag) is always used. With the configuration in which the game history information is deleted, it is possible to prevent the game history information such as the character ratio from being calculated as a biased value.

Various operations can be adopted as the operation for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64. For example, while the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is pressed, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on and the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed is continued for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). The operation or the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the second RAM clear button separately provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine while pressing both the RAM clear button and the second RAM clear button. An operation of turning on the power of the machine 10 or the like can be adopted.

Furthermore, for example, an operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed, and the RAM clear button is not pressed within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). In this case, of the information stored in the main RAM 64, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (used to control the execution of the game including the high probability mode flag, the high frequency support mode flag, etc.) Information that is erased and stored in the second area (information acquired based on the executed game such as award ball total value, game number information regarding the number of entered balls, game history information such as a prize ratio, etc.) May not be erased.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (information acquired based on the executed game) is left and stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. It becomes possible to erase information (information used for controlling execution of a game). Specifically, for example, when a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or at the start or end of the business of the game hall, the information used to control the execution of the game is deleted to control the game machine. There is a desire to execute the initialization but not to delete the information acquired based on the executed game. According to the configuration of this aspect, by operating the RAM clear button, the information used for controlling the execution of the game is erased while leaving the information acquired based on the executed game, and the pachinko machine 10 of the relevant pachinko machine is operated. It becomes possible to execute the initialization of the control.

32 is a flowchart showing an example of a main process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of this aspect. The main CPU 62x executes this main process when the power is turned on.

In step S10901, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed. When it is determined in step S10901 that the RAM clear button is not pressed (step S10901: NO), the process proceeds to step S10902 described later. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10901 that the RAM clear button is being pressed (step S10901: YES), the flow advances to step S10903 to determine whether the RAM clear button is being pressed. To judge.

If it is determined in step S10903 that the RAM clear button has not been pressed, that is, if it is determined that the RAM clear button has not been pressed (step S10903: NO), step S10904. Then, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and the initial setting process for the first area is executed. Then, the process proceeds to step S10908 described below. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10903 that the RAM clear button is still pressed (step S10903: YES), the process advances to step S10905 and the RAM clear button is pressed for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). ) Determine if it is continuing.

If it is determined in step S10905 that the RAM clear button has not been pressed for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds) (step S10905: NO), the process returns to step S10903 and the RAM clear button is pressed continuously. It is determined whether or not. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S10905 that the pressed state of the RAM clear button continues for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds) (step S10905: YES), the process proceeds to step S10906. That is, if the pressed state of the RAM clear button does not continue for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the process proceeds to step S10904 described above. The process proceeds to step S10906.

In step S10906, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and the initial setting process for the first area is executed. After that, the process proceeds to step S10907, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and the initial setting process of the second area is executed. Then, the process proceeds to step S10908 described below.

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S10901 that the RAM clear button is not pressed (step S10901: NO), the process proceeds to step S10902 and the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is valid. Or not. Specifically, for example, is the award ball total value (the number of award prize balls, the number of consecutive award prize balls, and the total number of award balls) stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 valid? Determine whether or not. Here, the case where the total value of prize balls is not valid means that the number of character prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or the number of consecutive character prize balls exceeds the number of total prize balls. This is a case where there is a contradiction in the total value of prize balls, such as when the number of prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls. When it is determined in step S10902 that the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not valid (step S10902: NO), the process proceeds to step S10906 and step S10907 described above, and The information stored in the area and the information stored in the second area are erased. Then, it progresses to step S10908. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S10902 that the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is valid (step S10902: YES), the process directly proceeds to step S10908.

In step S10908, interrupt permission is set to permit generation of timer interrupt processing. After executing step S10908, the process proceeds to the residual processing of steps S10909 to S10912. The residual process of steps S10909 to S10912 is the same as the residual process of steps S10104 to S10107 in FIG. 12 described above, and thus description thereof will be omitted.

According to the processing flow described above, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (based on the executed game such as the prize ball total value, the number of entered balls information, and the game history information such as the percentage of the prize) When the process of erasing the information obtained by the above) (the process of step S10906) is executed, the information (such as the high-probability mode flag and the high-frequency support mode flag) stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is surely written. The process (process of step S10907) for erasing the information used for controlling the execution of the game will be executed.

<Aspect 47>
In each of the above-mentioned aspects, the information stored in the flash memory 64x (information acquired based on the executed game such as prize ball total value, game number information about winning balls, game history information such as character ratio) is erased. The information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (information used for controlling the execution of the game, such as the high-probability mode flag and the high-frequency support mode flag) may be erased when the game is played. .. That is, when an operation for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x is executed, or when a predetermined signal for erasing the information stored in the flash memory 64x is sent to another device (for example, the inspection machine 320). ), the information stored in the flash memory 64x may be erased, and the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 may be erased.

According to such a configuration, although the information (information stored in the flash memory 64x) acquired based on the executed game is erased, the information used for controlling the execution of the game (main It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the information stored in the first area of the side RAM 64 is not erased and is maintained as it is. Specifically, for example, the information acquired based on the executed game is information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game executed in the pachinko machine 10, and thus the information that serves as collateral. When is deleted, the information used for controlling the execution of the game in the pachinko machine 10 (for example, information about the high probability mode flag or the high frequency support mode flag indicating the game state) is deleted and the pachinko machine 10 is deleted. It is preferable to initialize the game state of. According to this configuration, when erasing the information (information stored in the flash memory 64x) acquired based on the executed game, the information used for controlling the execution of the game (first of the main RAM 64) Since the information stored in the area is erased, the information used to control the execution of the game (primary RAM 64 number) even though the information serving as collateral for determining the fairness of the game has been erased. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is maintained as it is because the information stored in one area) is not deleted.

Furthermore, when the information stored in the flash memory 64x (information acquired based on the executed game) is erased, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (high probability mode Information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (information acquired based on the executed game) in addition to information used for controlling the execution of the game such as flags and high-frequency support mode flags) It may be erased.

<Aspect 48>
In some of the above-described aspects, the main RAM 64 is divided into two areas (first area and second area), and the first area of the main RAM 64 is for executing processing relating to the progress of the game. It is used as an area for storing programs and various flags (high probability mode flag, high frequency support mode flag, etc.), and the second area of the main RAM 64 is a process for calculating and displaying game history information (for game history). It is configured to be used as an area for storing a program for executing (processing) and various numerical information (the above-mentioned award ball total value, game history information such as the number of entered balls, and the ratio of character objects). Instead of the configuration, a RAM (RAM used for game progress processing) of the main RAM 64 in the first area, and a RAM (RAM used for game history processing) in the second area of the main RAM 64. And may be separately provided.

<Aspect 49>
In each of the above-described aspects, in the aspect including the flash memory 64x, the flash memory 64x may be configured to be stored inside a space where a trace of opening remains (for example, a substrate box to which a seal sticker is attached). .. According to such a configuration, in order to illegally modify the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the base box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened, and the board of the pachinko machine 10 is opened. There will be a mark of opening on the box. That is, the board box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened, and the information stored in the flash memory 64x is tampered with based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the board box of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to know whether there is a possibility. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to hide the unauthorized modification made to the information stored in the flash memory 64x, which in turn causes the motivation to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the flash memory 64x. Can be suppressed, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

As the configuration of the space where the trace of opening (also referred to as the trace of opening and the trace of opening and closing) remains, the various configurations described in the above aspect 38 can be adopted.

<Aspect 50>
FIG. 33 is an explanatory view schematically showing a part of the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the aspect 50. In the main MPU 62 of this aspect, an entry detection IC 62c is provided between the input/output port 62a and the main CPU 62x.

The ball detection IC 62c is electrically connected to the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h through the input/output port 62a, and each ball entrance is based on the signal received from the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h. The presence or absence of a game ball into the ball is determined, and the information indicating the result of the determination (ball entry information which is information regarding the presence or absence of a game ball into each ball entrance) is used as the main CPU 62x and the inspection terminal. It outputs to the inspection machine 320 connected to 65. The details will be described below.

Each of the entrance detection sensors 44a to 44h for detecting the entrance of the game ball into each entrance is electrically connected to the 0th bit D0 to the 7th bit D7 which are the eight input bits provided in the input port 62b. The eight input bits D0 to D7 are electrically connected to the eight input bits R0 to R7 provided in the ball detection IC 62c, respectively. In this mode, a Lo level signal is always input to each of the eight input bits R0 to R7 provided in the entry detection IC 62c, and the entry of the game ball into the entry port is entered. When detected by the detection sensor, the signal input to the input bit corresponding to the incoming ball detection sensor among the eight input bits R0 to R7 is configured to rise from Lo level to Hi level.

The entry detection IC 62c determines whether or not a game ball has entered each entry port based on the signals output from the entry detection sensors 44a to 44h. In this aspect, the incoming ball detection IC 62c monitors eight input bits R0 to R7 corresponding to the eight incoming ball detection sensors 44a to 44h, respectively, and Lo in the signal input to each input bit is detected. When the rising edge from the level to the Hi level is detected, it is determined that the game ball has entered the entrance corresponding to the input bit. However, when a rising edge is detected but the state of the Hi level does not continue for a predetermined period, or when a rising edge is detected and the rising edge is a rising edge generated at a predetermined interval or less from the latest falling edge. Since the detected rising edge is likely to be noise, it is determined that the game ball has not entered the entrance corresponding to the input bit. It should be noted that various methods can be adopted as a method of determining whether or not a game ball has entered each entrance, for example, similar to the above-described entrance determination processing (FIGS. 16 and 17). You may adopt the method of.

The entrance detection IC 62c determines whether or not a game ball is entered at each entrance for each predetermined period, and enters the entry information, which is information indicating the result of the determination, by serial communication communication. It outputs to the CPU 62x and also to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. In this aspect, since eight ball entrance detection sensors 44a to 44h are provided, the ball entrance detection IC 62c has the ball entrance information (8) indicating whether or not a game ball has entered the eight ball entrances. The bit entry information) is output every predetermined period (every 4 ms). Specifically, the entrance detection IC 62c always outputs a Lo level signal, and outputs a Hi level signal of 50 μs as a start bit at every predetermined period (every 4 ms) in which the presence or absence of the entrance is determined. , After that, output 8 bits of Hi level signal (with ball entry) or Lo level signal (without ball entry) of 50 μs corresponding to presence/absence of game ball entry at each of the eight entrances, and finally A Lo level signal of 50 μs is output as a stop bit.

The main CPU 62x, which has received the ball entry information from the ball entry detection IC 62c, performs the above-mentioned jackpot lottery and the process related to the progress of the game such as payout of prize balls, based on the received entry information of each ball entrance. Execute. In addition, the main CPU 62x executes the above-described game history processing (FIG. 29), and also executes processing relating to calculation and display of game history information such as the ball-out rate (total), character ratio, and continuous character ratio. To do. Then, the main CPU 62x stores the numerical information used in the process of calculating the game history information and the calculated game history information in the flash memory 64x.

Next, an explanation will be given of an inspection using the inspecting machine 320 capable of receiving the entering information output from the entering detection IC 62c.

In this mode, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 is playing a game ball while the game is being executed in the pachinko machine 10, that is, the player or the inspector operates the operation handle 25 of the pachinko machine 10. By inspecting whether the legitimate game is being executed in the pachinko machine 10 in the period during the inspection by using the inspection machine 320 while the board 30 is firing and the game is being executed as usual. To do. The details will be described below.

The inspecting machine 320 has a ball entry information receiving mode which is a mode for receiving the ball entry information of the game ball at each ball entry port from the ball entry detection IC 62c, and the type and prize of the ball entry port provided in the pachinko machine 10. Entry information setting mode for setting entry information, which is information about the number of balls, and game history information for calculating the above-mentioned various types of game history information based on the received entry information and the set entry information. The calculation mode can be executed.

The inspector connects the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 when inspecting whether the legitimate game is being executed in the pachinko machine 10, and the inspection machine 320 is inspected. The operation unit 327 is operated to shift the inspection machine 320 to the above-described incoming-ball information receiving mode. The player or the inspector operates the operation handle 25 of the pachinko machine 10 to be inspected to shoot a game ball on the game board 30, and continues the execution of the game as usual.

The inspection machine 320 outputs a Hi level signal to the output permission signal line 329b in the connection cable 329 when shifting to the incoming ball information reception mode. The output permission signal line 329b is electrically connected to the output permission determination bit 62d of the ball detection IC 62c via the inspection terminal 65. The entry detection IC 62c determines whether or not a Hi level signal is input to the output permission determination bit 62d, and determines that a Hi level signal is input to the output permission determination bit 62d. Only during that period, the above-described ball entry information is output to the information transmission signal line 329a in the connection cable 329 via the inspection terminal 65 by serial transmission communication.

The inspection machine 320 receives the ball entry information corresponding to eight ball entrances at predetermined intervals in the ball entry information reception mode, and measures (counts) the number of game balls entering each ball entrance. To remember. Then, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display information indicating the number of game balls that have been counted (counted) into each of the ball entrances. That is, every time the player or the inspector executes a game and a game ball enters each entrance, 1 is added to the information indicating the number of entrances corresponding to each entrance displayed on the display unit 328. Is added. As a result, on the display unit 328 of the inspecting machine 320, the number of game balls entering each entrance after the mode is transferred to the entrance information receiving mode is displayed.

After a sufficient inspection period (for example, about 10 hours) has passed, when the inspector operates the operation unit 327 of the inspecting machine 320 to end the entrance information receiving mode, the inspecting machine 320 displays the entrance information. Move to setting mode.

When the inspector 320 shifts to the entrance information setting mode, the display unit 328 displays an input screen for allowing the inspector to input the type of the entrance and the number of prize balls for each entrance. In this mode, since the inspecting machine 320 receives the 8-bit entrance information at predetermined intervals in the entrance information receiving mode, the display unit 328 displays each of the eight entrances. An input screen for inputting the type of ball entrance and the number of prize balls is displayed. In addition, the type of the ball entrance is the type of the ball entrance provided with each of the ball entrance detection sensors 44a to 44h such as the first starting opening 33, the second starting opening 34, the special winning opening 36a, and the discharge passage. The number of prize balls is the number of game balls paid out as prize balls when one game ball enters the ball entrance.

The inspector operates the operation unit 327 to input the entrance information (entering entrance type information and prize ball number information) to the inspecting machine 320 for each entrance. Specifically, the inspector has information (type information) such as what number bit in the entry information output from the entry detection IC 62c corresponds to what type of entry port, and what type of entry. Information (prize ball number information) such as how many prize balls should be set in the ball entrance is grasped by the specification sheet or manual of the pachinko machine 10, and the grasped information is sent to the inspection machine 320. input. When the inspector completes the input of the entrance information, the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information calculation mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information calculation mode, the number of game balls entered for each entrance, measured (counted) in the entrance information reception mode, and the type set in the entrance information setting mode. Based on the information and the number of prize balls information, the various game history information described above is calculated. For example, the inspector 320 calculates the above-mentioned ball exit rate (total), character ratio, and continuous character ratio. When the inspection machine 320 completes the calculation of the various game history information, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display the calculated various game history information.

The inspector can confirm whether or not a valid game was executed during the inspection period by confirming various game history information displayed on the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320.

As described above, according to this aspect, the ball detection IC 62c outputs the ball input information to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 without the intervention of the main CPU 62x. The 320 can receive the ball entry information that is not affected by the main CPU 62x.

For example, if the configuration of outputting the ball entry information to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 via the main CPU 62x is adopted without adopting the configuration of this aspect, the main side If the CPU 62x has a defect or is improperly modified, the defect information or improper modification may affect the ball entry information output to the inspection machine 320. Further, there is a possibility that the reliability of the game history information calculated and displayed by the main CPU 62x is low due to the influence of the malfunction or unauthorized modification of the main CPU 62x.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, since the incoming ball detection IC 62c outputs the incoming ball information to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 without the intervention of the main CPU 62x, the main CPU 62x. Even if there is a problem or an unauthorized modification is made, the entry information output to the inspection machine 320 is not affected by the defect or the unauthorized modification. As a result, the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 can execute processing based on the ball entry information that is not affected by the defect or unauthorized modification. Specifically, the inspection machine 320 can calculate the game history information based on the ball entry information that is not affected by the main CPU 62x. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the performance of the pachinko machine 10 may have a malfunction or unauthorized modification on the main CPU 62x, and the game history calculated and displayed by the main CPU 62x is displayed. Even when the reliability of the information is low, it is possible to confirm the game history information that is not affected by the main CPU 62x by the inspection machine 320. As a result, the soundness of the game can be secured.

Further, according to this aspect, the entrance detection IC 62c outputs the entrance information corresponding to each of the plurality of entrances to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 by the serial transmission method. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case of adopting a configuration in which the incoming ball information is output by a parallel transmission method, the configuration of the inspection terminal 65 for passing the incoming ball information to the inspecting machine 320 can be simplified, and It is possible to simplify the configuration of the inspection machine 320 that receives the entry information.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which the ball entry information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances is output by the parallel transmission method, the inspection terminal 65 has the number of the ball entrances corresponding to the number of the ball entrances. It is necessary to provide a corresponding output unit (for example, a bit for output). Similarly, the inspection machine 320 needs to include an input unit (for example, an input bit) corresponding to the number of the plurality of entrances. Further, since the number of ball entrances provided in the pachinko machine 10 is different for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10, the inspection machine 320 having the different number of input units for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10. It will be necessary to prepare.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, the entrance detecting IC 62c transmits the entrance information corresponding to each of the plurality of entrances to the inspecting machine 320 connected to the inspecting terminal 65 through the serial transmission method. The inspection terminal 65 includes at least one output unit capable of outputting the incoming ball information by the serial transmission method, regardless of the number of incoming balls that the pachinko machine 10 has. And it is sufficient. Therefore, the structure of the inspection terminal 65 can be simplified. Similarly, if the inspection machine 320 is configured to include at least one input unit capable of inputting the ball entry information output by the serial transmission method, regardless of the number of ball entrances provided in the pachinko machine 10. Since it is good, the configuration of the inspection machine 320 can be simplified. Further, even when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the pachinko machine 10 having different numbers of entrances, the inspection machine 320 inputs the entrance information corresponding to each of the plurality of entrances by the serial transmission method. can do. That is, the inspection machine 320 can be used for other pachinko machines 10 having different numbers of ball entrances. As a result, the versatility of the inspection machine 320 can be improved.

Further, according to this aspect, the incoming ball detection IC 62c outputs the incoming ball information to the inspecting machine 320 only when the Hi level signal is received from the inspecting machine 320 connected to the inspecting terminal 65. Since it is output, it is possible to prevent the ball entry information of the pachinko machine 10 from being output to the outside except when the Hi level signal is being received. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the entry information of the pachinko machine 10 from being analyzed and misused by a malicious person.

<Aspect 51>
In the above aspect 50, in the entrance information setting mode of the inspection machine 320, the inspector operates the operation unit 327 to manually input the entrance information to the inspection machine 320. However, instead of this configuration, The inspection device 320 may receive the entrance information from the pachinko machine 10 and set the information.

Specifically, for example, when the inspection machine 320 shifts to the entrance information setting mode, a signal requesting transmission of entrance information (connection of entrance information) via the connection cable 329 and the inspection terminal 65. Request command) to the entry detection IC 62c. The entrance detecting IC 62c, which has received the signal (request for transmitting entrance information), transmits the entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65 and the connection cable 329. The inspection machine 320 sets the entrance information received from the entrance detection IC 62c for each entrance and ends the entrance information setting mode.

As described above, according to this aspect, the ball detection IC 62c outputs the ball entrance information (prize ball number information and type information) to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. It is possible to save the trouble of manually inputting the entrance information (the prize ball number information and the type information) to the inspection machine 320, and to make an incorrect entrance information (the prize ball number information and the prize ball information to the inspection machine 320). It is possible to suppress the input of (type information). As a result, the inspection machine 320 can calculate the game history information based on the ball entry information and the accurate ball entry information (prize ball number information and type information).

In this aspect, the entrance detection IC 62c transmits the entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 based on the reception of the predetermined signal (the entrance information transmission request command). However, instead of this configuration, the incoming ball detection IC 62c is triggered by the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 being connected to the inspection terminal 65 (that is, the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 is used for inspection). It may be configured to transmit the entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 (when it is detected that the terminal 65 is connected). According to this configuration, the inspection machine 320 can promptly execute the process that requires the entrance information after the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65.

Further, in this aspect, the entrance detecting IC 62c transmits the entrance information to the inspecting machine 320, but instead of this structure, the main CPU 62x stores the entrance stored in the main ROM 63. The information may be read and transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 52>
In the above-described aspect 50, the entry detection IC 62c serializes the entry information via the inspection terminal 65 only during the period when it is determined that the Hi-level signal is input to the output permission determination bit 62d. Although the configuration is such that the output is performed by communication of the transmission method, other configurations may be adopted instead of this configuration. For example, the incoming ball detection IC 62c serially transmits incoming ball information via the inspection terminal 65 only during the period when it is determined that the signal of the predetermined pattern is input to the output permission determination bit 62d. It may be configured to output by communication. Further, for example, when the ball detection IC 62c determines that a signal of a predetermined pattern is input to the output permission determination bit 62d, the ball detection information is output through the inspection terminal 65 by serial transmission communication. It may be configured to. Further, for example, when it is determined that a predetermined switch is provided on the inspection terminal 65 and a cable terminal having a predetermined shape is connected to the inspection terminal 65 and the predetermined switch is in a depressed state, The incoming ball detection IC 62c may be configured to output incoming ball information by serial communication communication via the inspection terminal 65.

<Aspect 53>
In the above aspects 50 to 52, the inspection machine 320 may be configured to shift to the entrance information receiving mode after the setting of the entrance information is completed in the entrance information setting mode. According to such a configuration, the type of each entrance is set at the time of transition to the entrance information receiving mode, so that each entrance is displayed on the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320 during the entrance information receiving mode. It is possible to display the type and the number of entered balls.

As a result, the inspector can grasp which type of ball entrance the game ball has entered even during the ball entry information receiving mode. In addition, the inspector has the information (the type of each entrance and the number of entrances) displayed on the display unit 328 and the number of game balls actually entered into each entrance visually confirmed. By confirming whether or not it is possible to confirm whether or not the incoming ball information output from the incoming ball detection IC 62c is authentic.

<Aspect 54>
In the above-described aspects 50 to 53, the inspection machine 320 is triggered by the connection cable 329 being connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, as a trigger, and the game history information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 concerned. The game history information receiving mode, which is a mode for receiving, may be shifted to the game entrance information setting mode, the entrance information receiving mode, and the game history information calculating mode described above.

Specifically, for example, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, it shifts to the game history information reception mode. When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information reception mode, it transmits a signal requesting transmission of game history information (game history information transmission request command) to the main CPU 62x via the connection cable 329 and the inspection terminal 65. .. The main CPU 62x, which has received the signal (game history information transmission request command), checks the game history information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 via the inspection terminal 65 and the connection cable 329 to the inspection machine 320. Send to. When the inspection machine 320 stores the game history information received from the main CPU 62x in the RAM 326, the inspection machine 320 ends the game history information reception mode and shifts to the entrance information setting mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the entrance information setting mode, the main CPU 62x sends a signal (entrance information transmission request command) requesting transmission of entrance information via the connection cable 329 and the inspection terminal 65. Send to. The main CPU 62x, which has received the signal (the entrance information transmission request command), transmits the entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65 and the connection cable 329. When the inspecting device 320 sets the entrance information received from the main CPU 62x for each entrance, the inspecting device 320 ends the entrance information setting mode and shifts to the entrance information receiving mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the ball entry information receiving mode, it receives ball entry information corresponding to eight ball entrances every predetermined period, and counts the number of game balls entered into each ball entrance (count). ) And remember. Then, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display information indicating the number of game balls that have been counted (counted) into each of the ball entrances. That is, every time the player or the inspector executes a game and a game ball enters each entrance, 1 is added to the information indicating the number of entrances corresponding to each entrance displayed on the display unit 328. Is added. As a result, on the display unit 328 of the inspecting machine 320, the number of game balls entering each entrance after the mode is transferred to the entrance information receiving mode is displayed.

After a sufficient inspection period (for example, about 10 hours) has passed, when the inspector operates the operation unit 327 of the inspecting machine 320 to end the entry information reception mode, the inspecting machine 320 calculates the game history information. Switch to mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information calculation mode, the number of game balls entered for each entrance, measured (counted) in the entrance information reception mode, and the type set in the entrance information setting mode. Based on the information and the number of prize balls information, the various game history information described above is calculated. For example, the inspector 320 calculates the above-mentioned ball exit rate (total), character ratio, and continuous character ratio. When the inspection machine 320 completes the calculation of the various game history information, the various game history information calculated in the game history information calculation mode and the various game history information received in the game history information reception mode (stored in the flash memory 64x) Displayed game history information) is displayed on the display unit 328. That is, on the display unit 328 of the inspecting machine 320, the game history for the inspection period in which the connection cable 329 of the inspecting machine 320 is connected to the pachinko machine 10 and the entrance information is received in the entrance information receiving mode. The information and the game history information for the past predetermined period calculated by the main CPU 62x of the pachinko machine 10 and stored in the flash memory 64x are displayed.

As described above, according to this aspect, the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 receives the game history information (hereinafter, also referred to as the first game history information) stored in the flash memory 64x. Can be displayed. In addition, the inspection machine 320 can execute a process based on the incoming ball information received during the inspection period. Specifically, the inspection machine 320 calculates the game history information based on the ball entry information received during the predetermined inspection period connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, and the game history information (hereinafter , Second game history information) can be displayed. Therefore, for example, the inspector who inspects the pachinko machine 10 is based on the first game history information stored in the flash memory 64x included in the pachinko machine 10 and the ball entry information received by the inspection machine 320 in a predetermined inspection period. It is possible to compare with the second game history information.

Here, if a problem occurs in the pachinko machine 10 or improper modification (for example, modification of nails) or the like causes a change in the game characteristics of the pachinko machine 10, The first game history information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 (game history information calculated by the main CPU 62x based on the ball entry information in a predetermined period in the past) and the inspection machine 320 perform a predetermined inspection. There may be a difference between the second game history information calculated based on the ball entry information during the period. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the pachinko machine 10 pays attention to the difference between the two game history information to inspect whether the pachinko machine 10 has a malfunction or an unauthorized modification (for example, a nail modification). can do.

Note that the inspection machine 320 may be configured to receive and set the game entrance information in the above-described entrance information setting mode and then shift to the game history information reception mode to receive the game history information. In addition, the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information receiving mode after receiving the game history information stored in the flash memory 64x after calculating the game history information in the inspection period in the above-mentioned game history information calculation mode. It may be configured.

<Aspect 55>
In the above aspects 50 to 54, the number of ball entrances provided in the pachinko machine 10 is not limited to eight, and may be nine or more, or seven or less. Then, the entrance detecting IC 62c may be configured to output entrance information corresponding to the number of entrances. For example, when the number of ball entrances included in the pachinko machine 10 is 7 or less, the ball detection IC 62c outputs the ball entrance information by using the first half bit of the 8 bits output by the serial transmission method. It may be configured to. Further, for example, when the number of ball entrances provided in the pachinko machine 10 is 9 or more, the ball detection IC 62c performs 9 bit or more by performing 8-bit output by the serial transmission method a plurality of times. It may be configured to output the entrance information corresponding to the entrance. Further, the incoming ball detection IC 62c may be configured to be able to output incoming ball information of 16 bits or 32 bits at a time by a serial transmission method.

<Aspect 56>
In the above-described mode 23, the main CPU 62x executes the game history process as one process included in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 23: step S10616), but instead of this structure, the CPU 62x performs the game history process. The timer interrupt process may not be executed, and the main process may be executed during the remaining time. The details will be described below.

FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an example of the main processing executed by the main CPU 62x in the aspect 56. In step S11001, initial setting processing is executed. Specifically, the initialization of each control device when the power is turned on, the validity of the data stored and held in the RAM 64, and the like are determined. After executing step S11001, the process advances to step S11002, and interrupt permission is set in order to permit generation of timer interrupt processing (FIG. 13).

After executing step S11002, the process proceeds to the residual processing of steps S11003 to step S11007. That is, although the main CPU 62x is configured to periodically execute the timer interrupt process as described above, a residual time is generated between one timer interrupt process and the next timer interrupt process. This remaining time will vary according to the processing completion time of each timer interrupt processing, but the processing of the steps S11003 to S11007 (remaining processing) is repeatedly executed using this irregular time (remaining time). ..

In step S11003, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit the occurrence of timer interrupt processing. After that, the process advances to step S11004 to execute the random number initial value updating process of updating the random number initial value counter CINI, and to step S11005, to execute the fluctuation counter updating process of updating the fluctuation type counter CS. In these update processes, the current numerical value information is read from the corresponding counter of the main RAM 64, the process of adding 1 to the read numerical value information is executed, and then the process of overwriting the counter of the reading source is executed. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0". Then, it progresses to step S11006.

In step S11006, the above-described game history processing (FIG. 29) is executed. As described above, the game history processing includes a plurality of tasks (task 1 and task 2 in step S10814 in FIG. 29) in which the calculation of the game history information is completed by sequentially executing them. Then, the main CPU 62x executes a part of the plurality of tasks in one execution of the game history processing included in the residual processing. That is, the main CPU 62x completes the calculation of the game history information set as the calculation target by executing the game history processing a plurality of times. After executing step S11006, the process advances to step S11007 to set interrupt permission for switching from the state in which the generation of timer interrupt processing is prohibited to the state in which the timer interrupt processing is permitted. After executing the process of step S11007, the process returns to step S11003 to repeat the processes of steps S11003 to S11007.

As described above, according to this aspect, the remaining time in the main process (the period from the end of the execution of one timer interrupt process to the start of the execution of the next timer interrupt process) including the game history process Since the process is repeatedly executed, it is possible to prevent the execution of the residual process including the game history process from being started even though the execution of the one timer interrupt process is not completed. That is, while giving priority to the execution of the timer interrupt process, it is possible to quickly calculate the game history information by repeatedly executing the residual process including the process for the game history while the timer interrupt process is not being executed.

If, instead of adopting the configuration of this aspect, a configuration in which the game history process is included in the timer interrupt process and is executed, from the start to the end of one execution of the timer interrupt process Although the required time becomes long, for example, although the predetermined time (4 msec in this mode) has elapsed from the start of the execution of one timer interrupt process, and the timing of the start of the execution of the next timer interrupt process has come. There is a possibility that the execution of the next timer interrupt process cannot be started until the execution of the first timer interrupt process is completed, and the execution of the next timer interrupt process cannot be started. In this case, there is a possibility that a problem may occur in the progress of the game because the start of execution of the next timer interrupt process is delayed.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, since the game history process is executed by including it in the residual process, one time of the timer interrupt process is performed as compared with the configuration in which the game history process is included in the timer interrupt process and executed. The time required from the start to the end of execution of can be shortened. As a result, for example, even though a predetermined time (4 msec in this mode) has elapsed from the start of execution of one timer interrupt process and the timing for starting execution of the next timer interrupt process has come, It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the execution of a process has not ended, and the occurrence of a situation in which the execution of the next timer interrupt process cannot be started until the execution of the one timer interrupt process ends. can do. Thus, according to this aspect, while suppressing the occurrence of defects in the progress of the game due to the delay in the start of the execution of the next timer interrupt processing, for the game history during the period when the timer interrupt processing is not executed It is possible to efficiently and promptly calculate the game history information by repeatedly executing the residual processing including the processing.

Further, according to this aspect, the game history processing includes a plurality of tasks (task 1 and task 2 in step S10814 in FIG. 29) in which the calculation of the game history information is completed by sequentially executing the main history. Since the CPU 62x executes a part of the plurality of tasks in one execution of the game history processing, for example, a configuration in which all of the plurality of tasks are executed in one execution of the game history processing. Compared with, the time required from the start to the end of one execution of the game history processing can be shortened. Specifically, for example, even when the condition for starting execution of the timer interrupt process is satisfied during execution of the game history process, the game history process being executed ends in a short time. The time until the execution of the timer interrupt processing is started can be shortened. As a result, it is possible to promptly calculate the game history information by repeatedly executing the residual processing while suppressing the occurrence of a defect due to the delay in the start of execution of the timer interrupt processing.

Further, according to this aspect, the length of the remaining time changes according to the time length required from the start to the end of the timer interrupt processing. Specifically, for example, if the length of one timer interrupt process increases, the remaining time from the end of the one timer interrupt process to the start of the next timer interrupt process decreases, while the one timer interrupt process When the length of the process becomes short, the remaining time from the end of the one timer interrupt process to the start of the next timer interrupt process becomes long. Then, when the remaining time is short, the number of executions of the game history process can be reduced, while when the remaining time is long, the number of executions of the game history process can be increased. That is, the number of times the game history process is executed can be changed according to the length of the remaining time.

<Aspect 57>
In the first embodiment and each aspect described above, main controller 60 of pachinko machine 10 may be configured to have a plurality of settings having different jackpot win probabilities in the jackpot lottery. Specifically, for example, even in the same low-probability mode, it may be configured to have six-stage lottery settings (“lottery setting 1” to “lottery setting 6”) with different jackpot win probabilities. .. The details will be described below.

The main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is provided with win/loss tables for six types of low probability modes corresponding to each of the six stages of lottery settings from “lottery setting 1” to “lottery setting 6”. .. Then, main controller 60 executes the jackpot lottery by referring to the winning/losing table corresponding to the set lottery setting. For example, when the pachinko machine 10 is set to the lottery setting 1 and the lottery mode is the low-probability mode, the main controller 60 refers to the win/loss table for the low-probability mode of the lottery setting 1. And perform a jackpot lottery.

In the present mode, in the win/loss table for the low probability mode of the lottery setting 1, out of the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 of 0 to 1199, five values of 0 to 4 are set as the values to be won to the jackpot. There is. Further, in the win/loss table for the low probability mode of the lottery setting 2, among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 of 0 to 1199, six values of 0 to 5 are set as the values to be won to the jackpot. Further, in the win/loss table for the low probability mode of the lottery setting 3, among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 of 0 to 1199, seven values of 0 to 6 are set as the values to be won to the jackpot. Further, in the winning/discarding table for the low probability mode of the lottery setting 4, among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 of 0 to 1199, eight values of 0 to 7 are set as the values to be won to the jackpot. Further, in the win/loss table for the low probability mode of the lottery setting 5, among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 of 0 to 1199, nine values of 0 to 8 are set as the values to be won to the jackpot. Further, in the win/loss table for the low probability mode of the lottery setting 6, among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 of 0 to 1199, 10 values of 0 to 9 are set as the values to be won to the jackpot.

That is, in the present mode, the larger the number following the “lottery setting”, the higher the winning probability of the jackpot lottery in the low-probability mode.

In addition, in the present mode, the jackpot lottery is configured to be executed by referring to the same win/loss table in the high-probability mode regardless of which of the six-stage lottery settings is set. That is, in the high-probability mode, regardless of the lottery setting, the probability of winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery is the same. However, as another mode, even in the high-probability mode, the larger the number following the “lottery setting”, the higher the probability of winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery.

In this aspect, the six-stage change of the lottery setting is configured to be executable when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. The details will be described below.

In this embodiment, the main control board 61 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a keyhole for changing the setting and a button for changing the setting. When the administrator who manages the pachinko machine 10 changes the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, first, the power for the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, and the key for setting change is inserted into the keyhole. Then, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on with the inserted key turned to the setting change side (for example, the state of turning clockwise), the pachinko machine 10 is activated in the setting change mode.

When the pachinko machine 10 is activated in the setting change mode, information indicating the current lottery setting (hereinafter, also referred to as setting information) is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z described above. For example, when the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is "lottery setting 1", "1" is displayed on the game history information display portion 45z. Then, every time the administrator presses the setting change button, the setting information displayed in the game history information display section 45z is "1"→"2"→"3"→"4"→"5"→"6". ”→“1”→“2”...

When the administrator turns the setting change key to the original position from the setting change side in a state where the setting information displayed on the game history information display section 45z has a value desired by the administrator, the game history information display section The lottery setting corresponding to the setting information displayed on 45z is changed. Specifically, for example, when the administrator presses the setting change button and "6" is displayed in the game history information display portion 45z, the setting change key is turned from the setting change side to the original position. Then, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed to “lottery setting 6”.

As described above, according to this aspect, by changing the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to change the probability of winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery. As a result, even with the same pachinko machine 10, the probability that the variable winning a prize device 36 as a special electric auditors product will be changed as a result of the jackpot lottery, and thus is calculated as the game history information. The value of the character ratio or the continuous character ratio will converge to a value corresponding to the changed new lottery setting. That is, by changing the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10, the game history information such as the character ratio and the continuous character ratio of the pachinko machine 10 is changed. In other words, the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be changed by a simple method such as changing the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10.

In each aspect described below, the information on the basis of the above-mentioned calculation of the game history information, which is the information on the entrance to each entrance, the information on the number of entered balls, the award ball total value, etc. Also called.

<Aspect 58>
In the above-mentioned mode 57 (configuration in which the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery can be changed), when the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10 is changed, various memories (main side RAM 64, flash memory 64x, etc.) before the change of the lottery setting. The game history basic information stored in is deleted, and the game history information may be calculated and displayed based on the game history basic information stored in various memories after the lottery setting is changed.

The reason for having such a configuration will be described. When the lottery setting (setting of the probability of winning the jackpot in the jackpot lottery) is changed in the pachinko machine 10, the probability that the variable winning a prize device 36 as the special electric auditors will operate is changed, so the game history information The values of the character role ratio and the continuous character ratio described above are converged to values corresponding to the changed new lottery setting. That is, before and after the change of the lottery setting, the values of the character ratio and the continuous character ratio that should converge should change.

Even if the lottery setting is changed, the game history basic information acquired after the lottery setting is changed is stored without erasing the game history basic information stored before the change of the lottery setting. If the configuration is adopted, when the game history information is calculated, the influence of the game history basic information stored before the change of the lottery setting is included, and the original of the pachinko machine 10 after the change of the lottery setting is included. It may take some time for the characteristics of the above to be reflected in the game history information.

Therefore, in this aspect, when the lottery setting is changed, the game history basic information stored before the change of the lottery setting is erased, and the game history basic information acquired and stored after the change of the lottery setting. Based on, the game history information is calculated and displayed.

According to this aspect, the game history information such as the character ratio and the continuous character ratio will quickly converge to a value corresponding to the changed lottery setting, and the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 will be the pachinko machine 10 concerned. It is possible to confirm the game history information corresponding to the lottery setting that is currently set at an early stage.

<Aspect 59>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57 (a configuration in which the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery can be changed), even after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the game history basic information stored in various memories before the change of the lottery setting is displayed. Without deleting, the game history basic information acquired after the lottery setting is changed is added and stored in various memories, and the game history basic information is stored in various memories regardless of before and after the lottery setting is changed. The game history information may be calculated and displayed based on the game history information.

According to this aspect, it is possible to calculate and display the game history information including the influence of the change in the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, as a result of the change of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 being operated in the game hall, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 has the total game history information including the influence of the change of the lottery setting within the proper range. You can check whether it fits in.

<Aspect 60>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57 (a configuration in which the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery can be changed), when the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the game history basic information stored before the change of the lottery setting is erased, The game history basic information acquired after the current change of the lottery setting may be stored, and the game history information may be calculated and displayed based on the stored game history basic information.

In such a configuration, when the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed again before the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed is accumulated to a predetermined amount. May be configured to record information indicating that the lottery setting is changed in a short period of time (hereinafter, also referred to as short-term change information) and display the short-term change information.

Specifically, for example, before the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed reaches 1000, the pachinko machine is again executed. When the lottery setting is changed, the short-term change information indicating that the lottery setting is changed in a short period of time is recorded, and the short-term change information is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z. .. Further, for example, the game history information display unit 45z may be provided with an LED lamp for displaying the short-term change information, and when the short-term change information is recorded, the LED lamp may emit light.

According to this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 confirms whether or not the lottery setting is changed in the pachinko machine 10 by confirming whether or not the short-term change information is displayed. can do. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery setting based on an unauthorized intention.

Specifically, for example, before the pachinko machine 10 is inspected by the inspector, the manager of the pachinko machine 10 is in a situation where the game is not often executed in the game machine after the winning probability is changed. Regardless, the lottery setting may be changed again, and the game history basic information and the game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 may be erased. However, according to this aspect, when the game is not often executed in the pachinko machine 10 after the change of the lottery setting, when the change of the lottery setting is made again in a short period of time, The short-term change information will be recorded and displayed. Therefore, the inspector confirms the short-term change information, and recognizes that the lottery setting may have been changed in a short period of time due to an unintended intention such as deletion of the game history basic information and the game history information. It becomes possible to do. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery setting based on an unauthorized intention.

If the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed again before the predetermined time has elapsed since the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 were changed, information indicating that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time (Short-term change information) may be recorded and the short-term change information may be displayed. According to such a configuration, even when the game is not played in the pachinko machine 10 during the change and change of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, a predetermined time is passed between the change and the change of the lottery setting. If it has passed, short-term change information is not displayed. Therefore, although the change between the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 is relatively long, the situation is that no game is played in the pachinko machine 10 between the changes. Regardless, it is possible to prevent the inspector from erroneously recognizing that the lottery setting may have been changed in a short period of time due to improper intention.

<Aspect 61>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57 (configuration capable of changing the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery), it may be possible to store and display the game history basic information and the game history information in a plurality of latest periods with the change of the past lottery setting as a boundary. Good. Then, when the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the game history basic information and the game history information in the oldest period of the plurality of the latest stored periods are erased, and the lottery setting of this time is changed. The game history basic information acquired after the change may be stored.

In such a configuration, when the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed again before the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed is accumulated to a predetermined amount. May be configured to record information indicating that the lottery setting is changed in a short period of time (hereinafter, also referred to as short-term change information) and display the short-term change information.

Specifically, for example, before the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed reaches 1000, the pachinko machine is again executed. When the lottery setting is changed, the short-term change information indicating that the lottery setting is changed in a short period of time is recorded, and the short-term change information is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z. .. Further, for example, the game history information display unit 45z may be provided with an LED lamp for displaying the short-term change information, and when the short-term change information is recorded, the LED lamp may emit light.

According to this aspect described above, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can check the game history information for each of a plurality of the latest periods with the change in the past lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 as a boundary. .. That is, the inspector can confirm whether or not there is a situation where the game history information is not within the proper range in the process in which the lottery setting has been changed in the past in the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 confirms whether or not the short-term change information is displayed, thereby determining whether or not the lottery setting has been changed in the pachinko machine 10 in a short period of time. Can be confirmed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery setting based on an unauthorized intention.

Specifically, for example, before the pachinko machine 10 is inspected by the inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 repeatedly changes the lottery setting within a short period of time, and the plurality of pachinko machines 10 in the immediate vicinity are changed. There is a possibility that the game history basic information and the game history information for the period will be erased. However, according to this aspect, when the lottery setting is repeatedly changed within a short period of time, the above-mentioned short-term change information is recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the inspector can recognize that the lottery setting may have been changed in a short period of time due to improper intention. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery setting based on an unauthorized intention.

If the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed again before the predetermined time has elapsed since the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 were changed, information indicating that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time (Short-term change information) may be recorded and the short-term change information may be displayed. According to such a configuration, even when the game is not played in the pachinko machine 10 during the change and change of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, a predetermined time is passed between the change and the change of the lottery setting. If it has passed, short-term change information is not displayed. Therefore, although the change between the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 is relatively long, the situation is that no game is played in the pachinko machine 10 between the changes. Regardless, it is possible to prevent the inspector from erroneously recognizing that the lottery setting may have been changed in a short period of time due to improper intention.

<Aspect 62>
In the above-mentioned mode 57 (a configuration in which the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery can be changed), after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the game history basic information which is the basis of the calculation of the game history information is sufficient as statistical data to a sufficient amount. The game history basic information stored before the lottery setting is changed may be stored (stored) without being erased until it is accumulated.

Furthermore, until the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed is accumulated up to a predetermined amount sufficient as statistical data, the game history basis stored before the lottery setting is changed. The game history information calculated based on the information is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z in a blinking manner, and the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed is accumulated to a sufficient amount as statistical data. After that, the game history information is calculated based on the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed, and the calculated game history information is lit and displayed on the game history information display unit 45z. Good.

Specifically, for example, before the lottery setting is changed until the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed reaches 60000. The game history basic information stored in is stored without being erased. Then, until the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed reaches 60000, it is stored before the lottery setting is changed. The game history information calculated based on the game history basic information is displayed in a blinking manner on the game history information display section 45z. After the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed reaches 60,000, the game that is stored before the lottery setting is changed The history basic information is erased, the game history information is calculated based on the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed, and the calculated game history information is lit and displayed on the game history information display unit 45z. Let it be configured to.

According to this aspect, it is possible to prevent the game history basic information stored before the change of the lottery setting from being intentionally erased by changing the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. For example, if the game history basic information acquired and stored before the change of the lottery setting is erased immediately after the change of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is adopted, the pachinko machine 10 becomes Before being inspected by the inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 changes the lottery settings, and erases the game history basic information and the game history information stored before the change of the lottery settings. There is a possibility that it will end up. On the other hand, according to this aspect, the game history basic information stored before the change of the lottery setting is sufficient as the statistical data of the game history basic information acquired and stored after the change of the lottery setting. Since it is not erased until the predetermined amount is accumulated, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine from changing the lottery setting due to an unauthorized intention.

Furthermore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 confirms whether the game history information displayed in the game history information display section 45z is a blinking display or a lighting display, and thus the lottery setting is acquired after the lottery setting is changed. It is possible to easily grasp whether or not the stored game history basic information is accumulated as statistical data up to a predetermined amount.

As a condition for erasing the game history basic information stored before the lottery setting is changed and for switching from the blinking display to the lighting display, various criteria other than the total number of prize balls can be adopted. it can. For example, a total value of the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage (the number of game balls shot on the game board 30) may be used as a reference.

<Aspect 63>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57 (configuration capable of changing the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery), it may be possible to store and display the game history basic information and the game history information in a plurality of latest periods with the change of the past lottery setting as a boundary. Good. When the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed is accumulated as statistical data up to a predetermined amount. Until, the game history basic information and the game history information in the oldest period of the latest plurality of previously stored periods are not deleted, and are acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed. Even after the game history basic information has been accumulated as statistical data up to a sufficient predetermined amount, the game history basic information and the game history information in the oldest period of the plurality of the latest stored periods may be deleted. Good.

Specifically, for example, when the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the total in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed. Until the number of prize balls reaches 60,000, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed without erasing the game history basic information and the game history information in the oldest period among the plurality of the latest stored periods. After the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after reaching 60,000, the game history in the oldest period of the plurality of the most recent periods already stored. The basic information and the game history information may be deleted.

According to this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can confirm the game history information for each of a plurality of latest periods with the change of the past lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10 as a boundary. That is, the inspector can confirm whether or not there is a situation where the game history information is not within the proper range in the process in which the lottery setting has been changed in the past in the pachinko machine 10.

Further, according to this aspect, the game history basic information and the game history information in a plurality of latest periods with the change of the past lottery setting as a boundary are intentionally changed by repeatedly changing the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to prevent the data from being erased.

For example, if the game history basic information and the game history information in the oldest period of the plurality of latest periods with the change of the past lottery setting as a boundary are immediately after the change of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is made. If the configuration is adopted, before the pachinko machine 10 is inspected by the inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 repeatedly changes the lottery setting, and the pachinko machine 10 in the latest plurality of periods. The game history basic information and the game history information may be erased.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, the game history basic information and the game history information in the oldest period of the plurality of the latest periods with the change of the past lottery setting as the boundary are after the lottery setting is changed. Since the game history basic information acquired and stored is not erased until a sufficient predetermined amount is accumulated as statistical data, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery setting due to an unintended intention. ..

<Aspect 64>
In the above-described mode 57 (a configuration in which the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery can be changed), the acquired game history basic information is stored separately for each lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 at the time of acquisition, and the game history information is stored for each lottery setting. It may be configured to calculate and display.

Specifically, for example, when the game history basic information is stored in various memories, information that can specify the lottery setting at the timing when the game history basic information is acquired is added and stored. When calculating and displaying the game history information, the game history basic information may be extracted for each lottery setting, and the game history information for each lottery setting may be calculated and displayed.

Further, as another specific configuration, a storage area corresponding to each lottery setting is provided in each type of memory, and when storing the acquired game history basic information, the storage area corresponding to the currently set lottery setting is set. It may be configured to be stored. For example, when the pachinko machine 10 is set to the lottery setting 1, the acquired game history basic information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the lottery setting 1, and the pachinko machine 10 is set to the lottery setting 2. , The acquired game history basic information is stored in the storage area corresponding to the lottery setting 2. Then, when calculating and displaying the game history information, the game history information for each lottery setting may be calculated and displayed based on the game history basic information stored in each storage area.

According to such a configuration, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can, for example, play history information calculated based on the play history basic information acquired while the pachinko machine 10 is set to the lottery setting 1, , Each game history calculated for each lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, such as game history information calculated based on the game history basic information acquired in the state where the pachinko machine 10 is set to the lottery setting 2. You can check the information. Then, the inspector confirms whether or not each game history information calculated for each lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is within an appropriate range, so that the game history information is appropriate in the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to confirm whether or not there is a lottery setting that does not fall within the range.

<Aspect 65>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be displayed on the game history information display unit 45z, but a lottery setting display unit for displaying the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is provided separately from the game history information display unit 45z. It may be configured to be provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10.

<Aspect 66>
In each of the above aspects, the calculated numerical value of the game history information itself is displayed on the game history information display unit 45z, but the numerical value of the game history information itself is not displayed and the numerical value of the game history information falls within a predetermined range. Information indicating whether or not it is contained may be displayed on the game history information display unit 45z or another display unit. For example, it may be configured to display whether or not the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio as the game history information are within a predetermined range by the color of the LED lamp to emit light.

<Aspect 67>
In each of the above-described aspects, the game history information display unit 45z provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10 may have a configuration in which four 7-segment displays are arranged adjacent to each other in a horizontal row. Note that the game history information display unit 45z not only displays the game history information but also displays the setting information instead of the game history information during the setting change mode for changing the lottery setting. Also referred to as "section 45z".

FIG. 35 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration of the information display unit 45z in the aspect 67. The information display unit 45z is configured by four 7-segment displays 45z1 to 45z4 arranged side by side in a row. Each of the 7-segment display units 45z1 to 45z4 includes seven segment light emitting units A to G and a DP light emitting unit that indicates a decimal point. Depending on a combination of presence or absence of light emission of these light emitting units, “1” is displayed. , "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "0", "b", "L.", "6." It is possible to display various numerical values, characters, symbols, etc. In this aspect, the seven segment light emitting units A to G and the DP light emitting unit are configured by red LEDs (light emitting diodes).

In the following, the 7-segment display 45z1 arranged at the left end is also referred to as the left-end 7-segment display 45z1, and the 7-segment display 45z2 arranged adjacent to the right side of the left-end 7-segment display 45z1 is the 7-segment in the left. The display 45z2 is also called, and the 7-segment display 45z3 arranged adjacent to the right side of the left middle 7-segment display 45z2 is also called the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and is adjacent to the right side of the right middle 7-segment display 45z3. The 7-segment display 45z4 that is arranged at the right end is also referred to as a right-end 7-segment display 45z4.

As shown in FIG. 35, the leftmost 7-segment display device 45z1 and the left middle 7-segment display device 45z2, when displaying game history information, are type information that is information for identifying the type of game history information to be displayed. Is used as an area for displaying (type information display area). Further, the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and the right end 7-segment display 45z4 are used as an area (numerical information display area) for displaying numerical information of game history information corresponding to the type displayed in the type information display area. It Hereinafter, a specific example in which the game history information is displayed on the information display unit 45z will be described.

FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing how the game history information is displayed on the information display unit 45z. Note that, in FIG. 36, the lit segment light-emitting portion and the DP light-emitting portion are shown in a state filled with black, and the turned-off segment light-emitting portion and the DP light-emitting portion are not filled with black and are white. It is shown without the state. The same applies to the drawings after FIG. 37.

In the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, the main control device 60 causes the information display unit 45z to always display the game history information in a state other than the setting change mode for changing the lottery setting described above. Then, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present aspect, the main control device 60 calculates the above-mentioned ball-out rate (during normal mode) as the game history information, and the calculated ball-out rate (during normal mode) is displayed on the information display unit 45z. To display. The definition of the pitch rate (during normal mode) is as follows.
・Dot rate (during normal mode)
= Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls during the normal mode/Number of game balls launched on the game board 30 during the normal mode (= Number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (normal Number of outs in mode))
As described above, the normal mode is a mode that is neither in the high-probability mode, in the high-frequency support mode, nor in the open/close execution mode based on the jackpot winning. In addition, hereinafter, the exit rate (during normal mode) is also referred to as “base (during normal mode)”.

In the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, the main control device 60 divides a section every time the measured discharge passage passing number N _OUT reaches 60000, and calculates the base (during normal mode) for each section. Then, the information display unit 45z alternately displays two types of bases (during the normal mode) in which the sections to be calculated are different. Specifically, the information display unit 45z of this aspect displays the following two types of bases (during normal mode).

-"BL": Base during measurement (during normal mode)
Ball discharge rate calculated in the current section until the number N _{OUT of} passing discharge passages currently being measured reaches 60,000 (during normal mode)
・"B6": Base already measured (in normal mode)
In the section in which the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, the exit rate calculated in the section immediately before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)

In the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, the information display unit 45z alternately displays “base under measurement (during normal mode)” and “measured base (during normal mode)” every 5 seconds.

When the information display unit 45z displays "measurement base (during normal mode)", "bL." is displayed in the type information display area, and "measurement base (during normal mode)" is displayed in the numerical information display area. )” is displayed in 2 digits. Specifically, when "bL." is displayed in the type information display area, the segment light-emitting portions C, D, E, F, and G of the leftmost 7-segment display unit 45z1 are in a light-emitting state, and the left middle 7-segment is displayed. The segment light-emitting parts D, E, F, and the DP light-emitting part of the display unit 45z2 are in a light-emitting state. Then, on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and the right end 7-segment display 45z4 which constitute the numerical information display area, the numerical information of "base under measurement (during normal mode)" is displayed. In this aspect, the integer part of the numerical value obtained by rounding off the calculated value of the third decimal place of the “base during measurement (during normal mode)” and multiplying it by 100 is displayed in the numerical information display area. In the example shown in FIG. 36, the information display unit 45z displays information such as “bL.35”, and the value of “base during measurement (during normal mode)” obtained by rounding off the value to the third decimal place is displayed. It means “0.35”. In addition, if the value of "base under measurement (during normal mode)" obtained by rounding off the value to the third decimal place is "1.00" or more, the value multiplied by 100 is 100 or more. , The information display unit 45z displays information such as "bL.99.".

When the information display unit 45z displays "measured base (during normal mode)", "b6." is displayed on the type information display area, and "measured base (during normal mode)" is displayed on the numerical information display area. )” is displayed in 2 digits. Specifically, when "b6." is displayed in the type information display area, the segment light-emitting portions C, D, E, F, and G of the leftmost 7-segment display unit 45z1 are in a light-emitting state, and the left middle 7-segment is displayed. The segment light emitting portions A, C, D, E, F, G and the DP light emitting portion of the display unit 45z2 are in a light emitting state. Then, the numerical information of "measured base (in normal mode)" is displayed on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and the right end 7-segment display 45z4 constituting the numerical information display area. In addition, in this aspect, the integer part of the numerical value obtained by rounding off the value of the third decimal place of the calculated “measured base (during normal mode)” and multiplying it by 100 is displayed in the numerical information display area. In the example shown in FIG. 36, the information display unit 45z displays information such as “b6.35”, and the value of “measured base (during normal mode)” obtained by rounding off the value to the third decimal place is displayed. It means “0.35”. In addition, if the value of "measured base (in normal mode)" obtained by rounding off the value to the third decimal place is "1.00" or more, the value multiplied by 100 is 100 or more. , The information display unit 45z displays information such as "b6.99."

In the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the information display unit 45z displays the game history information, even if the numerical value to be displayed in the numerical information display area is a single digit value, the right middle 7 “0” is displayed on the segment display 45z3 and the numerical value is displayed in two digits. For example, if the value of "base during measurement (during normal mode)" obtained by rounding off the value to the third decimal place is "0.07", the value multiplied by 100 is 7, so in this case The information display unit 45z displays information such as "bL.07".

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when displaying the game history information, “bL.” and “b6.” are alternately displayed in the type information display area of the information display unit 45z. Only the two types of information are displayed. Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when displaying the game history information, the following light emitting parts are used among the leftmost 7-segment display device 45z1 and the left middle 7-segment display device 45z2 that configure the type information display area. Not emitted (does not emit light).
[Light emitting part of type information display area not used when displaying game history information]
-Segment light-emitting portions A, B and DP of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 and segment light-emitting portion B of the left middle 7-segment display 45z2

In other words, when displaying the game history information, of the leftmost 7-segment display device 45z1 and the left middle 7-segment display device 45z2 that form the type information display area, only the following light emitting units are used (light is emitted). ).
[Light emitting part of the type information display area used when displaying game history information]
・Segment light emitting parts C, D, E, F, G of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1
-Segment light-emitting section A, C, D, E, F, G, and DP light-emitting section of the 7-segment display 45z2 in the left middle For reference, FIG. 36 shows the type information display area used when displaying the game history information The light emitting portion is shown in a cross-hatched manner.

Next, a display mode of the information display unit 45z in the setting change mode for changing the lottery setting described above will be described. In the present aspect, in the setting change mode, the information display unit 45z displays setting information which is information indicating the current lottery setting or information indicating the changed lottery setting. The details will be described below.

37 and 38 are explanatory diagrams showing how the setting information is displayed on the information display section 45z in the setting change mode. 37 and 38 show that "1" to "6" are displayed as setting information (numerical value information) indicating the lottery setting in the numerical value information display area of the information display unit 45z.

As described above, when the pachinko machine 10 is activated in the setting change mode, the information display unit 45z displays numerical information indicating the current lottery setting in the numerical information display area. Then, when the administrator presses the setting change button, the information display unit 45z displays numerical information indicating the changed lottery setting in the numerical information display area. Then, when the administrator turns the setting change key from the setting change side to the original position, the setting change mode ends, and the information display unit 45z displays the game history information in the numerical information display area again.

In the present aspect, in the setting change mode, "- (two hyphens)" is displayed in the type information display area of the information display unit 45z, and "1" to "6" are displayed in the numerical information display area. Any setting information is displayed. The display pattern such as "-- (two hyphens)" displayed in the type information display area in the setting change mode is a display pattern that is not displayed when the information related to the type of the game history information is displayed.

Specifically, in the setting change mode, the segment light emitting unit G of the leftmost 7-segment display unit 45z1 that constitutes the type information display area of the information display unit 45z emits light, and the segment light-emitting unit of the left middle 7-segment display unit 45z2. G emits light. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, only the light emitting unit used when displaying the game history information is used in the setting change mode. In other words, the light emitting unit that is not used when displaying the game history information is not used even during the setting change mode.

Moreover, in this aspect, the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 is not used among the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and the right end 7-segment display 45z4 that form the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z, and the right end 7-segment display is not used. Numerical information indicating the lottery setting is displayed using only the display 45z4. That is, the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z can display two-digit numerical information, but in the setting change mode, “0” is displayed on the right middle seven-segment display 45z3. Is displayed without displaying, and the numerical information of any of “1” to “6” indicating the lottery setting is displayed only on the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4 of the second digit.

As described above, according to this aspect, in the case where the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z and the case where the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed, The display mode of the type information display area is clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can clearly determine whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the lottery setting. it can.

Further, according to this feature, the light emitting portion (the segment light emitting portions A, B, the DP light emitting portion of the leftmost 7 segment display device 45z1, the left middle 7 segment display device) of the type information display area that is not used when displaying the game history information is used. Since the 45z2 segment light emitting unit B) is not used even in the setting change mode, there is an unused light emitting unit (hereinafter, an unused light emitting unit) in the type information display area. Therefore, for example, even if a defect occurs in the unused light emitting section in the type information display area, it does not affect the display mode in the type information display area. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the display mode will be affected when a defect occurs in the light emitting unit of the type information display area.

Further, for example, since the light emitting element (LED) which is the unused light emitting section does not need to emit light, parts necessary for causing the light emitting element to emit light can be omitted. Therefore, the cost of the information display unit 45z can be reduced.

Further, according to this aspect, the number of digits of the displayed numerical value is different depending on whether the numerical information regarding the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. Since it will be different, even if there is a problem in the display of the type information display area, whether the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area is game history information or setting information It is possible to clearly distinguish whether or not. That is, the manager determines that the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is game history information when a two-digit numerical value is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z, and the numerical value is displayed. When a one-digit numerical value is displayed in the information display area, it can be determined that the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is setting information.

<Aspect 68>
In the above-described aspect 67, the information display unit 45z has a configuration in which “−(two hyphens)” is lit and displayed in the type information display area in the setting change mode, but instead of this configuration, the setting change In the mode, "-(two hyphens)" may be blinked in the type information display area.

According to such a configuration, the type information display area is displayed depending on whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. The display mode of is different more clearly. Therefore, for example, the manager of the pachinko machine 10 further clarifies whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. Can be distinguished and recognized. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the lottery setting. it can.

Further, according to this aspect, since “−− (two hyphens)” in the type information display area blinks in the setting change mode in which the numerical information related to the lottery setting is displayed in the numerical information display area, the pachinko It is possible to call attention to the administrator of the machine 10 that the lottery setting is an important state in which the setting should be carefully changed.

<Aspect 69>
In the above-described aspect 67, the information display unit 45z has a configuration in which "-(two hyphens)" is lit and displayed in the type information display area in the setting change mode, but instead of this configuration, the setting change In the mode, nothing may be displayed in the type information display area. The details will be described below.

39 and 40 are explanatory diagrams showing how the setting information is displayed on the information display section 45z in the setting change mode. 39 and 40 show a state where "1" to "6" are displayed as numerical information indicating the lottery setting in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z. Further, as shown in FIG. 39, in the present mode, in the setting change mode, all of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 and the left middle 7-segment display 45z2 that constitute the type information display area of the information display unit 45z are displayed. The segment light emitting portion and the DP light emitting portion are turned off. That is, as described above, in the setting change mode, the type information display area of the information display unit 45z is in a state where nothing is displayed.

Thus, according to this aspect, the type information is displayed when the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z and when the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. The display mode of the display area is clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can clearly determine whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the lottery setting. it can.

Further, according to this aspect, even if a problem that some light emitting units (segment light emitting units A to G, etc.) that configure the type information display area do not emit light occurs, all the light emitting units do not emit light. Unless such a serious problem occurs, the display mode of the type information display area is different between when the game history information is displayed and when the lottery setting setting information is displayed. Therefore, according to this aspect, even if a problem occurs in which some of the light emitting units (LEDs) configuring the type information display area do not emit light to the administrator, all the light emitting units do not emit light. As long as no serious trouble has occurred, it is possible to distinguish and recognize whether the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area is game history information or lottery setting information. That is, the administrator determines that the numerical value displayed in the numerical value information display area is the game history information when at least a part of the light emitting units is emitting light in the type information display area, It is possible to determine that the numerical value displayed in the numerical value information display area is the setting information of the lottery setting only when all the light emitting units that are configured are turned off.

<Aspect 70>
In the above-described aspect 67, the information display unit 45z has a configuration in which "-(two hyphens)" is lit and displayed in the type information display area in the setting change mode, but instead of this configuration, the setting change In the mode, a plurality of types of display patterns may be switched and displayed in the type information display area in a short period (for example, every 0.5 seconds). The details will be described below.

FIG. 41 is an explanatory diagram showing how the setting information is displayed on the information display unit 45z in the setting change mode. Note that, in the example shown in FIG. 41, it is shown that “1” is displayed as the numerical value information indicating the lottery setting in the numerical value information display area of the information display unit 45z. In the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, in the setting change mode, the following two types of display patterns are alternately displayed in the type information display area of the information display unit 45z by switching every 0.5 seconds.

-Display pattern A in the type information display area:
Display pattern B of the left end 7-segment display 45z1 in which the segment light-emitting portions C, D, E, and G are lit (emits) and all the light-emitting portions of the left middle 7-segment display 45z2 are off :
A display pattern in which all the light emitting parts of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 are turned off, and the segment light-emitting parts C, D, E, and G of the left middle 7-segment display 45z2 are turned on (emits).

The display patterns A and B described above are display patterns that are not displayed in the type information display area when displaying the game history information. Further, in the display pattern A and the display pattern B, only the light emitting unit used when displaying the game history information is used. In other words, in the display pattern A and the display pattern B, the light emitting unit that is not used when displaying the game history information is not used.

Thus, according to this aspect, the type information is displayed when the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z and when the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. The display mode of the display area is clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can clearly determine whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the lottery setting. it can.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, since the display pattern in the type information display area dynamically changes in the setting change mode in which the numerical information related to the lottery setting is displayed in the numerical information display area, the pachinko machine 10 It is possible to call attention to the manager of that it is an important state that the lottery setting should be changed carefully.

Further, according to this aspect, the light emitting portion (the segment light emitting portions A, B, the DP light emitting portion of the leftmost 7 segment display device 45z1, the left middle 7 segment display device) of the type information display area that is not used when displaying the game history information is used. Since the 45z2 segment light emitting unit B) is not used even in the setting change mode, there is an unused light emitting unit (hereinafter, an unused light emitting unit) in the type information display area. Therefore, for example, even if a defect occurs in the unused light emitting section in the type information display area, it does not affect the display mode in the type information display area. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the display mode will be affected when a defect occurs in the light emitting unit of the type information display area.

Further, since the light emitting element (LED) which is the unused light emitting section does not need to emit light, it is possible to omit parts necessary for causing the light emitting element to emit light. Therefore, the cost of the information display unit 45z can be reduced.

In this aspect, in the setting change mode, two types of display patterns are alternately displayed in the type information display area of the information display unit 45z, but three or more types of display patterns are sequentially switched. The display may be repeatedly displayed.

<Aspect 71>
In each of the above aspects, when the “number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (the number of outs during the normal mode)” during measurement is less than 6000, for example, “bL.” in the type information display area. May be displayed blinking, and when it is 6000 or more, it may be displayed lit. According to such a configuration, the person who confirms the blinking display of “bL.” in the type information display area is the person who is measuring “the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (the number of outs in the normal mode )” is less than 6000, and the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is the “measurement base (during normal mode)” calculated when a sufficient amount of statistical data is not accumulated. Can be recognized.

In addition, “bL.” in the type information display area is turned on and displayed, and “the number of gaming balls that have passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (the number of outs in the normal mode)” during measurement is less than 6000, for example. In the case of, the numerical value in the numerical information display area may be displayed in blinking, and in the case of 6000 or more, it may be displayed in a lighted state. According to such a configuration, the person who confirms the blinking display of the numerical value in the numerical information display area can measure “the number of gaming balls that have passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (the number of outs in the normal mode)” during measurement. Recognize that the number displayed in the numerical information display area is less than 6000 and that it is the "base under measurement (during normal mode)" calculated when a sufficient amount of statistical data is not accumulated. be able to.

Further, when the “number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (the number of outs during the normal mode)” during measurement is less than 6000, for example, “bL.” in the type information display area and numerical information A numerical value in the display area may be displayed in a blinking manner, and when it is 6000 or more, it may be displayed in a lighted state. According to such a configuration, the person who confirms the blinking display of "bL." in the type information display area and the numerical value in the numerical information display area is (Number of outs in normal mode) is less than 6000, and the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is the "measurement base ( In normal mode)".

Various game history basic information can be adopted as a criterion for determining whether the display is blinking or lit. For example, the “number of gaming balls that have passed through the discharge passage (total out number)” during measurement may be adopted.

<Aspect 72>
In each of the above aspects, when the numerical information indicating the lottery setting is displayed in the numerical information display area during the setting change mode, all the light-emitting units that configure the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 should be turned off. Instead, the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4 is used to display numerical information indicating the lottery setting in one digit, but instead of this configuration, the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 is also used to display two digits. The numerical information indicating the lottery setting may be displayed. For example, when the numerical information indicating the lottery setting has only one-digit information, “0” may be displayed on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3.

<Aspect 73>
In each of the above aspects, the lottery settings are not limited to six types 1 to 6, and the number of lottery settings may be 5 or less or 7 or more. Further, the number of 7-segment displays constituting the information display unit 45z is not limited to 4, and may be 3 or less or 5 or more. Further, the number of 7-segment displays forming the type information display area of the information display unit 45z is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more. Further, the number of 7-segment displays forming the numerical information display area of the information display unit 45z is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more. In addition, the information display unit 45z may be configured by a light emitting element other than the LED such as an organic EL, or may be configured by a display element (display element) that does not emit light. For example, the information display unit 45z may be composed of liquid crystal or a display element adopting an electrophoretic method used for electronic paper.

<Aspect 74>
FIG. 42 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the aspect 74 of the first embodiment. In this aspect 74, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main CPU 62x is configured to calculate the above-mentioned game history information. Hereinafter, various configurations of the main control device 60 will be described in detail, and other configurations will be denoted by the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment and each aspect described above, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 42, the main ROM 63 includes a program storage unit 63a and a program data storage unit 63b. The main RAM 64 includes data storage means 64a and stack means 64b.

The main CPU 62x is configured to include a register set 62x1 and executes various processes by combining and executing a plurality of types of programs stored in the program storage unit 63a of the main ROM 63. In addition, each program is configured by combining a plurality of pre-reserved instructions such as an arithmetic instruction, a transfer instruction, a rotate instruction, a shift instruction, a jump instruction, a call instruction, and a return instruction. Multiple instructions are executed sequentially in the order defined by the program.

The register set 62x1 includes an A register (accumulator register), an F register (flag register), a general-purpose register, and a stack pointer (SP). The A register and the general-purpose register are formed to have a size of 1 byte (8 bits), and the stack pointer (SP) is formed to have a size of 2 bytes (16 bits). The register set 62x1 may include other registers, and may further include registers such as an index register, an interrupt register, a refresh register, and a program counter.

The A register stores the data (value) to be operated on by the operation instruction and the operation result.

The state of the F register automatically changes according to the calculation result of the calculation instruction and the execution result of a specific instruction such as a load instruction.

General-purpose registers are used in the same way as general program variables. Specifically, they are used to temporarily store data (values), configure counters, and specify memory addresses. Used to

The stack pointer (SP) is a stack for accessing a first stack area 64b1 (see later-described FIG. 44) and a second stack area 64b2 (see later-described FIG. 44) included in the stack means 64b configured in the main RAM 64. Stores the pointer reference address. Specifically, the stack pointer (SP) stores the first stack area reference address SP1 when accessing the first stack area 64b1, and the second stack area reference address when accessing the second stack area 64b2. The address SP2 is stored.

FIG. 43 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the main ROM 63. As described above, the main ROM 63 includes the program storage means 63a and the program data storage means 63b.

The program storage means 63a has a first program control area 63a1 for storing the first program 63p1 and a second program control area 63a2 for storing the second program 63p2, which is an area different from the first program control area 63a1. doing.

The first program 63p1 includes a game progress program, a storage program, and a change program. Then, the main CPU 62x executes the game progress processing for controlling the progress of the game by executing the game progress program, executes the storage processing by executing the storage program, and executes the change processing by executing the change program. Carry out. Details of the game progress processing, the storage processing, and the change processing will be described later.

The second program 63p2 includes a game history information calculation display program, a save program, and a return program. Then, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation display program by executing the game history information calculation display program, and executes the game history information calculation display processing, and executes the save program to execute the save processing. Then, the restoration process is executed by executing the restoration program. Details of the game history information calculation display processing, the save processing, and the return processing will be described later.

The program data storage unit 63b is a region different from the first program data region 63b1 for storing various data necessary for executing the first program 63p1, and a region different from the first program data region 63b1 and the second program 63p2. And a second program data area 63b2 for storing various kinds of data necessary for executing. In the first program data area 63b1, for example, data such as a win/loss table and a distribution table used in the above-mentioned jackpot lottery processing are stored, and in the second program data area 63b2, for example, in the game history information calculation display processing. Stores various fixed value data to be used.

As described above, the first program control area 63a1 for storing the first program 63p1, the first program data area 63b1 for storing data necessary for executing the first program 63p1, and the second program 63p2 for storing the second program 63p2 The second program control area 63a2 and the second program data area 63b2 for storing the data necessary for executing the second program 63p2 are respectively configured in different areas of the main ROM 63.

FIG. 44 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the main RAM 64. As described above, the main RAM 64 includes the data storage means 64a and the stack means 64b.

The data storage unit 64a corresponds to a first data storage area 64a1 corresponding to the first program 63p1 capable of updating the data and an area different from the first data storage area 64a1 and corresponding to the second program 63p2 capable of updating the data. The second data storage area 64a2. In the first data storage area 64a1, for example, various data (various flags such as a high probability mode flag) updated in the game progress processing are stored, and in the second data storage area 64a2, for example, a game history. Various data updated in the information calculation display processing are stored.

The stack means 64b is a first stack area 64b1 accessible by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) and an area different from the first stack area 64b1 and is a stack pointer (SP). And a second stack area 64b2 accessible by the second stack area reference address SP2 stored in. The first stack area 64b1 corresponds to the first program 63p1 (game progress program, storage program, change program), the second stack area and 64b2, the second program 63p2 (game history information calculation display program, save program, return) Program).

As described above, the first stack area 64b1 and the first data storage area 64a1 that can update and refer to the data by the processing by the first program 63p1 (game progress program, storage program, change program) and the second program 63p2( A second stack area 64b2 and a second data storage area 64a2 that can update and refer to data by processing by a game history information calculation display program, a save program, a return program) are respectively configured in different areas of the main RAM 64. ing. The data in the second stack area 64b2 and the second data storage area 64a2 cannot be updated by the processing by the first program 63p1, but the data can be referred to. The data in the area 64b1 and the first data storage area 64a1 cannot be updated, but the data can be referred to.

FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a memory map of main controller 60. As shown in FIG. 45, the internal ROM area corresponding to the main ROM 63 and the internal RAM area corresponding to the main RAM 64 are allocated in this order to the memory space in this mode. In this aspect, in the built-in ROM area, the first program control area 63a1, the first program data area 63b1, the unused area, the second program control area 63a2, and the second program data area 63b2 are allocated in this order. In the internal RAM area, the first data storage area 64a1, the first stack area 64b1, the second data storage area 64a2, the second stack area 64b2, and the unused area are allocated in this order.

FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt process executed by the main CPU 62x according to the aspect 74 of the first embodiment. Note that, also in this aspect, the timer interrupt process is executed in a cycle of 4 msec, as in the first embodiment.

Note that each process described on the left side of the paper surface of FIG. 46 is a process performed by the main CPU 62x executing the first program 63p1 stored in the first program control area 63a1. Each process described on the right side of the paper is a process performed by the main CPU 62x executing the second program 63p2 stored in the second program control area 63a2.

In step S11101, the main CPU 62x executes a game progressing process which is a process for advancing the game by executing the game progressing program included in the first program 63p1. Specifically, in the game progression processing, the processing group shown in steps S10601 to S10615 of FIG. 27 described above is executed. After performing the processing of step S11101, the process proceeds to step S11102.

In step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the storage process by executing the storage program included in the first program 63p1. In the storage process, the value of the A register and the F register of the plurality of registers can be accessed by the push instruction (PUSH) by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP). It is stored in the area 64b1. At this time, the values of the A register and the F register are stored in the first stack area 64b1 by one push instruction (PUSH AF) using the special code AF that specifies the A register and the F register as the transfer target.

After executing step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the save program included in the second program 63p2 to perform the save processing 1, 2, and 3 shown in steps S11103 to S11105. The details will be described below.

In the save process 1 shown in step S11103, the load instruction (LD (W21), SP) causes the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) to be the address W21 of the second data storage area 64a2. It is stored in the area specified by. At this time, the value of the F flag may change due to the change of the state of the TZ flag of the F register by the load instruction. After performing the saving process 1 in step S11103, the process advances to step S11104.

In the save processing 2 shown in step S11104, the second stack area reference address SP2, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by the load instruction (LDSP, fixed value). The second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main ROM 63, for example. In this mode, since data is not stored in the second stack area 64b2 at the time of executing the save processing 2, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the save processing 2 is the bottom of the second stack area 64b2. Is an address value indicating. After performing the saving process 2 in step S11104, the process advances to step S11105.

In the save process 3 shown in step S11105, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general register are designated by the address W22 of the second data storage area 64a2 by a plurality of load instructions (LD (W22), register). Remember. The configuration is such that the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register are stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by a single load instruction that uses a special code that specifies the A register, the F register, and the general register as transfer targets. May be After performing the processing of step S11105, the process proceeds to step S11106.

In step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation display process by executing the game history information calculation display program included in the second program 63p2. In the game history information calculation/display processing, processing for calculating the above-mentioned game history information and displaying the calculated game history information on the information display unit 45z is performed. Specifically, in the game history information calculation display processing, the processing group shown in steps S10802 to S10812 of FIG. 29 described above is executed. At this time, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register change in the game history information calculation display process.

After performing the game history information calculation display process of step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the return program included in the second program 63p2, thereby performing the return processes 1 and 2 shown in step S11107 and step S11108. The details will be described below.

In the restoration process 1 shown in step S11107, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register are saved in the second data storage area by the save process 3 (step S11105) by a plurality of load instructions (LD register, (W22)). The value stored in the area designated by the address W22 of 64a2 is set. It should be noted that the value of each of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register may be set to the value stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by the saving process 3 (step S11105) by one load instruction using the special code. Good. In this return processing 1, if the value of the F register has changed in the save processing 1 (step S11103), a value different from that immediately after the game progress processing is ended is stored in the F register. After performing the processing of step S11107, the process proceeds to step S11108.

In the restoration processing 2 shown in step S11108, the first stack area stored in the area designated by the address W21 of the second data storage area 64a2 by the save processing 1 (step S11103) by the load instruction (LDSP, (W21)). The reference address SP1 is stored in the stack pointer (SP), and the main CPU 62x ends the execution of the second program 63p2. After performing the processing of step S11108, the process proceeds to step S11109.

In step S11109, the main CPU 62x executes the changing process by executing the changing program included in the first program 63p1. In the change processing, the pop instruction (POP) is used to store the values of the A register and the F register among the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register whose values are set in the return processing 1 (step S11107) (step S11102). Is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1. At this time, the value of the A register and the F register is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the storage process (step S11102) by one pop instruction (POP AF) using the special code. At this time, in the return processing 1 (step S11107), even if a value different from that immediately after the game progress processing is finished is stored in the F register, the value of the F register is the same value as immediately after the game progression processing is finished. Can be changed to After the processing of step S11109 is performed, the timer interrupt processing is ended.

As described above, according to this aspect, since the save process 3 (step S11105 in FIG. 46) and the restore process 1 (step S11107 in FIG. 46) are performed, the second program 63p2 returns to the first program 63p1. At this time, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a defect due to the value of the register used in the first program 63p1 changing.

Further, according to this aspect, the state of the F register may change before the save process 3 is performed (for example, when the load instruction is executed in the save process 1 (step S11103 of FIG. 46)). Before executing the save process 1, after storing the values of the A register and the F register in the storage process (step S11102 in FIG. 46) by the storage program included in the first program 63p1, and after the process by the second program 63p2 is completed. , In the changing process (step S11109 in FIG. 46) by the changing program included in the first program 63p1, the values of the A register and the F register are changed to the values stored in the storing process. Therefore, for example, even if the state of the F register changes in the save process 1, the state of the F register returns to the same state as immediately after the end of the game progress process (step S11101 of FIG. 46) by the first program 63p1, There is no fear of affecting the processing executed after returning from the processing by the two programs 63p2. As a result, a plurality of programs can be independently configured.

Further, according to this aspect, a game that controls the progress of the game is simply added to the second program 63p2, the game history information calculation display program for performing the game history information calculation display processing (step S11106 in FIG. 46). The game history information calculation display processing can be added without affecting the progress processing (step S11101 of FIG. 46). Therefore, the game history information calculation display program can be easily created independently of the game progress program for executing the game progress processing.

Further, according to this aspect, as shown in FIG. 45, the memory space used by the process of the first program 63p1 and the memory space used by the process of the second program 63p2 are arranged independently of each other. It is possible to prevent both memory spaces from physically interfering with each other, and for example, to prevent an illegal act performed on one process (memory space) from affecting another process (memory space). can do.

Further, according to this aspect, in the save process 3 (step S11105 in FIG. 46), all the values of the registers are stored in the second stack area 64b2 by one push instruction (PUSH ALL). Instead, since the value of each register is stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by the load instruction, it becomes possible to store only the used register in the second data storage area 64a2. Therefore, the storage capacity required to store the value of each register in the save process 3 can be reduced. According to this aspect, the value of each register is not stored in the second stack area 64b2, but the value of each register is stored in the second data storage area 64a2. It is possible to reduce the storage capacity of the second stack area 64b2 in the second stack area 64b2 and increase the storage capacity of the second data storage area 64a2.

Further, for example, when the capacity of the data to be stored in the stack area by the push command (PUSH) exceeds the upper limit of the storage capacity of the stack area of the main RAM 64, all the data stored in the stack area is stored. In the case where the reset processing for erasing data is performed, if the configuration is such that the value of each register is stored in the second stack area 64b2 by the push instruction (PUSH) in the save processing 3, the reset processing is performed. There is a risk of being destroyed. Further, in the saving process 3, if the configuration is such that all the values of each register are stored in the second stack area 64b2 by one push instruction (PUSH ALL), the reset process is more likely to be performed. Will end up. On the other hand, according to this aspect, the push instruction (PUSH ALL) is not used in the save process 3, and the value of each register is stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by the load instruction (LD). It is possible to avoid the risk that the reset process is performed.

<Aspect 75>
In the configuration shown in the above aspect 74, timer interrupt processing described below may be carried out instead of the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG.

FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU 62x according to aspect 75 of the first embodiment. The same steps as those included in the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 46 are designated by the same step numbers. The main difference from the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 46 is that the save processing 1 shown in step S11103 of FIG. 46 is omitted and the contents of the restoration processing 2 shown in step S11108 of FIG. 46 are different. It is a point. The details will be described below.

In step S11101, the main CPU 62x executes a game progressing process which is a process for advancing the game by executing the game progressing program included in the first program 63p1. Specifically, in the game progression processing, the processing group shown in steps S10601 to S10615 of FIG. 27 described above is executed. After performing the processing of step S11101, the process proceeds to step S11102.

In step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the storage process by executing the storage program included in the first program 63p1. In the storage process, the value of the A register and the F register of the plurality of registers can be accessed by the push instruction (PUSH) by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP). It is stored in the area 64b1. At this time, the values of the A register and the F register are stored in the first stack area 64b1 by one push instruction (PUSH AF) using the special code AF that specifies the A register and the F register as the transfer target.

After executing Step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the save program included in the second program 63p2 to perform the save processing 2 and 3 shown in Step S11104 and Step S11105. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not execute the saving process 1 in step S11103 described above. The details will be described below.

In the save processing 2 shown in step S11104, the second stack area reference address SP2, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by the load instruction (LDSP, fixed value). The second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main ROM 63, for example. In this mode, since data is not stored in the second stack area 64b2 at the time of executing the save processing 2, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the save processing 2 is the bottom of the second stack area 64b2. Is an address value indicating. After performing the saving process 2 in step S11104, the process advances to step S11105.

In the save process 3 shown in step S11105, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general register are designated by the address W22 of the second data storage area 64a2 by a plurality of load instructions (LD (W22), register). Remember. The configuration is such that the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register are stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by a single load instruction that uses a special code that specifies the A register, the F register, and the general register as transfer targets. May be After performing the processing of step S11105, the process proceeds to step S11106.

In step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation display process by executing the game history information calculation display program included in the second program 63p2. In the game history information calculation/display processing, processing for calculating the above-mentioned game history information and displaying the calculated game history information on the information display unit 45z is performed. Specifically, in the game history information calculation display processing, the processing group shown in steps S10802 to S10812 of FIG. 29 described above is executed. At this time, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register change in the game history information calculation display process.

After performing the game history information calculation display processing of step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the return processing 1 and the return processing A shown in step S11107 and step S11108a by executing the return program included in the second program 63p2. To do. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x performs the return process A shown in step S11108a instead of the return process 2 in step S11108 described above. The details will be described below.

In the restoration process 1 shown in step S11107, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register are saved in the second data storage area by the save process 3 (step S11105) by a plurality of load instructions (LD register, (W22)). The value stored in the area designated by the address W22 of 64a2 is set. It should be noted that the value of each of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register may be set to the value stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by the saving process 3 (step S11105) by one load instruction using the special code. Good. In this return processing 1, if the value of the F register has changed in the save processing 1 (step S11103), a value different from that immediately after the game progress processing is ended is stored in the F register. Alternatively, the special code may not be used, and the values of the A register, the F register, and the general register may be set to the values stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by a plurality of load instructions. After performing the processing of step S11107, the process proceeds to step S11108a.

In the restoration process A shown in step S11108a, the first stack area reference address SP1 which is a fixed value is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by the load instruction (LDSP, fixed value). At this time, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main ROM 63, for example. The fixed value will be described below.

In this aspect, at the time when all of the processes (the processes of steps S10601 to S10615) that constitute the game progress process (step S11101) are completed, the data stored in the first stack area 64b1 does not exist. Since it is configured, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) has an address value that specifies the bottom of the first stack area 64b1.

After that, when the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and starts the execution of the second program 63p2, a predetermined amount of data is stored in the first stack area 64b1. As a result, at the time point (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and the execution of the second program 63p2 is started, it is stored in the stack pointer (SP). The first stack area reference address SP1 has an address value that designates a position moved from the bottom of the first stack area 64b1 by a predetermined amount.

Then, since the amount of data stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the execution of the storage processing (step S11102) and the execution of the second program 63p2 is the same every time (each timer interrupt processing), the first stack area The movement amount of the reference address SP1 is the same every time. Accordingly, the first stack stored in the stack pointer (SP) at a time point (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and starts the execution of the second program 63p2. The area reference address SP1 has the same address value every time.

Then, the fixed value to be stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the return processing A (step S11108a) of this mode is the time point immediately after the storage processing (step S11102) is terminated and the execution of the second program 63p2 is started (FIG. 47). At the timing TX1) shown in (1), the address value is set to the same address value stored in the stack pointer every time. As a result, even if the saving process 1 (step S11103 in FIG. 46) described above is omitted, the return process A (step S11108a) of the present mode saves the value of the stack pointer (SP) and the storing process (step S11102) ends. Then, the value can be returned to the value at the time point (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after the execution of the second program 63p2 is started.

The main CPU 62x ends the above-described processing of step S11108a, ends the execution of the second program 63p2, starts the execution of the first program 63p1, and proceeds to step S11109.

In step S11109, the main CPU 62x executes the changing process by executing the changing program included in the first program. In the change processing, the pop instruction (POP) is used to store the values of the A register and the F register among the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register whose values are set in the return processing 1 (step S11107) (step S11102). Is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1. At this time, the value of the A register and the F register is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the storage process (step S11102) by one pop instruction (POP AF) using the special code. At this time, the value of the F register is changed after the storage process (step S11102) is executed, and in the return process 1 (step S11107), a value different from that immediately after the game proceeding process is stored in the F register. Even in the case, the value of the F register can be changed to the same value as immediately after the game progress processing is finished. After the processing of step S11109 is performed, the timer interrupt processing is ended.

As described above, according to this aspect, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects shown in the above-described aspect 74.

In this aspect, at the time when all of the processes (the processes of steps S10601 to S10615) that constitute the game progress process (step S11101) are completed, the data stored in the first stack area 64b1 does not exist. Since it is configured, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) has an address value that specifies the bottom of the first stack area 64b1. Therefore, the first side stored in the stack pointer (SP) at the time point (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and starts the execution of the second program 63p2. The stack area reference address SP1 has the same address value every time the timer interrupt processing is performed. Therefore, since the fixed value may be stored in the stack pointer (SP) by the return process A (step S11108a) of this aspect, the save process 1 shown in aspect 74 can be omitted. As a result, the processing of the main CPU 62x can be simplified, and the second data storage area 64a2 necessary for saving the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) can be stored. The storage capacity can be reduced.

<Aspect 76>
Instead of the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 47, the timer interrupt processing described below may be performed.

FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU 62x according to aspect 76 of the first embodiment. The same step number is assigned to the same processing as the processing included in the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. The main difference from the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 47 is that the save processing 3 shown in step S11105 of FIG. 47 is omitted and the restoration processing 1 shown in step S11107 of FIG. 47 is omitted. 48 is added to the processing of setting the values of all the registers to 0 after the processing of steps S11102 and S11108a of FIG. The details will be described below.

In step S11101, the main CPU 62x executes a game progressing process which is a process for advancing the game by executing the game progressing program included in the first program 63p1. Specifically, in the game progression processing, the processing group shown in steps S10601 to S10615 of FIG. 27 described above is executed. After performing the processing of step S11101, the process proceeds to step S11102.

In step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the storage process by executing the storage program included in the first program 63p1. In the storage process, the value of the A register and the F register of the plurality of registers can be accessed by the push instruction (PUSH) by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP). It is stored in the area 64b1. At this time, the values of the A register and the F register are stored in the first stack area 64b1 by one push instruction (PUSH AF) using the special code AF that specifies the A register and the F register as the transfer target. After performing the processing of step S11102, the process proceeds to step S11102-2.

In step S11102-2, the main CPU 62x executes the first clear process by executing the first clear program included in the first program 63p1. In the first clear processing, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general register are set to 0 by a plurality of load instructions (LD register, 0). Note that the value of each of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register may be set to 0 by one load instruction using the special code.

After executing step S11102-2, the main CPU 62x executes the save process 2 shown in step S11104 by executing the save program included in the second program 63p2. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not execute the above-described save processing 1 in step S11103 and save processing 3 in step S11105. The details will be described below.

In the save processing 2 shown in step S11104, the second stack area reference address SP2, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by the load instruction (LDSP, fixed value). The second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main ROM 63, for example. In this mode, since data is not stored in the second stack area 64b2 at the time of executing the save processing 2, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the save processing 2 is the bottom of the second stack area 64b2. Is an address value indicating. After performing the save process 2 in step S11104, the process advances to step S11106. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not execute the save process 3 in step S11105 described above.

In step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation display process by executing the game history information calculation display program included in the second program 63p2. In the game history information calculation/display processing, processing for calculating the above-mentioned game history information and displaying the calculated game history information on the information display unit 45z is performed. Specifically, in the game history information calculation display processing, the processing group shown in steps S10802 to S10812 of FIG. 29 described above is executed. At this time, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register change in the game history information calculation display process.

After carrying out the game history information calculation/display processing of step S11106, the main CPU 62x carries out the second clear processing shown in step S11107a by executing the second clear program included in the second program 63p2. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not execute the above-described return processing 1 in step S11107.

In the second clear processing shown in step S11107a, the values of the A register, the F register, and the general register are set to 0 by a plurality of load instructions (LD register, 0). Note that the value of each of the A register, the F register, and the general-purpose register may be set to 0 by one load instruction using the special code.

After executing the second clearing process of step S11107a, the main CPU 62x executes the returning process A shown in step S11108a by executing the returning program included in the second program 63p2.

In the restoration process A shown in step S11108a, the first stack area reference address SP1 which is a fixed value is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by the load instruction (LDSP, fixed value). At this time, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main ROM 63, for example. The fixed value will be described below.

In this aspect, at the time when all of the processes (the processes of steps S10601 to S10615) that constitute the game progress process (step S11101) are completed, the data stored in the first stack area 64b1 does not exist. Since it is configured, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) has an address value that specifies the bottom of the first stack area 64b1.

After that, when the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and the first clear process (step S11102-2) and starts the execution of the second program 63p2, a predetermined amount of data is stored in the first stack area 64b1. It As a result, at the time point immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and the first clear process (step S11102-2) and starts the execution of the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47). The first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) has an address value that specifies a position moved from the bottom of the first stack area 64b1 by a predetermined amount.

Then, the amount of data stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the execution of the storage process (step S11102), the first clear process (step S11102-2), and the execution of the second program 63p2 is performed every time (each timer interrupt process is performed). Since the same), the movement amount of the first stack area reference address SP1 is also the same every time. Therefore, the stack pointer at the time (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and the first clear process (step S11102-2) and starts the execution of the second program 63p2. The first stack area reference address SP1 stored in (SP) has the same address value every time.

Then, the fixed value to be stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the return processing A (step S11108a) of this aspect ends the storage processing (step S11102) and the first clear processing (step S11102-2), and the second program 63p2. Is set to the same address value as the address value stored in the stack pointer each time immediately after the start of execution (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47). As a result, even if the saving process 1 (step S11103 in FIG. 46) described above is omitted, the value of the stack pointer (SP) is changed to the storage process (step S11102) and the first by the return process A (step S11108a) of this aspect. It is possible to return the value to the value at the time point (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after the completion of the 1-clear processing (step S11102-2) and the execution of the second program 63p2.

The main CPU 62x ends the above-described processing of step S11108a, ends the execution of the second program 63p2, starts the execution of the first program 63p1, and proceeds to step S11109.

In step S11109, the main CPU 62x executes the changing process by executing the changing program included in the first program. In the changing process, the values of the A register and the F register are changed to the values stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the storing process (step S11102) by the pop instruction (POP). At this time, the value of the A register and the F register is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the storage process (step S11102) by one pop instruction (POP AF) using the special code. At this time, even if the value of the F register is changed after the storage process (step S11102) is performed, the value of the F register can be changed to the same value as immediately after the game progress process is finished. .. After the processing of step S11109 is performed, the timer interrupt processing is ended.

As described above, according to this aspect, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects shown in the above-described aspects 74 and 75.

According to this aspect, the first program 63p1 performs the first clear process (step S11102-2 in FIG. 48), and the second program 63p2 performs the second clear process (step S11107a in FIG. 48). Without executing the saved process 3 (step S11105 in FIG. 47) and the recovery process 1 (step S11107 in FIG. 47), the register value at the time immediately before the start of execution of the second program 63p2 and the second program 63p2 It is possible to match the value of the register at the point immediately after the end of execution. Therefore, when returning from the second program 63p2 to the first program 63p1, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a defect due to the value of the register used in the first program 63p1 changing. Since the saving process 3 and the returning process 1 described above can be omitted, the storage capacity of the second data storage area 64a2 required in the saving process 3 and the returning process 1 can be reduced.

Further, in this aspect, in one timer interrupt process, the first clear process is performed after all the various processes included in the game progress process (step S11101 of FIG. 48) are completed, and after the first clear process. Does not carry out the game progress processing, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a problem in the game progress processing by setting the value of the register to 0 by the first clear processing.

<Aspect 77>
In the storage processing of step S11102 of the above-described aspects 74, 75 and 76, the value of the specific register (A register, F register) may be stored in the first data storage area 64a1 by a load instruction. In this case, in the change processing of step S11109, the value of the specific register (A register, F register) may be changed to the value stored in the first data storage area 64a1 in the storage processing by the load instruction. Further, the configuration may be such that only the F register is the specific register that is the target of the storage process of step S11102 and the change process of step S11109.

Further, in the above-mentioned aspect 74, the execution of the game progress processing (step S11101 of FIG. 46) by the first program 63p1 is interrupted midway, and the processing from the storage processing of step S11102 to the change processing of step S11109 is interrupted and then interrupted. It may be configured to restart the execution of the game progress processing that has been performed.

Further, in the above-described aspect 76, the first clear process (step S11102-2) may be performed after the game progress process (step S11101) and before the storage process (step S11102). .. Even with such a configuration, the same effect as the above aspect 76 can be obtained.

<Aspect 78>
Among the above-described aspects, in a configuration capable of executing the setting change mode, various aspects can be adopted as a method of activating the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode and an operation method in the setting change mode. The details will be described below.

In this aspect, the main control board 61 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with the key hole for changing the setting and the RAM clear button described above, but not the button for changing the setting described above. .. When the administrator who manages the pachinko machine 10 changes the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, first, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. Then, the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 of the pachinko machine 10 are opened, and the setting changing key is inserted into the setting changing keyhole. Then, the inserted key is turned to the setting change side (for example, turned clockwise). In this state, if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM clear button is pressed, the pachinko machine 10 is activated in the setting change mode.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect is activated in the setting change mode when all of the following conditions 1 to 3 are satisfied when the power is turned on.
Condition 1: Inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 are open Condition 2: Keyhole for setting change is located on the setting change side Condition 3: RAM clear button is pressed Pachinko When condition 3 is satisfied but condition 1 or 2 is not satisfied when the power of the machine 10 is turned on, the pachinko machine 10 does not start in the setting change mode and the main RAM 64 is initialized. Execute the process to convert.

When the pachinko machine 10 is activated in the setting change mode, information (setting information) indicating the current lottery setting is displayed on the above-described information display unit 45z. For example, when the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is “lottery setting 1”, “1” is displayed on the information display unit 45z. Then, every time the administrator presses the RAM clear button, the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z is “1”→“2”→“3”→“4”→“5”→“6”→“ It switches in the order of "1" → "2"...

With the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z set to a value desired by the administrator, the administrator inserts a game ball into a predetermined entrance (for example, the out opening 43) to make a predetermined entrance. When the detection sensor (for example, the discharge passage detection sensor 44h) detects the game ball, the change to the lottery setting corresponding to the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z is confirmed. Specifically, for example, when "6" is displayed as the setting information on the information display unit 45z and the discharge passage detection sensor 44h detects a game ball, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is "lottery setting". 6". Then, when the administrator turns the setting change key to the original position from the setting change side, the pachinko machine 10 ends the setting change mode.

As described above, according to this aspect, since the setting change button can be omitted, the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Further, according to this aspect, when changing the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, it is necessary to open the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, so, for example, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed. Even if an unauthorized person (hereinafter, also referred to as an unauthorized person) attempts to illegally change the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, it does not have a means for opening the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14. As long as it is not possible to change the lottery settings. Therefore, the security of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

Even if an unauthorized person can open the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, the speaker 46 of the pachinko machine 10 warns when the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 are opened. Since a sound or a voice for warning (for example, “the door is open”) is output, the administrator can easily notice the situation where an unauthorized person is trying to change the lottery setting. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the change of the lottery setting by an unauthorized person.

In addition, in this aspect, one of the conditions in which the pachinko machine 10 is activated as the setting change mode is that both the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 are in the open state, but either the inner frame 13 or the front door frame 14 The fact that one of them is in the open state may be one of the conditions for the pachinko machine 10 to be activated in the setting change mode.

Further, in this aspect, the detection of the game ball by the discharge passage detection sensor 44h is adopted as the condition for confirming the change of the lottery setting, but the present invention is not limited to this configuration, and the detection of the game ball by another entrance detection sensor is selected by lottery. It may be adopted as a condition for confirming the setting change. For example, as a condition for confirming the change of the lottery setting, the detection of the game ball by the first winning opening detection sensor 44d may be adopted. The first winning opening detection sensor 44d is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the first winning opening 32a, which is a general winning opening.

Further, in this aspect, every time the administrator presses the RAM clear button in the setting change mode, the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z is “1”→“2”→“3”→“4”→“ 5)→“6”→“1”→“2”... In this order, the configuration is not limited to this configuration. For example, a configuration change button is provided separately from the RAM clear button, and management is performed. Each time the person presses the button for changing the setting, the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z is “1”→“2”→“3”→“4”→“5”→“6”→“1”. The configuration may be changed in the order of “→→2”...

Further, in the present mode, the configuration is provided with the key hole for changing the setting, but the configuration may not be provided with the key hole for changing the setting. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to be activated in the setting change mode when the above conditions 1 and 3 are satisfied when the power is turned on. Also, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, if the above conditions 1 and 3 are satisfied, whether the pachinko machine 10 is activated as a setting change mode or executes a RAM clear process for initializing the main RAM 64. The configuration may be such that a selection mode for allowing the administrator to select is executed. In the selection mode, the RAM clear button is pressed to select whether to start the setting change mode or execute the RAM clear processing, and the RAM clear button is pressed for a predetermined time to confirm the selection. Good. Further, in the selection mode, setting is performed only when a game ball is inserted into a predetermined ball entrance (for example, the outlet 43) and a predetermined ball detection sensor (for example, discharge passage detection sensor 44h) is detected. The configuration may be such that activation as a change mode can be selected. Even with such a configuration, it is possible to prevent a person other than the administrator from illegally changing the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

<Aspect 79>
In each of the above-described aspects, in the configuration capable of executing the setting change mode, the configuration change mode may be informed during the setting change mode. The details will be described below.

In this aspect, when starting the setting change mode, main controller 60 transmits a setting change mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has been started, to voice light emission control device 90.

Upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, a sound such as "in the setting change mode" is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change mode start command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the sound emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “in the setting change mode” on the pattern display device 41 to the display control device 100, and displays the received command. The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "in the setting change mode". Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change mode start command, it controls the various lamps 47 so as to blink alternately and repeatedly by turning on and off at the maximum brightness.

Then, when ending the setting change mode, main controller 60 transmits to voice light emission control device 90 a setting change mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has ended. Upon receiving the setting change mode end command, the sound emission control device 90 ends various controls for notifying that the setting change mode is in progress.

Thus, according to this aspect, the fact that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode is notified by the speaker 46, the pattern display device 41, and the various lamps 47 that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode. Can be easily recognized. Even if an unauthorized person illegally shifts the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode, the pachinko machine 10 notifies the speaker 46 or the pattern display device 41 that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode. Therefore, the surrounding player or manager can notice that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode by an unauthorized person. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the change of the lottery setting by an unauthorized person.

Further, when starting the setting change mode, main controller 60 transmits information indicating that the setting change mode has started to the hall computer of the game hall through the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has started, the hall computer displays the information of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen. Then, when the setting change mode is ended, main controller 60 transmits information indicating that the setting change mode is ended to the hall computer in the game hall through the external terminal.

According to such a configuration, even if the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 is not near the pachinko machine 10, it can be confirmed by the hall computer that the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode exists. It becomes possible to recognize. Therefore, for example, even when the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode by an unauthorized person, the administrator can confirm that the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode is present on the management screen by the hall computer. Can be recognized. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the change of the lottery setting by an unauthorized person.

<Aspect 80>
In the configuration capable of executing the setting change mode among the above aspects, when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode, among the information stored in the main RAM 64 after the end of the setting change mode, A configuration may be adopted in which initialization is performed excluding information on the gaming state. The details will be described below.

In this mode, when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode, the main RAM 64 is initialized except for the information about the game state, and the setting change mode is ended without changing the lottery setting in the setting change mode. In this case, the main RAM 64 is not initialized and the game proceeds to a game progress mode in which the game can proceed. In this aspect, the “information about the game state” that is not initialized is a flag indicating whether the state of the high probability mode flag, the state of the high frequency support mode flag, or the open/close execution mode (big hit). It is the state of.

As described above, according to this aspect, the main RAM 64 is initialized when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode. Therefore, the information stored in the main RAM 64 after the lottery setting is changed, and the lottery It is possible to prevent a mismatch from occurring between the information stored in the main RAM 64 before the setting is changed and a problem in the progress of the game.

Further, according to this aspect, even when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode and the main RAM 64 is initialized, the information regarding the game state is erased from the information stored in the main RAM 64. Therefore, for example, it is possible to change the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10 while maintaining a game state advantageous to the player.

In this embodiment, the main RAM 64 is initialized after the setting change mode is finished. However, when the operation for starting the setting change mode when the pachinko machine 10 is powered off is received, the setting change mode is accepted. Before starting, the main side RAM 64 may be initialized except the information on the game state. Even with such a configuration, there is a mismatch between the information stored in the main RAM 64 after the lottery setting is changed and the information stored in the main RAM 64 before the lottery setting is changed, It is possible to prevent a problem from occurring in the progress of the game.

Further, in this mode, when the main RAM 64 is initialized, the information about the game state is not erased, but all the information stored in the main RAM 64 (including the information about the game state) is initialized. It may be configured to.

In addition, the “information regarding the gaming state” that is not initialized is not limited to the above, and may include, for example, hold information.

<Aspect 81>
Of the above aspects, in the configuration capable of executing the setting change mode, inconsistency occurs in the information stored in the main RAM 64 due to noise or the like, and when the main RAM 64 is initialized, the game proceeds. It may be configured to shift to the setting change mode before returning to the possible game progress mode. The details will be described below.

In this aspect, the main control device 60 executes a monitoring process for monitoring whether or not an abnormality such as a mismatch has occurred in the information stored in the main RAM 64 in the timer interrupt process. Specifically, for example, in the monitoring process, it is monitored whether a value in a range that should not be stored in each area of the main RAM 64 is stored. When it is determined that an abnormality has occurred in the main RAM 64 in the monitoring process, the process relating to the progress of the game is stopped and the main RAM 64 is forcibly initialized. Then, after the initialization of the main RAM 64 is completed, the main control device 60 shifts to the above-described setting change mode before shifting to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. It should be noted that the cause of the abnormality such as inconsistency in the information stored in the main RAM 64 is, for example, noise such as electromagnetic waves, or that a player with an unintended intention brings a magnet or the like close to the pachinko machine 10. Etc. can be mentioned.

Then, similar to the above-described aspect 79, if the pachinko machine 10 is configured to notify that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 determines that the pachinko machine 10 has shifted to the setting change mode. You can notice. Then, the administrator determines the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode, and then the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the game progress mode.

The reason for having such a configuration will be described. When the main RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like, the setting information of the lottery setting is also overwritten with the setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator. there is a possibility. In the case where the setting information of the lottery setting is not initialized (not changed) even if the main RAM 64 is initialized, the setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator may be maintained. is there. Therefore, when the main side RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like as in the present aspect, the configuration is changed to the setting change mode before the game is returned to the game progress mode. Then, the administrator can correct the setting information of the lottery setting to the originally intended setting information before the pachinko machine 10 returns to the game progress mode.

Further, in this aspect, when the main RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like, the above-mentioned information regarding the game state may not be initialized. According to such a configuration, even if the main RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like, the information regarding the game state is not initialized (is not erased), so that the player plays the game. It is possible to restart the game while maintaining the state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by the forced initialization of the main RAM 64 due to noise or the like.

In this aspect, the configuration is such that the main RAM 64 is initialized and then the setting change mode is set. However, after the main RAM 64 is initialized, the setting change mode is not entered and the lottery setting is set to an initial value (for example, “lottery setting”). 1”), and may be configured to shift to a game progress mode in which the game can proceed.

Further, in this aspect, when the main RAM 64 is initialized, the information about the game state is not erased, but when the main RAM 64 is initialized, the information about the game state may be erased.

<Aspect 82>
In each of the above aspects, in a configuration capable of executing the setting change mode, it may be configured to notify whether the lottery setting has been changed or not in the setting change mode. The details will be described below.

In the present mode, when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode, the main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the lottery setting has been changed, and the lottery setting is changed. The fact that the lottery setting has been changed is notified by displaying the character string indicating that the lottery setting has been performed on the symbol display device 41.

Specifically, for example, when the main control device 60 shifts to the setting change mode, the setting information of the current lottery setting is saved in a predetermined area of the main RAM 64. Then, the setting information of the lottery setting newly decided in the setting change mode is compared with the setting information of the saved lottery setting before the change, and when these setting information are different, the lottery setting A setting change command, which is a command indicating that has been changed, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.

Upon receiving the setting change command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the lottery setting has been changed. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “lottery setting has been changed” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the lottery setting has been changed. Specifically, for example, the voice emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “lottery setting has been changed” on the symbol display device 41 to the display control device 100, and receives the command. The display control device 100 that has displayed the character string such as "lottery setting has been changed" on the symbol display device 41. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change command, it controls the various lamps 47 so as to blink alternately and repeatedly by turning on and off at the maximum brightness.

On the other hand, when terminating the setting change mode while the lottery setting is maintained without being changed, the main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 outputs a voice indicating that the lottery setting is maintained without being changed to the speaker. By outputting from 46, a character string indicating that the lottery setting is maintained without being changed is displayed on the symbol display device 41 to notify that the lottery setting is maintained without being changed.

Specifically, for example, when the main control device 60 shifts to the setting change mode, the setting information of the current lottery setting is saved in a predetermined area of the main RAM 64. Then, the setting information of the lottery setting newly determined in the setting change mode is compared with the setting information of the saved lottery setting before the change, and when these setting information match, the lottery is selected. A setting maintenance command, which is a command indicating that the setting is maintained without being changed, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90.

Upon receiving the setting maintenance command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the lottery setting is maintained without being changed. Specifically, for example, a voice such as “The lottery setting has not been changed” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting maintenance command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the lottery setting has been maintained without being changed. Specifically, for example, the voice emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “the lottery setting was not changed” on the symbol display device 41 to the display control device 100, and the command is transmitted. The received display control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as “lottery setting was not changed”. Further, when the sound emission control device 90 receives the setting maintenance command, it controls so that the various lamps 47 are turned on instead of blinking.

Thus, according to this aspect, when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode, the fact that the lottery setting has been changed is notified, so that the manager or the player can determine whether the lottery setting has been changed. Can be confirmed.

In particular, in the above mode 81, the player who was playing a game on the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode after the forced initialization of the main RAM 64 due to noise or the like is set by the administrator to perform lottery settings. Whether or not it has been changed is supposed to become a suspicion. However, according to this aspect, when the lottery setting is changed, the fact that the lottery setting has been changed is notified, so that the player can confirm whether or not the lottery setting has been changed. More specifically, it is possible to let the player know only about whether or not the lottery setting has been changed in the setting change mode without making the current lottery setting understand what kind of setting information the current lottery setting is. .. As a result, it is possible to prevent occurrence of a situation in which the player has to restart the game with anxiety, without knowing whether the lottery setting has been changed by the administrator.

In addition, in this aspect, when the lottery setting is not changed, it is configured to notify that the lottery setting is maintained without being changed, but when the lottery setting is not changed, nothing is notified. It may be configured not to perform, or may be configured to give a notification in a mode different from the case where the lottery setting is changed, such as “to end the setting change mode”. Even with such a configuration, the player can determine that the lottery setting has not been changed unless there is a notification such as “lottery setting has been changed”, so the player can play the game with anxiety. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which it has to be restarted.

<Aspect 83>
In the above aspect 82, the main control device 60 may be configured to include the setting information of the changed lottery setting in the setting change command that is a command indicating that the lottery setting has been changed. Then, each time the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change command including the setting information of the changed lottery setting, the audio emission control device 90 sequentially stores the changed setting information of the lottery setting in the RAM as a storage unit included in itself. It may be configured to. Then, the voice emission control device 90 may be configured to display a history of changes in the lottery setting on the symbol display device 41 when a predetermined operation is received from the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 or the like.

With such a configuration, it is possible to store the history of changes in the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 without using the limited storage capacity of the main RAM 64 of the main controller 60 of the pachinko machine 10. The administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can easily confirm how the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 has been operated by the change history of the lottery setting displayed on the symbol display device 41. ..

<Aspect 84>
Of the above-mentioned aspects, in the configuration capable of executing the setting change mode, even if the configuration confirmation mode in which the lottery setting cannot be changed but the administrator or the like can confirm the current lottery setting Good. The details will be described below.

The pachinko machine 10 of the present mode, when a specific operation is executed under a specific condition, puts the game into a stopped state in which the game cannot proceed, and then shifts to the setting confirmation mode.

In this aspect, the specific condition means a state in which all the following conditions are satisfied.
Condition 1: The special symbol is not changing in the special drawing unit 37. Condition 2: The normal symbol is not changing in the general drawing unit 38. Condition 3: The variable winning device 36 as the special electric auditor is not operating. Condition 4: The electric accessory 34a as an ordinary electric accessory is not operating Condition 5: A predetermined time (for example, 20 seconds) has elapsed since the game ball was last fired, that is, a specific condition The lower is a state in which the result of the game is not affected even if the progress of the game is stopped (interrupted).

Further, in this aspect, the specific operation is an operation of pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back surface of the pachinko machine 10.

That is, when the main controller 60 of the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect detects that the RAM clear button has been pressed in the game progress mode in which the game can proceed, it is under the specific condition described above. If it is determined that the above specific conditions are satisfied, the setting confirmation mode is entered. Then, when it is detected that the RAM clear button has not been pressed again, the setting confirmation mode is ended and the game progress mode in which the game can proceed is returned.

In the setting confirmation mode, the main controller 60 executes the random number updating process for updating the jackpot random number counter and the like and the power source monitoring process, but performs other processes necessary for the progress of the game (various inputs in the timer interrupt process). The game processing is stopped (the game cannot be progressed) without executing the ball processing and the like, and setting information indicating the current lottery setting is displayed on the information display unit 45z. For example, when the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is “lottery setting 1”, “1” is displayed on the information display unit 45z.

Further, during the game progress mode, an accessory that always continues a certain operation (predetermined operation) regardless of the result of the big hit lottery or the result of the electric accessory release lottery (hereinafter, also referred to as a constantly operating accessory). In the pachinko machine 10 including the above, the main control device 60 continues the operation of the always operating accessory even when the game progress mode is switched to the setting confirmation mode. Specifically, after shifting to the setting confirmation mode, main controller 60 is configured to continue the control processing of the constantly operating accessory in addition to the random number updating processing and the power supply monitoring processing. Then, the main control device 60 ends the setting confirmation mode and resumes the execution of other processing necessary for the progress of the game, which has been avoided when the game is returned to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. To do.

According to such a configuration, even at the timing of shifting from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode and the timing of returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode, the operation of the constantly operating accessory does not stop or change and is constant. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a player from illegally obtaining an advantageous result by shooting a game ball aiming at the timing at which the operation of the always-operating accessory stops or changes, for example. You can

In this mode, the operation of the constantly operating accessory is continued even during the setting confirmation mode, but the operation of the always operating accessory is temporarily stopped at the timing when the game progress mode is switched to the setting confirmation mode. The configuration may be such that the operation of the constantly operating accessory that has been stopped is resumed at the timing of returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode. With such a configuration, the processing can be simplified as compared with the configuration in which the operation of the always-operating accessory is continued. Further, it is possible to ensure that the operations of the always-operating accessory are continuously connected in the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. Further, according to such a configuration, when returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode, the operation of the constantly operating auditor is restarted from the same state as the timing at which the game progress mode is switched to the setting confirmation mode. Therefore, when returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progression mode, a state that is always operating from a state different from the state at the timing of transition from the game progression mode to the setting confirmation mode (for example, a state that is disadvantageous or advantageous to the player) It is possible to avoid that the operation of is restarted and the player has to restart the game from a state different from the state in which the game is stopped.

Further, in the present aspect, the operation of pressing the RAM clear button is adopted as the specific operation for shifting to the setting confirmation mode, but various operations can be adopted as the specific operation. For example, as the specific operation, an operation of inserting a setting change key into a setting change keyhole and turning the setting change side to the setting change side may be adopted. According to such a configuration, since a key for changing the setting is required to confirm the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, a person who does not have the key for changing the setting can set the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to suppress the confirmation.

<Aspect 85>
In the above-mentioned aspect 84, the configuration is such that the operation of the always-operating accessory is continued as it is even during the setting confirmation mode. Alternatively, the operation may be stopped after the movement to the initial position). The details will be described below.

When the main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 of the present aspect shifts from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode, the constant action accessory will move until the constant action accessory shifts to the initial state (or moves to the initial position). The control process of is continued. Then, when the main control device 60 detects that the always-operating accessory has moved to the initial state (or moved to the initial position), it stops the control processing of the always-operating accessory and stops the operation of the always-operating accessory. Stop. After that, the main control device 60, when ending the setting confirmation mode and returning to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed, is required for the control processing of the constantly operating accessory and the progress of the game that was avoided. Resume execution of other processing.

In addition, when the main control device 60 returns from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode before detecting that the constantly operating accessory moves to the initial state (or moves to the initial position), the always operating accessory is The control process of is continued as it is. That is, in this aspect, the constantly operating accessory is configured so as not to stop its operation in a state other than the initial state (or a position other than the initial position).

According to such a configuration, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a defect in an always operating accessory that may cause a problem when the operation is stopped in a state other than the initial state (or a position other than the initial position). You can

<Aspect 86>
In each of the above aspects, in the configuration capable of executing the setting confirmation mode, the configuration confirmation mode may be informed that the setting confirmation mode is being performed. The details will be described below.

In this aspect, when starting the setting confirmation mode, main controller 60 transmits a setting confirmation mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, to voice light emission control device 90.

Upon receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “in the setting confirmation mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting confirmation mode start command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the voice emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “in the setting confirmation mode” on the pattern display device 41 to the display control device 100, and displays the command received. The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "In the setting confirmation mode". Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting confirmation mode start command, it controls the various lamps 47 so as to blink alternately and alternately by turning on and off at the maximum brightness.

Then, when ending the setting confirmation mode, main controller 60 transmits a setting confirmation mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended, to voice light emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting confirmation mode end command, the sound emission control device 90 ends the various controls for notifying that the setting confirmation mode is in progress.

Thus, according to this aspect, the fact that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode is notified by the speaker 46, the symbol display device 41, and the various lamps 47 that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode. Can be easily recognized. Further, even if an unauthorized person illegally shifts the pachinko machine 10 to the setting confirmation mode, the pachinko machine 10 indicates that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode by the speaker 46, the pattern display device 41, and various types. Since the notification is given by the lamp 47, the surrounding player or manager can notice that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode by an unauthorized person. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the confirmation of the lottery setting by an unauthorized person.

Further, when starting the setting confirmation mode, main controller 60 transmits information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started to the hall computer in the game hall through the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, the hall computer displays the information of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode on the management screen. Then, when the setting confirmation mode is ended, main controller 60 transmits information indicating that the setting confirmation mode is ended to the hall computer in the game hall through the external terminal.

According to such a configuration, even if the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 is not near the pachinko machine 10, the presence of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode is confirmed by the management screen by the hall computer. It becomes possible to recognize. Therefore, for example, even when the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode by an unauthorized person, the administrator confirms that the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode is present on the management screen by the hall computer. Can be recognized. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the confirmation of the lottery setting by an unauthorized person.

<Aspect 87>
In each of the above aspects, in the configuration capable of executing the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode, the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode can be executed only after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off once. Good. That is, the configuration in which the pachinko machine 10 executes the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode when a predetermined operation is performed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is once turned off and the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. May be The details will be described below.

The "keyhole for changing the setting" and the "key for changing the setting" in each of the above-described modes are not limited to the case of shifting to the setting change mode for changing the lottery setting in the present mode and the modes described below. Since it is also used when shifting to the setting confirmation mode for confirming the setting, it is also simply referred to as “setting keyhole” and “setting key”, respectively.

In this aspect, the main control board 61 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a power switch, a RAM clear button, a keyhole for setting, a button for changing the setting, and an information display section 45z. ing. In the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, after the power switch is operated and the power is turned on and the execution of the game progress mode in which the game can proceed is started, after turning off the power of the pachinko machine 10 once. Otherwise, it is configured so that the mode cannot be shifted to the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode. The setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is executed when a predetermined condition is satisfied when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect executes the setting change mode when all of the following conditions A1 to A3 are satisfied when the power is turned on (when ON).
Condition A1: Inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 are in an open state Condition A2: A setting key is inserted in the key hole for setting and is located on the ON side Condition A3: RAM clear button is pressed That

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect executes the setting confirmation mode when all of the following conditions B1 to B3 are satisfied when the power is turned on (when ON).
Condition B1: Inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 are in an open state Condition B2: The setting key is inserted in the setting keyhole and is located on the ON side Condition B3: RAM clear button is pressed Not not

Below, the manager of the pachinko machine 10 describes an example of a work process for shifting the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode after the execution of the game progress mode is started, and then the pachinko machine 10 An example of the processing executed in 10 will be described.

FIG. 49 is a process diagram showing a work process when the administrator changes the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

In step W101, the administrator inserts a key into the cylinder lock 17 of the pachinko machine 10 whose lottery setting is to be changed, turns the key to the open side, and rotates the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 to open the state. At the same time, the front door frame 14 is rotated with respect to the inner frame 13 to open it. By rotating the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11, the administrator can access various operation units provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Next, in step W102, the administrator turns off the power by operating the power switch provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Next, the process proceeds to step W103.

In step W103, the administrator inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 and turns it to the setting change side (hereinafter also referred to as the ON side). Next, in step W104, the administrator turns on the power of the pachinko machine 10 by operating the power switch while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the setting change mode after starting (step W105), and the setting information of the current lottery setting is displayed on the information display unit 45z (step W106). Specifically, for example, when the current setting information of the pachinko machine 10 is "1", "1" is lit and displayed on the information display section 45z. Next, the process proceeds to step W107.

In step W107, the administrator changes the setting information by pressing the setting change button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Specifically, for example, every time the administrator presses the setting change button, the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z is “1”→“2”→“3”→“4”→“5”. Since the order is changed in the order of →“6”→“1”→“2”..., the administrator presses the setting change button until the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z becomes the desired setting information. .. Next, the process proceeds to step W108.

In step W108, the administrator confirms that the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z is the desired setting information, and then presses the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. To confirm the changed setting information. Next, in step W109, the administrator returns the setting key to the OFF side and removes the key from the setting keyhole. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed (process W110), and the game history information is displayed on the information display unit 45z (process W111). Next, in step W112, the administrator removes the key from the cylinder lock 17 by closing the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 in the closed state. Through such a process, the administrator can change the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

FIG. 50 is a process diagram showing a work process when the administrator confirms the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

In step W201, the administrator inserts the key into the cylinder lock 17 of the pachinko machine 10 whose lottery setting is to be confirmed, turns it to the open side, and rotates the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 to open the state. At the same time, the front door frame 14 is rotated with respect to the inner frame 13 to open it. By rotating the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11, the administrator can access various operation units provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Next, in step W202, the administrator turns off the power by operating the power switch provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Next, the process proceeds to step W203.

In step W203, the administrator inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 and turns it to the ON side. Next, in step W204, the administrator turns on the power of the pachinko machine 10 by operating the power switch of the pachinko machine 10. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the setting confirmation mode after starting (step W205), and the setting information of the current lottery setting is displayed on the information display unit 45z (step W206). Specifically, for example, when the current setting information of the pachinko machine 10 is "1", "1" is displayed blinking on the information display portion 45z. The administrator can confirm the current setting information of the pachinko machine 10 by confirming the setting information blinkingly displayed on the information display unit 45z. Then, the process proceeds to step W207.

In step W207, the administrator checks the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z, returns the setting key to the OFF side, and removes the key from the setting keyhole. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed (process W208), and the game history information is displayed on the information display unit 45z (process W209). Next, in step W210, the administrator removes the key from the cylinder lock 17 with the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 closed. Through such a process, the administrator can confirm the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

Next, a process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect will be described.

FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing a part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of aspect 87 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on.

In step S11201, an initialization process associated with power-on is executed. Specifically, while setting a predetermined value to the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, the sub-side control device (the voice emission control device 90, the display control device 100, the payout control device 70, etc.) can operate. Wait processing is executed for, for example, about 1 second in order to wait for the state. Then, the access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. After that, the process advances to step S11202 to execute internal function register setting processing. After that, the process advances to step S11203, and a process for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and started is executed. Specifically, the activation command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the voice emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "starting" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11203, the process advances to step S11204.

In step S11204, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be described. In this mode, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or when a power failure occurs, various information stored in the register of the main CPU 62x (information indicating a game state, control information, etc.) It is saved in a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. Then, when the saving of these pieces of information to the main RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned ON, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main RAM 64. Remember. After the power supply from the commercial power supply is cut off, the power supply is switched to the backup power supply such as a capacitor. As described above, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, at the time of power-on, whether or not information for returning to the state at the time of previous power-off is stored in the main side RAM 64.

When it is determined in step S11204 that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11204: YES), the process proceeds to step S11205, and the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11206 to determine whether the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) is normal, that is, the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) and the RAM determination value (checksum value) stored in the main RAM 64 ( Checksum value) is determined. When it is determined in step S11206 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11206: YES), the process proceeds to step S11208 described below.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON in step S11204 described above (step S11204: NO), and when it is determined that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S11206 described above (step S11206: NO). ), and proceeds to step S11207 to turn on the RAM abnormality flag. That is, the RAM abnormality flag is a flag that is turned ON when the power recovery flag is OFF or when the power recovery flag is ON but the RAM determination value is not normal, and the information stored in the main side RAM 64 is This is a flag indicating that the state is not normal. After executing step S11207, the process proceeds to step S11208.

In step S11208, it is determined whether the RAM clear button is ON. If it is determined in step S11208 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11208: NO), the flow advances to step S11209 to determine whether all the setting keys, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON. To judge. The frame opening switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is open with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door opening switch is that the front door frame 14 is open with respect to the inner frame 13. It is a switch that is sometimes turned on.

When it is determined in step S11209 that at least one of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch is not ON (step S11209: NO), the process proceeds to step S11210, and the RAM abnormality flag is ON. Determine whether.

When it is determined in step S11210 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11210: NO), the process proceeds to step S11211, and a power recovery process for returning to the state when the power was turned off last time is executed. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the main RAM 64 is written in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main RAM 64 is restored in the register of the main CPU 62x. , The state of the register of the main CPU 62x is returned to the state before the power is cut off. After executing step S11211, the process proceeds to step S11212, and the power recovery flag of the main RAM 64 is turned off. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11210 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11210: YES), the flow advances to step S11213 to execute RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal. Please start in the setting change mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11213, the process shifts to the normal game process described above. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, the entrance for the starting opening) Processing, game number control processing, etc.) is not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the timer interrupt permission setting is not performed. Therefore, although it is apparently equivalent to the normal game progression mode, the player cannot proceed with the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, it does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator once turns off the power of the pachinko machine 10, inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole and turns it to the ON side, and turns on the power while pressing the RAM clear button. Then, the pachinko machine 10 may be activated in the setting change mode.

On the other hand, in step S11209 described above, when it is determined that all the setting keys, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON (step S11209: YES), the process proceeds to step S11214 and the RAM abnormality flag is ON. Determine whether there is.

If it is determined in step S11214 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11214: NO), the flow advances to step S11215 to execute the setting confirmation process. In the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode), a process of displaying the setting information of the current lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is executed. That is, the setting confirmation mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can confirm the setting information of the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. Details of the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) will be described later. After executing step S11215, the process advances to step S11216 to execute the above-described power recovery process to restore the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11217 to turn off the power recovery flag. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11214 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11214: YES), the process proceeds to step S11218, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal. Please start in the setting change mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11218, the process shifts to the normal game process described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update processing and the power supply monitoring processing are executed, but other processing necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Mouth ball entry processing, game time control processing, etc.) are not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the timer interrupt permission setting is not performed. Therefore, although it is apparently equivalent to the normal game progression mode, the player cannot proceed with the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, it does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator once turns off the power of the pachinko machine 10, inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole and turns it to the ON side, and turns on the power while pressing the RAM clear button. Then, the pachinko machine 10 may be activated in the setting change mode.

If it is determined in step S11208 that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11208: YES), the flow advances to step S11219 to see if all the setting keys, frame opening switch, and door opening switch are ON. Determine whether or not.

When it is determined in step S11219 that at least one of the setting key, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch is not ON (step S11219: NO), the process proceeds to step S11220, and the RAM abnormality flag described above is ON. Or not. When it is determined in step S11220 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11220: NO), the process proceeds to step S11221.

In step S11221, a first RAM clearing process is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of deleting (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main RAM 64 excluding the setting information of the lottery setting. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the game state and various control information are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in the present aspect, in the first RAM clear processing, the first RAM clear processing execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM cleared” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11221, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11220 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11220: YES), the process proceeds to step S11222, and the RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal. Please start in the setting change mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11220, the above-described normal game processing is performed. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update processing and the power supply monitoring processing are executed, but other processing necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Mouth ball entry processing, game time control processing, etc.) are not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the timer interrupt permission setting is not performed. Therefore, although it is apparently equivalent to the normal game progression mode, the player cannot proceed with the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, it does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator once turns off the power of the pachinko machine 10, inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole and turns it to the ON side, and turns on the power while pressing the RAM clear button. Then, the pachinko machine 10 may be activated in the setting change mode.

When it is determined in step S11219 described above that all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON (step S11219: YES), the process proceeds to step S11223, and the RAM abnormality flag is ON. Determine whether or not.

If it is determined in step S11223 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11223: NO), the flow advances to step S11224 to execute the above-described first RAM clearing process. After that, the process advances to step S11225 to execute the setting change process. In the setting change process (setting change mode), a process of displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is executed, and a process of accepting the change of the setting information of the lottery setting is executed. That is, the setting change mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can change the setting information of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. Details of the setting change process (setting change mode) will be described later. After executing step S11225, the above-described normal game processing is performed.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11223 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11223: YES), the flow advances to step S11226 to execute the RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11226, the process proceeds to step S11227.

In step S11227, the second RAM clearing process is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all the information including the setting information of the lottery setting among the information stored in the main RAM 64. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, the setting information of the lottery setting is erased in addition to the various flag information indicating the game state and various control information. Here, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the reason why not the first RAM clearing process but the second RAM clearing process that also erases the setting information will be described. When the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the setting information stored in the main RAM 64 may not be normal. For example, it may be overwritten with setting information not intended by the administrator due to noise or the like, or as setting information. This is because there is a possibility that a numerical value outside the predetermined range may be stored even though only a numerical value within the predetermined range (for example, a numerical value from 1 to 6) can be taken. In the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, “1” is stored as the initial value of the setting information after the setting information is erased. Further, the RAM abnormality flag is also turned off by the second RAM clear processing. After that, the process advances to step S11228 to execute the setting change process. Details of the setting change process (setting change mode) will be described later. After executing step S11228, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the setting change process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 87 of the first embodiment. This setting change process is executed as a subroutine of steps S11225 and S11228 of FIG.

In step S 11301, setting change notification start processing is executed. In the setting change notification start processing, a setting change mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has started, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "In the setting change mode. Please change the setting." is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change mode start command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the voice emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “in the setting change mode. Please change the setting” on the pattern display device 41 to the display control device 100. Then, the display control device 100 having received the command causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "In the setting change mode. Please change the setting." Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change mode start command, it controls the various lamps 47 so as to blink alternately and repeatedly by turning on and off at the maximum brightness.

Further, in the setting change notification start processing, information indicating that the setting change mode has started is transmitted to the hall computer in the game hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has started, the hall computer displays the information of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen. After executing step S 11301, the process proceeds to step S 11302.

In step S11302, control for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is started. Specifically, the setting information of the lottery setting is lit and displayed on the information display unit 45z. After that, the process advances to step S11303, and it is determined whether the setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. In this aspect, since the setting information set in the pachinko machine 10 has six levels from “1” to “6”, whether the setting information is a numerical value within the range of “1” to “6”. To judge. When it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is a numerical value within the predetermined range (step S11303: YES), the process proceeds to step S11305. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is not a numerical value within the predetermined range (step S11303: NO), for example, "0" or "7" is stored as the setting information, noise, etc. If the information other than the numerical value is stored, the process advances to step S11304 to change the setting information to the initial value. In this aspect, “1” is stored as the initial value in the setting information. Then, it progresses to step S11305.

In step S11305, it is determined whether the RAM clear button has been pressed. If it is determined in step S11305 that the RAM clear button has not been pressed (step S11305: NO), the flow advances to step S11306 to determine whether the setting change button has been pressed. If it is determined in step S11306 that the setting change button has been pressed (step S11306: YES), the flow advances to step S11307 to update the setting information of the lottery setting. Specifically, 1 is added to the numerical value information stored as the setting information. However, when the setting change button is pressed in a situation where the numerical value information stored as the setting information is “6”, the numerical value information is updated to “1”. Then, the process returns to step S11303 described above, and it is determined whether the updated setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11306 that the setting change button has not been pressed (step S11306: NO), the process returns to step S11303 described above without executing the process of step S11307, and the setting information is set to the predetermined value. It is determined whether the value is within the range.

When it is determined in step S11305 described above that the RAM clear button has been pressed (step S11305: YES), the process proceeds to step S11308, and it is determined whether the setting key is on the OFF side. When it is determined in step S11308 that the setting key is not on the OFF side (step S11308: NO), step S11308 is executed again. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11308 that the setting key is turned off (step S11308: YES), the process proceeds to step S11309. That is, after the RAM clear button is pressed, the infinite loop is not repeated until the setting key is turned off, and the process does not proceed to step S11309. When the setting key is turned off, the process proceeds to step S11309.

In step S11309, the control for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z ends. Then, it progresses to step S11310.

In step S11310, a setting change notification end process is executed. In the setting change notification end processing, a setting change mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has ended, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting change mode end command, the sound emission control device 90 ends various controls for notifying that the setting change mode is in progress.

Further, in the setting change notification end processing, information indicating that the setting change mode has ended is transmitted to the hall computer of the game hall via the external terminal. The hall computer that has received the information indicating that the setting change mode has ended displays the information indicating that the setting change mode of the pachinko machine 10 has ended on the management screen. After executing step S11310, the present setting change processing ends. After the setting change notification end process is executed, the setting information of the changed lottery setting is transmitted to the hall computer of the game hall through the external terminal, and the hall computer that receives the information displays the management screen with the relevant information. The configuration information of the lottery setting after the change of the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed.

FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing the setting confirmation process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 87 of the first embodiment. This setting confirmation process is executed as a subroutine of step S11215 of FIG.

In step S11401, a setting confirmation notification start process is executed. In the setting confirmation notification start process, a setting confirmation mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “in the setting confirmation mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting confirmation mode start command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the voice emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “in the setting confirmation mode” on the pattern display device 41 to the display control device 100, and displays the command received. The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "In the setting confirmation mode". Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting confirmation mode start command, it controls the various lamps 47 so as to blink alternately and alternately by turning on and off at the maximum brightness.

Further, in the setting confirmation notification start processing, information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started is transmitted to the hall computer in the game hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, the hall computer displays the information of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode on the management screen. After executing step S11401, the process advances to step S11402.

In step S11402, control for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is started. Specifically, the setting information of the lottery setting is displayed blinking on the information display section 45z. Then, it progresses to step S11403.

In step S11403, it is determined whether or not the setting key is turned off. When it is determined in step S11403 that the setting key is not on the OFF side (step S11403: NO), step S11403 is executed again. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11403 that the setting key is turned off (step S11403: YES), the flow proceeds to step S11404. That is, the infinite loop is repeated until the setting key is turned off, and the process does not proceed to step S11404. When the setting key is turned off, the process proceeds to step S11404.

In step S11404, the control for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z ends. Then, it progresses to step S11405.

In step S11405, a setting confirmation notification end process is executed. In the setting confirmation notification end processing, a setting confirmation mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting confirmation mode end command, the sound emission control device 90 ends the various controls for notifying that the setting confirmation mode is in progress.

Furthermore, in the setting confirmation notification end processing, information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended is transmitted to the hall computer in the game hall via the external terminal. The hall computer receiving the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended displays the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode of the pachinko machine 10 has ended on the management screen. After executing step S11405, the present setting confirmation processing ends.

As described above, in this aspect, the pachinko machine 10 has all of the setting key, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch turned on when the power is turned on (when the power is turned on), and , The setting change mode is executed when the RAM clear switch is ON, while the setting key, frame opening switch and door opening switch are all ON when the power is turned on (when the power is turned on). And the RAM clear switch is OFF, the setting confirmation mode is executed. That is, in this aspect, it is not possible to shift to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode while the power of the pachinko machine 10 that has been started (for example, the game progress mode is being executed) is in the ON state, In order to shift the activated pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode, the power of the pachinko machine 10 must be turned off once and then turned on again while performing the above-mentioned predetermined operation. Is configured.

Generally, in the game hall, the equipment is arranged so that a person other than the administrator cannot operate the power switch provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, for the purpose of obtaining an illegal profit, Even if there is a person who attempts to change or confirm the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 (hereinafter, also referred to as an unauthorized person), an unauthorized person who is not the administrator is the power supply provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. It is difficult to operate the switch. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized person from illegally shifting the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode.

Further, in this aspect, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, a voice or an alarm sound indicating that the pachinko machine 10 is activated is output from the speaker 46, so that an unauthorized person does not notice the surroundings and the lottery setting is performed. Can be more difficult to change or verify. As a result, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized person from illegally changing or confirming the lottery setting.

Further, in this aspect, in order to shift the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode, the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 need to be in an open state, so that an unauthorized person does not notice the surroundings. It can be more difficult to change or confirm the lottery settings. As a result, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized person from illegally changing or confirming the lottery setting.

Further, in the present aspect, during the start-up process from when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on to when the execution of the game progress mode is started (the period from the step S11201 to the step S11228 of FIG. 51 is being executed). In the middle), the game history information is not displayed on the information display unit 45z, and the setting information of the lottery setting is displayed when the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode is executed. That is, during the start-up process, the game history information is not displayed on the information display unit 45z, and only the setting information of the lottery setting can be displayed. Therefore, the administrator can be prevented from wondering whether the information displayed on the information display section 45z is the lottery setting information or the game history information during the startup process. It is possible to prevent the administrator from misunderstanding and recognizing the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z as the game history information.

Further, in this aspect, even when the operation for executing the setting confirmation mode is performed when the power is turned on, it is determined whether the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64 is normal, and the RAM determination is performed. When it is determined that the value is not normal, the setting confirmation mode is not executed, the main side RAM 64 is notified that it is abnormal, and then the game is not allowed to proceed to the game progression mode. Therefore, the setting confirmation mode and the game progress mode are executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the lottery setting stored in the main RAM 64 has become an abnormal value not intended by the administrator. Can be suppressed.

Further, in this aspect, the operation for executing the setting change mode includes the operation of pressing the RAM clear button, and the pachinko machine 10 performs the RAM clear processing (when executing the setting change mode). The first RAM clear process or the second RAM clear process) is executed. That is, in order to cause the pachinko machine 10 to execute the setting change mode, the administrator operates the RAM clear button, and the pachinko machine 10 also executes the RAM clear process when executing the setting change mode. Generally, an administrator who manages the pachinko machine 10 recognizes that the RAM clear process is executed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the RAM clear button is pressed. Therefore, according to the configuration of this aspect, when the administrator operates the RAM clear button to execute the setting change mode, not only the setting change mode is executed but also the RAM clear process is executed. It is possible to strongly recognize that it will be done. As a result, for example, when the administrator wants to start the pachinko machine 10 while maintaining the gaming state such as the high-probability mode to restart the game progress mode from the state when the power was turned off last time, that is, the pachinko machine 10 When the RAM clear processing should not be executed at the time of startup, it is possible to make a sure determination that the setting change mode accompanied by the execution of the RAM clear processing should not be executed.

Further, in this aspect, it is possible to execute the first RAM clearing process that does not erase the setting information of the lottery setting and the second RAM clearing process that also erases the setting information among the information stored in the main RAM 64. Of the information stored in the main RAM 64, the processing steps corresponding to both the processing steps in which the setting information is left and other information is to be erased and the processing steps including the setting information are to be erased. Can be realized. For example, if the setting information is normal, the first RAM clearing process is executed when the other information is a processing step that should be erased while the other information is being erased, and the setting information becomes an abnormal value not intended by the administrator. In the case of a processing step that may have occurred, it is possible to realize a configuration that executes the second RAM clear processing.

Further, in this aspect, when the power is turned on, the pachinko machine 10 determines that the main RAM 64 does not operate when the power recovery flag is not ON and the RAM determination value is not normal. After notifying that it is abnormal, it does not shift to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. Then, after turning off the power of the pachinko machine 10 once, when turning on the power again, an operation for executing the setting change mode is performed and the setting change mode is not executed unless the game is played. It is configured not to execute the game progress mode in which progress is possible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the lottery setting stored in the main RAM 64 has become an abnormal value not intended by the administrator. it can.

Further, in this aspect, when the setting change mode is executed, the RAM clearing process is executed. It is possible to prevent inconsistency between the information stored in the side RAM 64 and the occurrence of a problem in the progress of the game.

In this embodiment, the configuration is such that after the first RAM clearing process is executed in step S11224 of FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11225. However, instead of this configuration, the setting change process ( The configuration may be such that the first RAM clearing process is executed after executing the setting change mode). With such a configuration, it is possible to erase various flag information indicating the game state and various control information stored in the main RAM 64 while maintaining the setting information of the lottery setting set by the setting change processing. You can Further, when it is determined in step S11223 of FIG. 51 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON, the first RAM clear process is executed after the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed, and then the setting change process is executed. In the (setting change mode), if the setting key is turned to the OFF side and removed from the setting keyhole without changing the lottery setting (or without confirming the changed setting information), the first RAM clearing process It may be configured to shift to the game progress mode without executing. According to such a configuration, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM clear button while the setting key is accidentally turned to the ON side, and the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed. Even in the case, by not changing the setting information of the lottery setting (or not confirming the changed setting information), the execution of the first RAM clearing process is avoided, and the game progresses from the state when the power was turned off last time. It is possible to restart the mode.

Further, in the present mode, the configuration is such that after the first RAM clearing process is executed in step S11224 of FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11225, but instead of this configuration, the second RAM clearing process is executed. After executing, the setting change process (setting change mode) may be executed. Even with such a configuration, after the lottery setting is erased by the second RAM clearing process and the initial value (for example, “1”) is stored as the setting information, the lottery setting is changed to the desired setting information by the setting changing process. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while the setting information of the lottery setting remains the initial value (for example, "1").

Further, in the present aspect, the configuration is such that after the second RAM clearing process is executed in step S11227 of FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11228, but instead of this configuration, the setting change process ( The configuration may be such that the first RAM clearing process is executed after executing the setting change mode). With such a configuration, it is possible to erase various information stored in the main RAM 64 that is determined to be abnormal while maintaining the setting information of the lottery setting set by the setting change processing.

Further, in the present mode, the configuration is such that after the second RAM clearing process is executed in step S11227 of FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11228, but instead of this configuration, the first RAM clearing process is executed. The configuration may be configured to execute the setting change process (setting change mode) after executing. According to such a configuration, if the setting information of the lottery setting is an abnormal value and the setting information of the lottery setting is maintained at an abnormal value even after the execution of the first RAM clearing process, Also, the setting information of the lottery setting can be reset to an appropriate value by the setting change process (setting change mode).

Further, in this mode, when it is determined that the RAM abnormality flag is ON in step S11210, step S11214, and step S11220 of FIG. 51, the RAM abnormality notification processing is executed and the game progress mode is not set. However, instead of this configuration, when it is determined in step S11210, step S11214, and step S11220 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the RAM abnormality notification processing is executed and then the second RAM clear processing is executed to set the lottery setting. The setting information may be set to an initial value (for example, "1"), and then the game progress mode may be set.

Further, in the present mode, after the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) is executed in step S11215 of FIG. 51, the power recovery process is executed in step S11216, and the power recovery flag is turned off in step S11217. Instead of this configuration, the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) may be performed after the power restoration process and the process of turning off the power restoration flag.

Further, in the present mode, the configuration information is updated when the setting change button is pressed in step S11306 of FIG. 52, and the configuration information is confirmed when the RAM clear button is pressed in step S11305. The operation of updating and confirming the setting information is not limited to this. For example, the setting information is updated when the RAM clear button is pressed, and the setting information is confirmed when the RAM clear button is continuously pressed for a predetermined time or longer. It is also possible to adopt a configuration that allows it. According to this configuration, since the setting change button can be omitted, the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. Further, the setting information may be settled when the setting key is turned off, and the setting information is settled when a game ball is detected by a ball detection sensor provided in a predetermined ball entrance. It may be configured.

In this aspect, the condition for executing the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode includes the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 being in the open state. It is not essential for the condition that the door frame 14 is in the open state. For example, the condition that the inner frame 13 is in the open state is included in the condition, and that the front door frame 14 is in the open state is for the condition. The configuration may not be included, or the condition in which the front door frame 14 is in the open state may be included in the condition, and the configuration in which the inner frame 13 is in the open state may not be included in the condition. Further, neither the inner frame 13 nor the front door frame 14 may be included in the condition.

Further, in this mode, the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z in the setting change mode is a lighting mode, and the setting information displayed in the information display unit 45z in the setting confirmation mode is a blinking mode. Although there is a certain configuration, the display mode of the setting information in each mode is not limited to these, and for example, the setting information displayed on the information display unit 45z in the setting change mode is a blinking display mode, and in the setting confirmation mode. The setting information displayed on the information display section 45z in FIG.

Further, in the present aspect, after the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode are finished, the game proceeding mode is executed as it is, but instead of this configuration, after the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode are finished, A predetermined operation for executing the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode by temporarily turning off the power of the pachinko machine 10 in such a configuration that the game progress mode is not executed and the game is not allowed to proceed to the standby state. When the power is turned on without performing, the game progress mode may be executed.

<Aspect 88>
In the above aspect 87, when the pachinko machine 10 determines that the power recovery flag is not ON and the RAM determination value is not normal when the power is turned on, the main RAM 64 is abnormal. Although it is informed that the game is not in the game progress mode in which the game can proceed, instead of this configuration, the power recovery flag is not ON when the power is turned ON. If it is determined or the RAM determination value is not normal, even if the operation for executing the setting change mode has not been performed, the fact that the main RAM 64 is abnormal is notified. Thus, the configuration change mode may be executed, and then the game progress mode may be entered. The details will be described below.

FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing a part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of aspect 88 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on.

In step S11501, an initialization process associated with power-on is executed. Specifically, while setting a predetermined value to the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, the sub-side control device (the voice emission control device 90, the display control device 100, the payout control device 70, etc.) can operate. Wait processing is executed for, for example, about 1 second in order to wait for the state. Then, the access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. After that, the process advances to step S11502, and the internal function register setting process is executed. After that, the process advances to step S11503, and processing for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and activated is executed. Specifically, the activation command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the voice emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "starting" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11503, the process advances to step S11504.

In step S11504, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be described. In this mode, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or when a power failure occurs, various information stored in the register of the main CPU 62x (information indicating a game state, control information, etc.) It is saved in a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. Then, when the saving of these pieces of information to the main RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned ON, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main RAM 64. Remember. After the power supply from the commercial power supply is cut off, the power supply is switched to the backup power supply such as a capacitor. As described above, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, at the time of power-on, whether or not information for returning to the state at the time of previous power-off is stored in the main side RAM 64.

When it is determined in step S11504 that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11504: YES), the process proceeds to step S11505, and the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11506 to determine whether or not the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) is normal, that is, the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) and the RAM determination value stored in the main RAM 64 ( Checksum value) is determined. If it is determined in step S11506 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11506: YES), the flow advances to step S11507.

In step S11507, it is determined whether the RAM clear button is ON. If it is determined in step S11507 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11507: NO), the flow advances to step S11508 to determine whether all the setting keys, frame opening switch, and door opening switch are ON. To judge. The frame opening switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is open with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door opening switch is that the front door frame 14 is open with respect to the inner frame 13. It is a switch that is sometimes turned on.

When it is determined in step S11508 that at least one of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch is not ON (step S11508: NO), the process proceeds to step S11509, and the previous power-off state is restored. Perform the power recovery process. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the main RAM 64 is written in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main RAM 64 is restored in the register of the main CPU 62x. , The state of the register of the main CPU 62x is returned to the state before the power is cut off. After executing step S11509, the process advances to step S11510 to turn off the power recovery flag of the main RAM 64. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, in step S11508 described above, when it is determined that all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON (step S11508: YES), the process proceeds to step S11511 to execute the setting confirmation process. .. The details of the setting confirmation processing (setting confirmation mode) are the same as the setting confirmation processing shown in FIG. After executing step S11511, the process advances to step S11512 to execute the above-described power recovery process to restore the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process proceeds to step S11513, and the power recovery flag is turned off. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

If it is determined in step S11507 that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11507: YES), the flow advances to step S11514 to see if all the setting keys, frame opening switch, and door opening switch are ON. Determine whether or not.

When it is determined in step S11514 that at least one of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch is not ON (step S11514: NO), the process proceeds to step S11515.

In step S11515, the first RAM clearing process is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of deleting (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main RAM 64 excluding the setting information of the lottery setting. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the game state and various control information are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in the present aspect, in the first RAM clear processing, the first RAM clear processing execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM cleared” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11515, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

When it is determined in step S11514 described above that all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON (step S11514: YES), the process proceeds to step S11516, and the first RAM clearing process described above is executed. To do. After that, the process advances to step S11517 to execute the setting change process. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. After executing step S11517k, the routine shifts to the normal game process described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11504 that the power recovery flag is not ON (step S11504: NO), and if it is determined in step S11506 that the RAM determination value is not normal (step S11506: NO). ), and proceeds to step S11518 to execute the RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11518, the process proceeds to step S11519.

In step S11519, a second RAM clearing process is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all the information including the setting information of the lottery setting among the information stored in the main RAM 64. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, the setting information of the lottery setting is erased in addition to the various flag information indicating the game state and various control information. In the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, “1” is stored as the initial value of the setting information after the setting information is erased. After that, the process advances to step S11520 to execute the setting change process. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. After executing step S11520, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

As described above, according to this aspect, when it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON even when the operation for executing the setting change mode is not performed when the power is turned ON, and , It is determined whether or not the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64 is normal, and when it is determined that the RAM determination value is not normal, the main RAM 64 is informed that it is abnormal, and then the second RAM is cleared. After executing the processing and the setting change mode to confirm the setting information, the game proceeds to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the lottery setting stored in the main RAM 64 has become an abnormal value not intended by the administrator. it can.

For example, even when an operation for executing the setting confirmation mode is performed when the power is turned on, it is determined that the power recovery flag is not on, and the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64 is normal. If it is determined that the RAM determination value is not normal, the setting confirmation mode is not executed, and the main RAM 64 is informed that the second RAM clear processing is performed. And after executing the setting change mode to confirm the setting information, it shifts to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the lottery setting stored in the main RAM 64 has become an abnormal value not intended by the administrator. it can.

<Aspect 89>
In the main process (FIG. 51) in the above mode 87, after it is determined whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed (step S11208), all the setting keys, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON. Although it is determined whether or not (steps S11209 and S11219) are configured, instead of this configuration, the RAM is determined after it is determined whether all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON. It may be configured to determine whether or not the clear button is pressed. The details will be described below.

FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing a part of main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of the aspect 89 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on.

In step S11601, an initialization process associated with power-on is executed. Specifically, while setting a predetermined value to the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, the sub-side control device (the voice emission control device 90, the display control device 100, the payout control device 70, etc.) can operate. Wait processing is executed for, for example, about 1 second in order to wait for the state. Then, the access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. After that, the process advances to step S11602, and the internal function register setting process is executed. After that, the process advances to step S11603, and processing for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and started is executed. Specifically, the activation command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the voice emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "starting" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11603, the process advances to step S11604.

In step S11604, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be described. In this mode, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or when a power failure occurs, various information stored in the register of the main CPU 62x (information indicating a game state, control information, etc.) It is saved in a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. Then, when the saving of these pieces of information to the main RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned ON, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main RAM 64. Remember. After the power supply from the commercial power supply is cut off, the power supply is switched to the backup power supply such as a capacitor. As described above, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, at the time of power-on, whether or not information for returning to the state at the time of previous power-off is stored in the main side RAM 64.

When it is determined in step S11604 that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11604: YES), the process proceeds to step S11605, and the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11606 to determine whether the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) is normal, that is, the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) and the RAM determination value (checksum value) stored in the main RAM 64 ( Checksum value) is determined. When it is determined in step S11606 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11606: YES), the process proceeds to step S11608 described later.

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11604 that the power recovery flag is not ON (step S11604: NO), and when it is determined in step S11606 that the RAM determination value is not normal (step S11606: NO). ), and proceeds to step S11607 to turn on the RAM abnormality flag. That is, the RAM abnormality flag is a flag that is turned ON when the power recovery flag is OFF or when the power recovery flag is ON but the RAM determination value is not normal, and the information stored in the main side RAM 64 is This is a flag indicating that the state is not normal. After executing step S11607, the process advances to step S11608.

In step S11608, it is determined whether all the setting keys, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON. The frame opening switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is open with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door opening switch is that the front door frame 14 is open with respect to the inner frame 13. It is a switch that is sometimes turned on. When it is determined in step S11608 that at least one of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch is not ON (step S11608: NO), the process proceeds to step S11609, and the RAM clear button is ON. Determine whether.

If it is determined in step S11609 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11609: NO), the flow advances to step S11610 to determine whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON.

When it is determined in step S11610 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11610: NO), the process proceeds to step S11611, and power recovery processing for returning to the state when the power was turned off last time is executed. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the main RAM 64 is written in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main RAM 64 is restored in the register of the main CPU 62x. , The state of the register of the main CPU 62x is returned to the state before the power is cut off. After executing step S11611, the process advances to step S11612 to turn off the power recovery flag of the main RAM 64. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11610 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11610: YES), the flow advances to step S11613 to execute RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal. Please start in the setting change mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11613, the process shifts to the normal game process described above. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, the entrance for the starting opening) Processing, game number control processing, etc.) is not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the timer interrupt permission setting is not performed. Therefore, although it is apparently equivalent to the normal game progression mode, the player cannot proceed with the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, it does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator once turns off the power of the pachinko machine 10, inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole and turns it to the ON side, and turns on the power while pressing the RAM clear button. Then, the pachinko machine 10 may be activated in the setting change mode.

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11609 described above that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11609: YES), the process advances to step S11614, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON. When it is determined in step S11614 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11614: NO), the process proceeds to step S11615.

In step S11615, a first RAM clearing process is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of deleting (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main RAM 64 excluding the setting information of the lottery setting. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the game state and various control information are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in the present aspect, in the first RAM clear processing, the first RAM clear processing execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM cleared” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11615, the above-described normal game process is performed.

On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11614 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11614: YES), the process proceeds to step S11616, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal. Please start in the setting change mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11616, the routine moves to the normal game process described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update processing and the power supply monitoring processing are executed, but other processing necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Mouth ball entry processing, game time control processing, etc.) are not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the timer interrupt permission setting is not performed. Therefore, although it is apparently equivalent to the normal game progression mode, the player cannot proceed with the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, it does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator once turns off the power of the pachinko machine 10, inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole and turns it to the ON side, and turns on the power while pressing the RAM clear button. Then, the pachinko machine 10 may be activated in the setting change mode.

When it is determined in step S11608 described above that all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON (step S11608: YES), the process proceeds to step S11617, and the RAM clear button is ON. Determine whether or not.

When it is determined in step S11617 described above that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11617: YES), the process proceeds to step S11618, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON.

If it is determined in step S11618 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11618: NO), the flow advances to step S11619 to execute setting confirmation processing. In the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode), a process of displaying the setting information of the current lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is executed. That is, the setting confirmation mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can confirm the setting information of the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. The details of the setting confirmation processing (setting confirmation mode) are the same as the setting confirmation processing shown in FIG. After executing step S11619, the process proceeds to step S11620, and the above-described power recovery process is executed to restore the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11621 to turn off the power recovery flag. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11618 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11618: YES), the flow advances to step S11622 to execute the RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal. Please start in the setting change mode” is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11622, the process shifts to the normal game process described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update processing and the power supply monitoring processing are executed, but other processing necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Mouth ball entry processing, game time control processing, etc.) are not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the timer interrupt permission setting is not performed. Therefore, although it is apparently equivalent to the normal game progression mode, the player cannot proceed with the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, it does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator once turns off the power of the pachinko machine 10, inserts the setting key into the setting keyhole and turns it to the ON side, and turns on the power while pressing the RAM clear button. Then, the pachinko machine 10 may be activated in the setting change mode.

If it is determined in step S11217 described above that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11217: YES), the flow advances to step S11223 to determine whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON.

If it is determined in step S11623 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11623: NO), the flow advances to step S11624 to execute the above-described first RAM clearing process. After that, the process advances to step S11625, and the setting change process is executed. In the setting change process (setting change mode), a process of displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is executed, and a process of accepting the change of the setting information of the lottery setting is executed. That is, the setting change mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can change the setting information of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. After executing step S11625, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11623 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11623: YES), the flow advances to step S11626 to execute the RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11626, the process proceeds to step S11627.

In step S11627, a second RAM clearing process is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all the information including the setting information of the lottery setting among the information stored in the main RAM 64. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, the setting information of the lottery setting is erased in addition to the various flag information indicating the game state and various control information. Here, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the reason why not the first clearing process but the second clearing process for erasing the setting information will be described. When the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the setting information stored in the main RAM 64 may not be normal. For example, it may be overwritten with setting information not intended by the administrator due to noise or the like, or as setting information. This is because there is a possibility that a numerical value outside the predetermined range may be stored even though only a numerical value within the predetermined range (for example, a numerical value from 1 to 6) can be taken. In the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, “1” is stored as the initial value of the setting information after the setting information is erased. Also, the RAM clear flag is turned off by the second clearing process. After that, the process advances to step S11628 to execute the setting change process. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. After executing step S11628, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

With the configuration of this aspect described above, the same effect as that of the above aspect 87 can be obtained. Further, the various modified configurations described in the above aspect 87 can also be applied to this aspect.

<Aspect 90>
In the main process (FIG. 54) in the above mode 88, after it is determined whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed (step S11507), all the setting keys, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON. It is determined whether or not (step S11508 and step S11514), but instead of this configuration, after determining whether or not all of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON, the RAM It may be configured to determine whether or not the clear button is pressed. The details will be described below.

FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing a part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of aspect 90 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on.

In step S11701, an initialization process associated with power-on is executed. Specifically, while setting a predetermined value to the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, the sub-side control device (the voice emission control device 90, the display control device 100, the payout control device 70, etc.) can operate. Wait processing is executed for, for example, about 1 second in order to wait for the state. Then, the access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. After that, the process advances to step S11702, and the internal function register setting process is executed. After that, the process advances to step S11703, and a process for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 is powered on and started is executed. Specifically, the activation command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the voice emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "starting" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11703, the process advances to step S11704.

In step S11704, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be described. In this mode, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or when a power failure occurs, various information stored in the register of the main CPU 62x (information indicating a game state, control information, etc.) It is saved in a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. Then, when the saving of these pieces of information to the main RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned ON, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main RAM 64. Remember. After the power supply from the commercial power supply is cut off, the power supply is switched to the backup power supply such as a capacitor. As described above, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, at the time of power-on, whether or not information for returning to the state at the time of previous power-off is stored in the main side RAM 64.

If it is determined in step S11704 that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11704: YES), the flow advances to step S11705 to calculate the RAM determination value of the main RAM 64. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11706 to determine whether or not the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) is normal, that is, the calculated RAM determination value (checksum value) and the RAM determination value stored in the main RAM 64 ( Checksum value) is determined. When it is determined in step S11706 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11706: YES), the process proceeds to step S11707.

In step S11707, it is determined whether all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON. The frame opening switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is open with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door opening switch is that the front door frame 14 is open with respect to the inner frame 13. It is a switch that is sometimes turned on. When it is determined in step S11707 that at least one of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch is not ON (step S11707: NO), the process proceeds to step S11708, and the RAM clear button is ON. Determine whether.

When it is determined in step S11708 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11708: NO), the process proceeds to step S11709, and power recovery processing for returning to the state when the power was turned off last time is executed. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the main RAM 64 is written in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main RAM 64 is restored in the register of the main CPU 62x. , The state of the register of the main CPU 62x is returned to the state before the power is cut off. After executing step S11709, the process advances to step S11710 to turn off the power recovery flag of the main RAM 64. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11708 that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11708: YES), the flow advances to step S11711 to execute the first RAM clear processing. The first RAM clearing process is a process of deleting (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main RAM 64 excluding the setting information of the lottery setting. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the game state and various control information are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in the present aspect, in the first RAM clear processing, the first RAM clear processing execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM cleared” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11711, the above-described normal game process is performed.

If it is determined in step S11707 described above that all the setting keys, the frame opening switch, and the door opening switch are ON (step S11707: YES), the flow advances to step S11712 to see if the RAM clear button is ON. Determine whether or not.

If it is determined in step S11712 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11712: NO), the flow advances to step S11713 to execute setting confirmation processing. The details of the setting confirmation processing (setting confirmation mode) are the same as the setting confirmation processing shown in FIG. After executing step S11713, the process advances to step S11714 to execute the power recovery process described above to restore the state to the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11715 to turn off the power recovery flag. After that, it shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt permission setting, the interrupt prohibition setting, the random number updating process, and the power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-described aspects are executed. By permitting the interrupt of the timer interrupt process and executing the timer interrupt process described above, the game can be advanced (the game progress mode is started).

If it is determined in step S11712 described above that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11712: YES), the flow advances to step S11716 to execute the first RAM clear processing described above. After that, the process advances to step S11717 to execute the setting change process. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. After executing step S11717, the routine shifts to the normal game process described above.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON in step S11704 described above (step S11704: NO), and when it is determined that the RAM determination value is not normal in step S11706 described above (step S11706: NO). ), and proceeds to step S11718 to execute the RAM abnormality notification processing. In the RAM abnormality notification processing, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the RAM abnormality command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a sound such as “RAM abnormal” is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11718, the process proceeds to step S11719.

In step S11719, a second RAM clearing process is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all the information including the setting information of the lottery setting among the information stored in the main RAM 64. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, the setting information of the lottery setting is erased in addition to the various flag information indicating the game state and various control information. In the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, “1” is stored as the initial value of the setting information after the setting information is erased. After that, the process advances to step S11720 to execute the setting change process. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. After executing step S11720, the process shifts to the normal game process described above.

With the configuration of this aspect described above, the same effect as that of the above aspect 88 can be achieved. Further, the various modified configurations described in the above aspect 88 can also be applied to this aspect.

<Aspect 91>
In the setting change process (FIG. 52) in each of the above aspects, the setting information of the lottery setting is confirmed when the RAM clear button is pressed (step S11305). However, instead of this configuration, a setting key is used. The setting information of the lottery setting may be determined when the setting is turned off. The details will be described below.

FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing the setting change process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 91 of the first embodiment. The same step number is assigned to the same processing as the processing included in the setting change processing shown in FIG. The main difference from the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 is that in FIG. 52, the process of confirming the changed setting information is pressing the RAM clear button (step S11305). The process of confirming the changed setting information is to turn the setting key to the OFF side (step S11305a), and the process of step S11308 of FIG. 52 is omitted accordingly. The details will be described below.

In step S 11301, setting change notification start processing is executed. In the setting change notification start processing, a setting change mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has started, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, a sound such as "in the setting change mode" is repeatedly output from the speaker 46. Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change mode start command, it causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the sound emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “in the setting change mode” on the pattern display device 41 to the display control device 100, and displays the received command. The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "in the setting change mode". Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the setting change mode start command, it controls the various lamps 47 so as to blink alternately and repeatedly by turning on and off at the maximum brightness.

Further, in the setting change notification start processing, information indicating that the setting change mode has started is transmitted to the hall computer in the game hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has started, the hall computer displays the information of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen. After executing step S 11301, the process proceeds to step S 11302.

In step S11302, control for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z is started. Specifically, the setting information of the lottery setting is lit and displayed on the information display unit 45z. After that, the process advances to step S11303, and it is determined whether the setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. In this aspect, since the setting information set in the pachinko machine 10 has six levels from “1” to “6”, whether the setting information is a numerical value within the range of “1” to “6”. To judge. When it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is a numerical value within the predetermined range (step S11303: YES), the process proceeds to step S11305. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is not a numerical value within the predetermined range (step S11303: NO), for example, "0" or "7" is stored as the setting information, noise, etc. If the information other than the numerical value is stored, the process advances to step S11304 to change the setting information to the initial value. In this aspect, “1” is stored as the initial value in the setting information. Then, it progresses to step S11305a.

In step S11305a, it is determined whether the setting key is turned off. If it is determined in step S11305a that the setting key is not on the OFF side (step S11305a: NO), the flow advances to step S11306 to determine whether the setting change button has been pressed. If it is determined in step S11306 that the setting change button has been pressed (step S11306: YES), the flow advances to step S11307 to update the setting information of the lottery setting. Specifically, 1 is added to the numerical value information stored as the setting information. However, when the setting change button is pressed in a situation where the numerical value information stored as the setting information is “6”, the numerical value information is updated to “1”. Then, the process returns to step S11303 described above, and it is determined whether the updated setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11306 that the setting change button has not been pressed (step S11306: NO), the process returns to step S11303 described above without executing the process of step S11307, and the setting information is set to the predetermined value. It is determined whether the value is within the range.

When it is determined in step S11305a described above that the setting key has become the OFF side (step S11305a: YES), the process proceeds to step S11309, and control for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display unit 45z. finish. Then, it progresses to step S11310.

In step S11310, a setting change notification end process is executed. In the setting change notification end processing, a setting change mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has ended, is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Upon receiving the setting change mode end command, the sound emission control device 90 ends various controls for notifying that the setting change mode is in progress.

Further, in the setting change notification end processing, information indicating that the setting change mode has ended is transmitted to the hall computer of the game hall via the external terminal. The hall computer that has received the information indicating that the setting change mode has ended displays the information indicating that the setting change mode of the pachinko machine 10 has ended on the management screen. After executing step S11310, the present setting change processing ends. After the setting change notification end process is executed, the setting information of the changed lottery setting is transmitted to the hall computer of the game hall through the external terminal, and the hall computer that receives the information displays the management screen with the relevant information. The configuration information of the lottery setting after the change of the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed.

According to the configuration of this aspect described above, since the operation of pressing the RAM clear button to confirm the changed setting information can be omitted, the work required for the administrator to change the setting information The process can be simplified.

<Aspect 92>
In the configuration in which the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode can be executed among the above-described aspects, the main display unit 45 displays the game progress in which the game can proceed while the setting change mode is being executed and the setting confirmation mode is being executed. A display pattern (display mode) that is not displayed during execution of the mode may be displayed. The details will be described below.

As described above, the main display section 45 is composed of a plurality of light emitting sections. Specifically, the main display unit 45 includes a first symbol display unit 37a including a plurality of segment light emitting units, a second symbol display unit 37b including a plurality of segment light emitting units, and a first hold including a plurality of LED lamps. The display unit 37c, the second hold display unit 37d composed of a plurality of LED lamps, the universal figure unit 38 composed of a plurality of LED lamps, and the round display unit 39 composed of a plurality of LED lamps.

Then, the main display unit 45 controls each light emitting unit so as to have a display mode in which the progress of the game is reflected during execution of the game progress mode in which the game can be progressed. While the progress mode is being executed, all the light emitting units constituting the main display unit 45 are not simultaneously turned on or all the light emitting units are blinked in synchronization.

Therefore, in the present mode, the main display unit 45 executes a control of simultaneously turning on all the light emitting units constituting the main display unit 45 during execution of the setting change mode in which the setting information of the lottery setting can be changed. During execution of the setting confirmation mode in which the setting information of the lottery setting can be confirmed, the control for blinking all the light emitting units constituting the main display unit 45 in synchronization is executed.

According to such a configuration, it becomes possible for the administrator or the like to identify whether the current pachinko machine 10 is in the game progress mode, the setting change mode, or the setting confirmation mode. Further, according to such a configuration, for example, it is not necessary to newly add a light emitting unit for mode display for identifying the current mode of the pachinko machine 10 to the main display unit 45. Only by changing the control program of the pachinko machine 10 without changing the hardware configuration, it is possible to change the current mode of the pachinko machine 10 to a configuration that allows an administrator or the like to identify the current mode.

During execution of the setting change mode in which the setting information of the lottery setting can be changed, the main display unit 45 executes control for blinking all the light emitting units composing the main display unit 45 in synchronization with each other to set the lottery setting. During execution of the setting confirmation mode in which the setting information can be confirmed, the control may be performed such that all the light emitting units that make up the main display unit 45 are turned on at the same time.

Further, if the display mode displayed by the main display unit 45 during execution of the setting change mode and during the setting confirmation mode is a display mode (lighting pattern) that is not displayed during execution of the game progress mode, the main display unit The display mode is not limited to the configuration in which all the light-emitting units included in 45 are turned on and off, and another display mode may be used.

Further, one light emitting unit (for example, LED) for mode display is added to the main display unit 45, the light emitting unit is turned off during execution of the game progress mode, and the light emitting unit is turned on during execution of the setting change mode. The light emitting unit may be configured to blink during execution of the setting confirmation mode. According to such a configuration, it becomes possible for the administrator or the like to clearly recognize the current mode of the pachinko machine 10, and the pachinko machine using the sound emission control device 90, the display control device 100, and the symbol display device 41. It is possible to realize simplification of the configuration as compared with the configuration of notifying the current mode of the machine 10.

Further, two light emitting portions (for example, LEDs) for mode display are added to the main display portion 45 (first light emitting portion and second light emitting portion), and the first light emitting portion and the second light emitting portion during execution of the game progress mode. Both are turned off, the first light emitting part is turned on and the second light emitting part is turned off during the setting change mode, and the second light emitting part is turned on during the setting confirmation mode. The first light emitting unit may be turned off. According to such a configuration, it becomes possible for the administrator or the like to clearly recognize the current mode of the pachinko machine 10, and the pachinko machine using the sound emission control device 90, the display control device 100, and the symbol display device 41. It is possible to realize simplification of the configuration as compared with the configuration of notifying the current mode of the machine 10. Further, since it is only necessary to control the two light emitting units added to the main display unit 45, it is possible to suppress an increase in the data capacity due to the addition of the control program and the lighting pattern.

<Aspect 93>
In the configuration in which the information display unit 45z includes four 7-segment displays 45z1 to 45z4 among the above-described aspects, when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, all the light emitting units configuring the information display unit 45z are operated for a predetermined time ( For example, the light may be turned on for 3 seconds and then blinked in synchronization with a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds).

According to such a configuration, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, it is possible to confirm whether or not there is a light emitting unit that does not turn on due to a defect such as a disconnection in the light emitting unit that constitutes the information display unit 45z. It is possible to confirm whether or not there is a light emitting unit that is constantly turned on due to a defect and does not turn off. For example, if the segment light-emitting part G and the segment light-emitting part D of the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 do not light up due to a problem, control for displaying "3" on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 is executed. Even in the case, since the segment light emitting unit G and the segment light emitting unit D are not lit, "7" is displayed on the right middle 7-segment display unit 45z3. As a result, the administrator may mistakenly recognize the numerical information of the game history information. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, it is confirmed whether or not there is a light emitting unit that does not light up due to a defect such as a disconnection in the light emitting unit that constitutes the information display unit 45z. In addition, it is possible to check whether or not there is a light emitting unit that is constantly turned on due to a defect and does not turn off. Therefore, such misidentification can be suppressed.

Furthermore, an information display unit inspection button for inspecting the information display unit 45z is provided, and when the information display unit inspection button is pressed, all the light emitting units forming the information display unit 45z are operated for a predetermined time (for example, 3 It may be configured to turn on for a second and then blink for a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds) in synchronization.

With such a configuration, even when the pachinko machine 10 is not powered on, by pressing the information display section inspection button, the light emitting section forming the information display section 45z does not emit light due to a defect such as disconnection. It is possible to confirm whether or not the light emitting portion does not exist, and it is possible to confirm whether or not there is a light emitting portion that is constantly turned on due to a defect and is not turned off. That is, the power of the pachinko machine 10 does not have to be turned off and then turned on again in order to confirm whether or not a problem has occurred in the information display unit 45z, so the work efficiency of the administrator can be improved.

Further, in the configuration in which the base (during the normal mode) is calculated and stored and the stored base (during the normal mode) is displayed on the information display unit 45z, the main control device 60 causes the measured discharge passage passage number N _OUT. Is divided into sections each time it reaches 60,000, and a base (during normal mode) is calculated and stored for each section. The information display unit 45z displays a plurality of types of bases in different sections (normal mode). It may be configured to switch and display (middle).

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment calculates and stores the bases (in the normal mode) of up to seven sections, and the information display unit 45z displays the bases corresponding to the maximum of seven sections (in the normal mode). Switch to display). The seven sections are as follows.

-"BL": Base during measurement (during normal mode)
Ball discharge rate calculated in the current section until the number N _{OUT of} passing discharge passages currently being measured reaches 60,000 (during normal mode)
・"B1": Base already measured in the previous section (during normal mode)
In the section in which the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, the exit rate calculated in the section immediately before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"B2": Base that has been measured in the previous section (during normal mode)
In the section in which the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, the exit rate calculated in the section two times before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"B3": Base that has been measured in the 3rd previous section (during normal mode)
In the section where the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, and the ball exit rate calculated in the section three times before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"B4": Base that has been measured in the 4th previous section (during normal mode)
In the section in which the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, and the ball-out rate calculated in the section four times before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"B5": Base measured in the 5th previous section (during normal mode)
In the section where the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, and the ball exit rate calculated in the section five times before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"B6": Base already measured in the 6th section (during normal mode)
In the section in which the measured number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage has reached 60,000, and the ball exit rate calculated in the section six times before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)

In the initial state where the game history basic information such as the number-of-balls entering each ball-in section is not stored, the measurement of the section corresponding to "bL" is started, and the number N _{OUT of} passing discharge passages during the measurement becomes 60000. When it reaches, the game history basic information stored as the section for "bL" is shifted to the section corresponding to "b1", and the measurement of the section newly corresponding to "bL" is started. Then, when the discharge passage passing number N _OUT reaches 60000 in the section corresponding to “bL” which newly starts measurement, the game history basic information stored as the section for “b1” corresponds to “b2”. The game history basic information stored as a section for "bL" is shifted to a section corresponding to "b1", and measurement of a section corresponding to "bL" is newly started. In this way, the game history basic information for each section is shifted every time the discharge passage passing number N _OUT during measurement reaches 60000, and the game history basic information is displayed up to the section corresponding to “b6” at the maximum. Remember. Then, in a state where the game history basic information is stored as a section corresponding to “b6”, when the number N _{OUT of} passages of the discharge passage being measured reaches 60000, it is stored as a section corresponding to “b6”. The game history basic information is erased, and the game history basic information stored as the section corresponding to "b5" is shifted to the section corresponding to "b6".

That is, in the present aspect, the game history basic information until the discharge passage passing number N _OUT of a maximum of 60000 pieces×7 sections is measured is accumulated and stored.

Then, in the present aspect, the information display unit 45z switches and displays the bases (in the normal mode) of the plurality of stored sections by switching them every 5 seconds. Specifically, for example, when the bases (in the normal mode) of the five sections “bL”, “b1”, “b2”, “b3”, and “b4” are stored, the information display unit 45z 5 in the order of “bL.31”→“b1.31”→“b2.30”→“b3.31”→“b4.30”→“bL.31”→“b1.31”. The base of each section (during normal mode) is repeatedly displayed while switching every second.

According to such a configuration, the inspector or the administrator of the gaming machine can compare the bases (during the normal mode) of each section by checking the display of the information display unit 45z. As a result, for example, at what timing in the past when the value of the base (in the normal mode) becomes an abnormal value due to a malfunction or improper operation of the pachinko machine 10 Can be predicted.

In this aspect, the section is divided every time the measured number N _{OUT of} passing discharge passages reaches 60000, the base (during normal mode) is calculated and stored for each section, and the base stored in each section (normal mode) is stored. While the middle) is switched every predetermined time (for example, every 5 seconds) to be displayed on the information display unit 45z, the RTC 96 is provided instead of this structure, and the section is divided each time the date changes, and the section is divided for each date. A base (during normal mode) is calculated and stored for each section, and the information display unit 45z is switched by switching the base (during normal mode) stored for each date (section) every predetermined time (for example, every 5 seconds). It may be configured to be displayed on. Specifically, for example, "bL" is the section of the day, "b1" is the section one day ago, "b2" is the section two days ago, "b3" is the section three days ago, and "b4" is the section four days ago. , "B5" is defined as a section 5 days ago, and "b6" is defined as a section 6 days ago.

According to such a configuration, the inspector or the administrator of the gaming machine compares the bases (during normal mode) of each section divided by date by checking the display of the information display unit 45z. Is possible. As a result, for example, when the value of the base (in the normal mode) becomes an abnormal value due to a malfunction or improper operation of the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to predict the date when the malfunction or the like occurs. It will be possible.

Further, game history basic information such as information on the number of balls entered into each ball entering portion and game history information such as base (during normal mode) are stored in the main side RAM 64, and a pachinko machine with the RAM clear button pressed. After the game history basic information and the game history information are erased in a configuration where the game history basic information and the game history information are erased (cleared) by the RAM clearing process executed by turning on the power supply of 10. Until the measured discharge passage passing number N _OUT reaches a predetermined number (for example, 300), the type information of the game history information is displayed when the game history information is displayed on the information display unit 45z, but the game is displayed. The numerical information of the history information may not be displayed.

Specifically, for example, in a configuration in which a base (during normal mode) is calculated and stored as game history information, and the stored base (during normal mode) is displayed on the information display unit 45z, the game history basic is performed by RAM clear processing. After the information and the game history information are erased, until the measured discharge passage passing number N _OUT reaches 300, “bL.” is displayed in the type information display area of the information display unit 45z, and the numerical information display area is displayed. "--- (two hyphens)" may be displayed on the screen.

According to such a configuration, the inspector or administrator of the gaming machine erases the game history basic information and the game history information when "bL.---" is displayed on the information display unit 45z. It can be recognized that the number N _{OUT of} passages through the discharge passage, which is measured after the pachinko machine 10 is shipped from the factory of the manufacturer, has not reached 300. In addition, for example, when the manufacturer ships the pachinko machine 10, there are cases in which the operation is checked by inserting several game balls into each of the ball entering portions. In this case, since the number of game balls entering each ball-in portion is measured in a situation where the game is not properly played, for example, the first measured discharge passage passing number N _OUT is 300. Until the number of individual pieces is reached, the game history basic information and the game history information may be greatly affected by the manufacturer's check. Therefore, according to the configuration of the present aspect, “bL.−−” is displayed on the information display unit 45z until the measured discharge passage passage number N _OUT reaches 300, and the base (in the normal mode) is displayed. Since the numerical information is not displayed, it is possible for the administrator to check the numerical values that have been greatly affected by the manufacturer's checks and prevent misunderstanding that the pachinko machine 10 may have malfunctioned. can do.

<Aspect 94>
In the configuration in which the game history information is calculated for each of a plurality of sections in each of the above modes, the game history basic information corresponding to the section is stored up to the upper limit, and after the game history information is calculated and stored, the game of the section is performed. The game history basic information, which is the basis for calculating the history information, may be deleted. Specifically, for example, after the number N _{OUT of} passing discharge passages under measurement reaches 60,000 and the game history information is calculated and stored, the game history basic information that is the basis for calculation of the game history information is It may be configured to erase. With such a configuration, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity required to store the game history basic information.

<Aspect 95>
Various functions described in each of the above aspects (for example, a function of storing the number of game balls entered into each entrance, and payout as a prize ball based on the entry of the game ball into each entrance) A function for calculating the number of game balls played, a function for storing the number of game balls paid out as a prize ball, a function for calculating game history information such as a character ratio, a function for storing the calculated game history information, A configuration in which the game history management chip 300 realizes at least a part of the function of displaying the stored game history information, the function of erasing various information stored in various storage means such as RAM and flash memory, and the like. The configuration may be realized by the main CPU 62x (main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300) or the inspection machine 320. In addition, the game history management chip 300, the main CPU 62x (main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300), and the inspection machine 320 share or cooperate to realize at least a part of these various functions. May be

<Aspect 96>
The first embodiment and the other aspects described above can be applied not only to the pachinko machine 10 but also to other types of gaming machines. For example, the present invention can be applied to a spinning drum type gaming machine such as a pachinko type slot machine. Specifically, for example, during the bonus period, the number of game medals obtained by winning, the number of game medals obtained by the child role drawn during the normal section, and during an advantageous section (AT, ART) different from the bonus. For the configuration that calculates the ratio with the number of obtained game medals and displays the ratio on the liquid crystal display device, or the configuration that outputs the ratio to the inspection machine and displays the ratio on the display unit of the inspection machine Can be applied.

<Aspect 97>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, a part or all of the functions implemented by software (implemented by the CPU executing a program) may be implemented by hardware. For example, the game history management chip 300 may be configured to include dedicated hardware designed to execute arithmetic processing for calculating game history information. With such a configuration, it is possible to speed up the arithmetic processing for calculating the game history information, and to prevent the occurrence of fraud, such as the computation program being tampered with and the correct game history information not being calculated. Can be suppressed. The hardware may be composed of a digital circuit or an analog circuit. If it is configured by an analog circuit, it is possible to further speed up the arithmetic processing as compared with a digital circuit.

<Aspect 98>
A configuration in which one or a plurality of configurations included in the first embodiment and the above-described aspects 1 to 97 are appropriately replaced or combined may be adopted. Further, one or a plurality of configurations included in the first embodiment and the aspects 1 to 97 described above and one or a plurality of configurations included in the embodiments other than the first embodiment may be combined. In addition, of the configurations included in the first embodiment and the above-described aspects 1 to 97, the non-essential configurations can be appropriately omitted without departing from the spirit of the invention.

B. Application to other configurations:
Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiments, such as a pachinko machine in which an electric accessory opens a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball enters a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to gaming machines such as pachinko machines that generate a big hit when a right is generated, a pachinko machine equipped with other accessories, an arrangement ball machine, and a sparrow ball.

In addition, a game machine that is not a ball-ball type, for example, is provided with a plurality of reels to which a plurality of types of symbols are attached in the circumferential direction, starts reel rotation by inserting a medal and operating a start lever, and operates a stop switch. After the reels stop after a predetermined time has elapsed, if a specific symbol or a combination of specific symbols is established on the effective line visible from the display window, a bonus such as payout of medals is given to the player. The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine.

In addition, the game machine main body that is openably and closably supported by the outer frame is provided with a storage unit and a loading device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage unit are loaded by the loading device. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated, in which the reel starts to rotate.

Further, in the above embodiment, some of the functions realized by software may be realized by hardware, or some of the functions realized by hardware may be realized by software.

C. Inventions extracted from each of the above embodiments and the like:
The features of the invention group extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be described below, showing effects and the like as necessary. It should be noted that, in the following, for ease of understanding, the corresponding configurations in the above-described embodiments are appropriately shown in parentheses or the like, but the present invention is not limited to the specific configurations shown in brackets or the like.

<Feature A group>
The feature A group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic A1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Information storage means (register 304, calculation result storage memory 309) that is stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body and that stores, in a non-volatile manner, detection information that is information obtained based on the detection by the detection means. )When,
Transmission means (CPU 308) for transmitting the information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device connected to the game machine,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic A1, the process execution means includes the information storage means that stores the detection information, which is the information acquired based on the detection by the detection means, in a non-volatile manner. Since the detection information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the executed game, the detection information is different for each gaming machine and is unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to the characteristic A1, the detection information, which is the information in which the characteristics of the gaming machine are reflected, is stored in the information storing means of the processing executing means stored inside the housing of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring the detection information from the gaming machine body itself. When the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer installed in the gaming hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. However, since the gaming machine is circulated around, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, the conventional gaming machine may hold information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. Since the gaming machine with the characteristic A1 stores the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the information storing means of the processing executing means stored inside the housing of the gaming machine main body, the gaming machine functions as a hall computer. The detection information can be obtained from the gaming machine main body even when the gaming machine is not connected. That is, the gaming machine with the characteristic A1 is a state in which the gaming machine and the detection information are always associated with each other in a one-to-one correspondence, regardless of the state of the gaming machine (the state where the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall or the distribution state) It is possible to manage and inspect the characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature A2]
A gaming machine according to feature A1,
It is equipped with control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the execution of the game,
The processing machine is operated by the same power source as the control means.

According to the feature A2, the processing execution means operates by the same power source as the control means, so that, for example, when the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer provides information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. If the power supply system of the hall computer is defective, or if the hall computer processing is defective, if the gaming machine is still powered. , It is possible to obtain the detection information. If the control means and the process executing means are operated by different power supplies, and if there is a problem in the power supply of the process executing means, the detection information is acquired despite the game being executed by the gaming machine. There is a problem that you can not. On the other hand, according to the feature A2, since the control means and the process execution means are operated by the same power source, the detection information can be always acquired in a situation where the game can be executed. Therefore, the reliability of the detection information can be improved.

[Feature A3]
The gaming machine according to feature A1 or feature A2,
The information storage means stores the detection information for each period until a predetermined number (500 pieces) of game balls are detected by a predetermined detection means (discharge passage detection sensor 44h).

According to the characteristic A3, since the detection information for each period until the specified number of game balls is detected by the predetermined detection means is stored, the time until the specified number of game balls is detected by each gaming machine varies. Even if there is, it is possible to acquire the detection information that does not affect the variation in the time. That is, even when there is a difference in the frequency of the game balls being shot, it is possible to obtain highly accurate detection information that is not easily affected by the difference.

[Feature A4]
The gaming machine according to feature A1 or feature A2,
The information storage means stores the detection information for each preset prescribed period (every 1 hour).

According to the characteristic A4, since the information storage unit stores the detection information for each preset prescribed period, the statistical processing using the concept of time can be performed using the detection information.

[Feature A5]
The gaming machine according to feature A1 or feature A2,
The gaming machine, wherein the information storage means stores the detection information for each period from when the power supply to the gaming machine is started to when the power is shut off.

According to the characteristic A5, the information storage means stores the detection information for each period from when the power supply to the gaming machine is started to when the power is shut off. For example, the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall. When installed, it is possible to acquire detection information for each business day of the game hall.

[Feature A6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A5,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Equipped with
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information for obtaining prize ball number information (prize ball number data) which is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out from the payout means as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detecting means Acquisition means,
Calculation executing means (CPU 308) for executing a predetermined calculation based on the detection information and the prize ball number information;
Equipped with
A game machine characterized in that the information storage means stores operation result information which is information regarding an operation result (proportion of a character, etc.) by the operation executing means.

According to the characteristic A6, the processing execution means stores the calculation result information. Since the calculation result information is information calculated based on the detection information and the prize ball number information, the information on the prize ball number paid out by the gaming machine is reflected. Therefore, according to the characteristic A6, it is possible to acquire the characteristics of the gaming machine regarding the paid-out sphere. As a result, it is possible to manage the characteristics of the gaming machine related to the paid out prize balls.

<Feature B group>
The feature B group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature B1]
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the execution of the game,
An arithmetic execution unit (CPU 308) that executes arithmetic processing based on the first information acquired based on the executed game and the second information set in advance and acquires the third information,
An information storage unit (memory 309 for storing a calculation result) that stores the third information in a non-volatile manner;
A gaming machine comprising:
The game machine characterized in that the arithmetic execution means and the information storage means are operated by the same power source as the control means.

According to the characteristic B1, the first information is the information acquired based on the executed game, and the third information is the information acquired based on the first information. Therefore, the third information includes information on the executed game. Therefore, since the information storage means stores the third information including the information on the executed game, the information on the game executed in the past is used by using the third information stored in the information storage means. It is possible to obtain Therefore, by using the third information, it is possible to manage the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. Then, since the arithmetic execution means and the information storage means operate by the same power source as the control means, the third information can be acquired in a situation where power is being supplied to the gaming machine. If the arithmetic execution means and the information storage means and the control means are operated by different power supplies, and if there is a problem in the power supply to the arithmetic execution means and the information storage means, a game is being executed by the gaming machine. Nevertheless, there arises a problem that the third information cannot be obtained. On the other hand, according to the feature B2, since the arithmetic execution means, the information storage means, and the control means are operated by the same power source, the third information is surely acquired when the game can be executed. be able to. Therefore, the reliability of the third information can be improved. As a result, the reliability of the inspection of the gaming machine can be improved, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature B2]
A gaming machine described in Feature B1,
A gaming machine comprising: a sending means (CPU 308) for sending the third information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine.

According to the characteristic B2, since the third information stored in the information storage means is provided with the transmission means for transmitting the third information to the predetermined device connected to the gaming machine, the predetermined information is used to transmit the third information. It is possible to manage the game-related characteristics of the used gaming machine.

[Feature B3]
A gaming machine according to feature B1 or feature B2,
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Equipped with
The first information is information acquired based on the detection by the detection means,
The second information is information relating to the number of game balls (number of prize balls) paid out from the payout means as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means,
A game machine characterized in that the third information is information on the number of prize balls paid out by the game machine in the executed game.

According to the characteristic B3, the third information is information regarding the number of prize balls paid out by the gaming machine in the executed game. Therefore, by using the third information stored in the information storage means, it is possible to manage the characteristics of the gaming machine regarding the actually paid award ball.

<Characteristic C group>
The feature C group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic C1]
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the execution of the game,
Information storage means (register 304, calculation result storage memory 309) for non-volatilely storing the first information obtained based on the executed game,
A gaming machine comprising:
The game machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a housing (a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached) in which a trace of opening and closing remains.

According to the characteristic C1, the information storage means is stored inside the housing in which the trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, when the information storage means is physically contacted, a trace of opening the housing remains. Therefore, if the first information stored in the information storage means is modified through physical contact with the information storage means, it is possible to recognize the modification from the traces on the housing. Become. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the first information. Since some gaming machines are circulated around the world, various external contacts are made in the process of being circulated. However, since the information storage means is stored inside the housing in which a trace of opening and closing is left, Even in the situation where the information is distributed around, unauthorized modification of the first information by someone can be suppressed. Moreover, since the first information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the first information. Therefore, according to the characteristic C1, it is possible to appropriately manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized modification of the first information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic C2]
A gaming machine described in Feature C1,
The information storage means is operated by the same power source as the control means.

According to the characteristic C2, the information storage means is operated by the same power source as the control means, so that the first information can be acquired in a situation where power is supplied to the gaming machine. If the information storage means and the control means are operated by different power sources, and if there is a problem in the power supply to the information storage means, the first information is generated despite the game being executed by the gaming machine. Will not be obtained. On the other hand, according to the characteristic C2, since the information storage means and the control means are operated by the same power source, the first information can be always acquired in a situation where the game can be executed. Therefore, the reliability of the first information can be improved. As a result, the reliability of the inspection of the gaming machine can be improved, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic C3]
The gaming machine according to feature C1 or feature C2,
A game machine comprising: a transmission unit (CPU 308) for transmitting the first information to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine.

According to the characteristic C3, since the first information stored in the information storage means is provided to the predetermined device connected to the gaming machine, the first information is stored using the predetermined device. It is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the used gaming machine.

<Feature D group>
The feature D group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature D1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
A first prize ball number information storage that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detecting means. Means (main side ROM 63),
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information acquisition means for acquiring the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means;
Second prize ball number information storage means (memory 306 for storing prize ball number data) that stores the prize ball number information acquired by the prize ball number information acquisition means;
A number information storage unit (register 304) for storing information on the number of game balls detected by the detection unit,
A game is executed by executing an operation based on information about the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize number information stored in the second prize number information storage means. Calculation execution means (CPU 308) for calculating game history information (characteristics ratio, etc.) that is information relating to the history of
A game history information storage unit (memory 309 for storing the calculation result) that stores the game history information calculated by the calculation execution unit,
A gaming machine comprising:

The prize ball number information set in the gaming machine is generally set to a different value for each type (model) of the gaming machine.

According to the characteristic D1, the process executing means acquires the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means, and thus different prize ball number information is set for each type (model) of the gaming machine. However, the process execution means can calculate the correct game history information using the prize ball number information set for each type of gaming machine.

If the gaming machine is illegally modified or the like, the calculated game history information may have an unnatural value different from the assumed value. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine can appropriately determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with by checking the gaming history information. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature D2]
A gaming machine described in Feature D1,
A prize ball number information transmitting means (CPU 62x) for transmitting a signal including the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number information storage means to the processing executing means,
The game machine, wherein the acquisition means acquires the prize ball number information by receiving the signal transmitted from the prize ball number information transmission means.

According to the feature D2, since the signal including the award ball number information stored in the first award ball number information storage means is transmitted to the process executing means, the process executing means accesses the first award ball number storing means. Even if the configuration is not possible or the processing execution means cannot grasp the storage position (memory address) of the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means, the process execution means It is possible to obtain the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means.

[Feature D3]
The gaming machine described in the feature D1 or the feature D2,
A game history information transmitting unit (CPU 308) for transmitting the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine. A gaming machine to do.

According to the feature D3, the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to the predetermined device, so that the predetermined device can display the game history information of the gaming machine. Then, the inspector of the game machine can confirm the game history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature D4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D3,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to the characteristic D4, the game history information is displayed on the display means of the game machine, so that the inspector of the game machine does not use a dedicated device for checking the game history information, and the game history of the game machine concerned. You can check the information.

[Feature D5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D4,
The launching means is configured to be unable to launch the game ball until the process executing means stores the prize ball number information in the second prize ball number information storage means. A gaming machine characterized by that.

According to the feature D5, the game ball is not shot until the storage of the prize ball number information in the second prize ball number information storage means is completed, so that the game ball leaks from the calculation target of the game history information by the calculation executing means. It can be suppressed.

<Feature E group>
The feature E group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature E1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information storage means (prize data) for storing prize ball number information (prize ball number data) which is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means A memory for storing the number of balls 306),
A number information storage unit (register 304) for storing information on the number of game balls detected by the detection unit,
Each time the number of game balls (the number of discharge passage passages N _OUT ) detected by the predetermined detection means (the discharge passage detection sensor 44h) stored in the number information storage means reaches the specified value (500), Information regarding the history of the game by executing an operation based on the information regarding the number of the game balls stored in the number information storage means and the information regarding the number of prize balls stored in the prize number information storage means. And a calculation execution means (CPU 308) for calculating the game history information (proportion of role goods, etc.)
A game history information storage unit (memory 309 for storing the calculation result) that stores the game history information calculated by the calculation execution unit,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature E1, since the game history information is calculated each time the number of game balls detected by the predetermined detection means reaches the specified value, until the number of game balls detected by each gaming machine reaches the specified value. Even if the time varies, it is possible to calculate the game history information that does not affect the time variation. That is, even if there is a difference in the frequency of detecting the game balls, it is possible to calculate highly accurate game history information that is not easily affected by the difference. As a result, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the highly accurate gaming history information, and can properly determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature E2]
A gaming machine described in Feature E1,
As a calculation execution condition that is a condition for executing the calculation, a first calculation execution condition storage unit (main ROM 63 that stores information about the predetermined detection unit (discharge passage detection sensor 44h) and the specified value (500 pieces). ),
The processing execution means,
Operation execution condition acquisition means for acquiring the operation execution conditions stored in the first operation execution condition storage means,
Second operation execution condition storage means (operation execution condition storage memory 307) for storing the acquired operation execution conditions;
Equipped with
A game machine characterized in that the operation executing means executes the operation when the operation executing condition stored in the second operation executing condition storage means is satisfied.

If the type (model) of the gaming machine is different, the characteristics of the game are also different, and the optimal conditions for executing the calculation for calculating the game history information are also different. For this reason, the calculation execution condition stores different conditions for each type (model) of the gaming machine.

According to the feature E2, the processing execution means acquires the calculation execution condition stored in the first calculation execution condition storage means, so that the calculation execution condition set for each type (model) of the gaming machine is satisfied. Operations can be performed in some cases.

[Feature E3]
The gaming machine according to feature E1 or feature E2,
The processing execution means,
A gaming machine, comprising: erasing means for erasing information regarding the number of gaming balls stored in the number information storage means after the arithmetic execution means executes the arithmetic operation.

According to the feature E3, after the calculation execution means executes the calculation, the information about the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means is deleted, so that the information about the number of game balls is stored again in the number information storage means. It becomes possible to do. Therefore, the storage capacity required for the number information storage means can be reduced.

[Feature E4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E3,
A game history information transmitting unit (CPU 308) for transmitting the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine. A gaming machine to do.

According to the characteristic E4, the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to the predetermined device, so that the predetermined device can display the game history information of the gaming machine. Then, the inspector of the game machine can confirm the game history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature E5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E4,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to the characteristic E5, the game history information is displayed on the display means of the game machine, so that the inspector of the game machine does not use a dedicated device for checking the game history information, and the game history of the game machine concerned. You can check the information.

<Feature F group>
The feature F group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature F1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information storage means (prize data) for storing prize ball number information (prize ball number data) which is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means A memory for storing the number of balls 306),
A number information storage unit (register 304) for storing information on the number of game balls detected by the detection unit,
Every time a predetermined time (1 hour) elapses, based on the information about the number of the game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number information storage means An operation execution unit (CPU 308) for calculating game history information (role ratio, etc.), which is information relating to the history of the game, by executing the calculation by
A game history information storage unit (memory 309 for storing the calculation result) that stores the game history information calculated by the calculation execution unit,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature F1, the game history information is calculated every time a predetermined time elapses, so that the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information calculated by the statistical processing using the concept of time. It is possible to appropriately judge whether the game machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature F2]
A gaming machine according to feature F1,
First operation execution condition storage means (main side ROM 63) that stores information regarding a time interval for executing the operation as the operation execution condition that is a condition for executing the operation,
The processing execution means,
Operation execution condition acquisition means for acquiring the operation execution conditions stored in the operation execution condition storage means,
Second operation execution condition storage means (operation execution condition storage memory 307) for storing the acquired operation execution conditions;
Equipped with
A game machine characterized in that the operation executing means executes the operation when the operation executing condition stored in the second operation executing condition storage means is satisfied.

If the type (model) of the gaming machine is different, the characteristics of the game are also different, and the optimal conditions for executing the calculation for calculating the game history information are also different. For this reason, the calculation execution condition stores different conditions for each type (model) of the gaming machine.

According to the feature F2, the process execution means acquires the operation execution condition stored in the first operation execution condition storage means, so that the operation execution condition set for each type (model) of the gaming machine is satisfied. Operations can be performed in some cases.

[Feature F3]
A gaming machine according to feature F1 or feature F2,
Measuring means for measuring an elapsed time from the execution of the calculation;
Determination means for determining whether or not a game is being played by the player,
Equipped with
A gaming machine, wherein the measuring means suspends the measurement of the elapsed time during a period when the determining means determines that a game is not being played.

According to the feature F3, during the period when it is determined that the game is not being performed, the measurement of the elapsed time from the execution of the calculation is suspended, so that the game is targeted only for the period when the game is actually being performed. History information can be calculated.

[Feature F4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F3,
A game history information transmitting unit (CPU 308) for transmitting the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine. A gaming machine to do.

According to the feature F4, the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to the predetermined device, so that the predetermined device can display the game history information of the gaming machine. Then, the inspector of the game machine can confirm the game history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature F5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F4,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to the characteristic F5, the game history information is displayed on the display means of the game machine, so that the inspector of the game machine does not use a dedicated device for checking the game history information, and the game history of the game machine concerned. You can check the information.

<Feature G group>
The feature G group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic G1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
Monitoring means (power failure monitoring circuit 86) for monitoring the occurrence of power interruption,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information storage means (prize data) for storing prize ball number information (prize ball number data) which is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means A memory for storing the number of balls 306),
A number information storage unit (register 304) for storing information on the number of game balls detected by the detection unit,
When the monitoring means detects the occurrence of power interruption, the information on the number of the game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number information storage means Calculation execution means (CPU 308) for calculating game history information (role ratio, etc.), which is information relating to the history of the game, by executing a calculation based on
A game history information storage unit (memory 309 for storing the calculation result) that stores the game history information calculated by the calculation execution unit,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic G1, since the game history information is calculated when the occurrence of the power cutoff is detected, it is detected during the period from the start of the power supply to the gaming machine until the power cutoff occurs. The game history information can be calculated based on the number of game balls. That is, since the game history information is calculated for each period from the start to the end of the business of the game hall, the game history information is calculated for each business day of the game hall. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily grasp whether or not the characteristics of the gaming history information have changed over the business days of the gaming hall, so that the gaming machine is not tampered with. It becomes possible to judge appropriately. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic G2]
A gaming machine described in Feature G1,
A gaming machine comprising: a supply unit (capacitor) that supplies power to the calculation executing unit even after the power is cut off.

According to the feature G2, the supply means for supplying power to the calculation executing means even after the power is cut off is provided, so that the calculation executing means calculates the game history information and the game history information storing means stores the game history information. Can be surely completed.

[Characteristic G3]
The gaming machine described in the feature G1 or the feature G2,
A game history information transmitting unit (CPU 308) for transmitting the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine. A gaming machine to do.

According to the feature G3, the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to the predetermined device, so that the predetermined device can display the game history information of the gaming machine. Then, the inspector of the game machine can confirm the game history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Characteristic G4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features G1 to G3,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to the feature G4, the game history information is displayed on the display means of the game machine, so that the inspector of the game machine does not use a dedicated device for checking the game history information, and the game history of the game machine concerned. You can check the information.

<Feature H group>
The feature H group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic H1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
An informing means for informing in a predetermined case,
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information storage means (prize data) for storing prize ball number information (prize ball number data) which is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means A memory for storing the number of balls 306),
A number information storage unit (register 304) for storing information on the number of game balls detected by the detection unit,
Based on the information about the number of the game balls stored in the number information storage means and the award ball number information stored in the award ball number information storage means, game history information which is information about a history of games. A calculating means (CPU 308) for calculating (a ratio of role goods, etc.);
A game history information storage unit (memory 309 for storing a calculation result) that stores the game history information calculated by the calculation unit,
Equipped with
A gaming machine, wherein the notifying means gives notification when the game history information stored in the game history information storage means does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to the feature H1, since the notification is given when the game history information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, the inspector of the game machine can easily find the game machine whose game history information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. it can. Then, by checking the game history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature H2]
The gaming machine according to the feature H1,
The notification means gives notification when a specific value (payout ratio, etc.) included in the game history information stored in the game history information storage means is no longer within a predetermined range. Machine.

According to the feature H2, the notification is given when the specific value included in the game history information is not included in the predetermined range, so that the inspector of the gaming machine can set the specific value included in the game history information to the predetermined range. You can easily find a game machine that is no longer included in. Then, by checking the game history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature H3]
The gaming machine described in the feature H2,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) according to a deviation degree of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to the feature H3, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range, so that the inspector of the gaming machine determines which of the specific values included in the game history information is within the predetermined range. It is possible to easily understand whether there is a difference.

[Feature H4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H3,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to the characteristic H4, since the display means for performing a predetermined display as the notification is provided, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the game history information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

[Characteristic H5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H4,
A game history information transmitting unit (CPU 308) for transmitting the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine. A gaming machine to do.

According to the feature H5, the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to the predetermined device, so that the predetermined device can display the game history information of the gaming machine. Then, the inspector of the game machine can confirm the game history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Characteristic H6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H5,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to the feature H6, the game history information is displayed on the display means of the game machine, so that the inspector of the game machine does not use a dedicated device for checking the game history information, and the game history of the game machine concerned. You can check the information.

<Feature group I>
The feature I group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic I1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A payout means (payout device 71) for paying out the game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Process execution means (game history management chip 300) for executing a predetermined process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
Prize ball number information storage means (prize data) for storing prize ball number information (prize ball number data) which is information relating to the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means A memory for storing the number of balls 306),
Every time the game ball is detected by the detecting means, the ball information storing means (memory for storing ball information 309b) which sequentially stores the ball information which is information indicating that the game ball is detected by the detecting means. When,
For a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the game machine, the prize information stored in the prize information storage means and the prize ball stored in the prize number information storage means A transmission means (CPU 308) for transmitting the numerical information,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic I1, since the ball entry information and the prize ball number information are transmitted to the predetermined device, the predetermined device is information regarding the history of the game based on the ball entry information and the prize ball number information. The game history information can be calculated in an arbitrary range. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information of the gaming machine calculated in an arbitrary range by using a predetermined device, and appropriately check whether the gaming machine has been illegally modified. It becomes possible to judge. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature I2]
A gaming machine according to feature I1,
A date/time information acquisition unit (RTC96) for acquiring date/time information, which is information related to date/time,
A game machine characterized in that, when storing the ball entry information, the ball entry information storage means adds and stores the date and time information corresponding to the date and time when the game ball was detected by the detection means.

According to the feature I2, the predetermined device that has received the ball entry information to which the date and time information is added can specify the date and time range and calculate the game history information. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine can make a detailed inspection based on the game history information specifying the date and time range. In addition, if the predetermined device displays the incoming ball information with the date and time information added, the inspector of the gaming machine can also know the date and time when the gaming ball was detected by each detecting means. ..

[Characteristic I3]
A gaming machine according to feature I1 or feature I2,
A game machine characterized by comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the entry information stored in the entry information storage means.

According to the characteristic I3, since the entry information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine does not use a dedicated device for confirming the entry information, and the entry of the gaming machine is entered. You can check the information.

<Feature J group>
The feature J group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic J1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Prize ball number information storage means (mainly, prize ball number information) that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data), which is information about the number of game balls (prize ball number) paid out as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detecting means. Side ROM 63),
A game progressing process that is a process for advancing a game based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detecting means (a big hit lottery process, an electric role open lottery process, a prize ball payout process, a symbol on the main display portion 45). Variable display processing, opening/closing processing of the open/close door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, etc.), and the award balls stored in the award ball number information storage means and the game ball detection information detected by the detection means. A process execution means (main CPU 62x) for executing a process of calculating game history information (role ratio, etc.) that is information relating to the history of the game by executing an operation based on the number information.
A game history information storage unit (main RAM 64, flash memory 64x) that is stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body and stores the game history information calculated by the processing execution unit,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature J1, the game history information storage means for storing the game history information is provided. Since the game history information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the game history information is different for each gaming machine and is unique to the gaming machine. That is, the game history information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to the feature J1, the game history information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, is stored in the gaming history information storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring the game history information from the gaming machine body itself. When the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer installed in the gaming hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. However, since the gaming machine is circulated around, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, in the conventional gaming machine, it is possible to obtain information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. Since the gaming machine having the feature J1 stores the gaming history information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the gaming history information storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body, the gaming machine is connected to the hall computer. Even when the game machine is not in operation, the game history information can be acquired from the gaming machine body. That is, according to the feature J1, the gaming machine and the gaming history information can be linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to the feature J1, since the single process execution means executes the game progress process and the process for calculating the game history information, it is necessary to provide another arithmetic chip or the like for executing the calculation process. Without, the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced.

[Characteristic J2]
A game machine according to feature J1,
The processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When the first condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection machine. A second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed when 320 is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
Is feasible,
In the second mode, the gaming machine is configured not to execute the game progress processing even when a game ball passes through the predetermined area.

According to the feature J2, it is possible to execute the second mode in which the game progressing process is not executed even when the game ball has passed through the predetermined area. Therefore, it is not preferable to execute the second mode in parallel with the game progressing process. It is possible to execute in the second mode the processing, the processing that is likely to cause a defect when executed in parallel with the game progress processing. Further, according to the feature J2, since the game progress processing is not executed in the second mode, when the game progress processing is executed in parallel when the program of the processing executed in the second mode is developed. Since it is not necessary to consider the countermeasure, it is possible to significantly improve the development efficiency of the program of the process executed in the second mode.

[Characteristic J3]
A game machine according to feature J2,
The second mode is a mode for outputting the game history information. A gaming machine.

The game history information is information whose contents change when the game ball is detected and the game progress processing is executed. Therefore, if the configuration for executing the process of outputting the game history information in parallel with the game progress process is adopted, the inspector of the game machine progresses while the characteristic of the game machine is inspected by the game history information. There is a case where the content of the game history information is changed as the processing is executed, and it becomes difficult to smoothly carry out the inspection. On the other hand, according to the feature J3, since the game history information is output in the second mode in which the game progress processing is not executed even when the game ball passes through the predetermined area, the game history information is output. It is possible to prevent the contents of the game history information from changing while the game is in progress. As a result, the inspector of the gaming machine can smoothly carry out the inspection.

[Characteristic J4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J3,
The processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When the first condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection machine. A second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed when 320 is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
Is feasible,
When the first condition is satisfied during execution of the game progression processing in the first mode (when an operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, the power button is pressed while pressing the mode switching button) When the operation to perform is performed, when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, when the predetermined time has come), the timing when the second condition is satisfied (the variable display processing of the symbol ends) At the timing when the game progress processing such as the timing has been completed up to a predetermined processing stage, the timing when all the processing of each of the game progress processing being executed is completed), the first mode is switched to the second mode. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to.

According to Feature J4, when the first condition is satisfied in the first mode, the first mode is switched to the second mode at the timing when the second condition is satisfied. Therefore, as compared with the configuration in which the first mode is switched to the second mode at the timing immediately after the first condition is satisfied regardless of whether or not the second condition is satisfied, the second mode It is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing defects when shifting to.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the first mode is switched to the second mode immediately after the first condition is satisfied regardless of whether or not the second condition is satisfied, In the mode, during the period during which the variable display process of the symbol as the game progress process is being executed, if the first condition that the predetermined operation is executed is satisfied, the second period is displayed during the variable display of the symbol. Therefore, it becomes difficult to control the stop timing of the symbol and the variation time of the symbol. On the other hand, according to the feature J4, for example, the first condition that a predetermined operation is performed during the period in which the symbol variable display process as the game progress process is being performed in the first mode When it is satisfied, the timing is changed to the second mode at the timing when the second condition that the variable display processing of the symbol is not executed is satisfied, that is, the timing after the symbol which is being variable displayed is stopped. .. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems such as difficulty in controlling the stop timing of the symbol and the variation time of the symbol.

[Characteristic J5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J4,
The processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When the first condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection machine. A second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed when 320 is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
Is feasible,
An operation for shifting from the second mode to the first mode when the third condition is satisfied during the second mode (when 10 minutes have passed after shifting to the inspection mode). Even when the transition operation (the operation of pressing the mode switching button, the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button) is not executed, the transition operation from the second mode to the first mode A gaming machine characterized by being configured to shift to a mode.

According to feature J5, when the third condition is satisfied during the second mode, even when the transition operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode is not executed, Since it is configured to shift from the second mode to the first mode, it is possible to prevent the shift mode from being returned to the first mode without executing the shift operation. For example, after the transition to the second mode, the administrator of the gaming machine, the inspector, or the like forgets to execute the transition operation, and the gaming machine does not return to the first mode in which the game progress processing can be executed, and the gaming It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which a person cannot play a game on the gaming machine.

[Characteristic J6]
A gaming machine according to feature J5,
The third condition is that a predetermined time has passed from a predetermined time (10 minutes have passed from the time of shifting to the inspection mode).

According to the feature J6, when the predetermined time has elapsed from the predetermined time point during the second mode, the transition operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode has not been executed. However, since it is configured to shift from the second mode to the first mode, it is possible to reliably prevent the return to the first mode without executing the shift operation. For example, even if the administrator of the gaming machine, the inspector, or the like forgets to execute the shift operation after shifting to the second mode, if the predetermined time elapses from the predetermined point, the first Since the game machine returns to the mode, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the game machine cannot return to the first mode in which the game progress processing can be executed and the player cannot play the game on the game machine.

[Characteristic J7]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J6,
A game progress processing information storage unit (main side RAM 64) which is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body and stores information on the game progress processing.
The game is executed based on the execution of an erase operation (an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button), which is an operation for deleting the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means. Erasing means for erasing the information stored in the progress processing information storage means,
Equipped with
The processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When the first condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection machine. A second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed when 320 is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
Is feasible,
In the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode (the state during the inspection mode, the state where the power is turned off as it is after the shift to the inspection mode), A gaming machine configured such that the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is not erased even when the erase operation is executed.

According to the feature J7, in the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode, the erasing operation for erasing the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is executed. Even if it is, the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is not erased, so in the state after the transition to the second mode and before the transition to the first mode, the first mode is set. Even if the erasing operation is accidentally executed in an attempt to transfer the information, it is possible to prevent the information from being erroneously deleted.

For example, the erasing operation for erasing the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the erasing button, and the first mode and the second mode. In the configuration in which the operation for switching the mode between the two is the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the button for the transition, the button for the transition for switching from the second mode to the first mode is used. Although I intend to press the power button while pressing, there is a risk that I will accidentally press the power button while pressing the erase button. However, according to feature J7, in the state after the transition to the second mode but before the transition to the first mode, the operation of pressing the power button while mistakenly pressing the erase button is executed. Even if the information is lost, it is possible to prevent the information from being accidentally erased.

More specifically, for example, when moving from the first mode to the second mode, while temporarily stopping the game progress processing that was being executed in the first mode, the stopped game progression processing When a configuration is adopted in which information for resuming after the return to the second mode is stored in the game progress processing information storage means, a button for transition is used to return from the second mode to the first mode. If you intend to press the power button while pressing it, but accidentally press the power button while pressing the delete button, the information for restarting the game progress processing will be deleted, and the second There is a possibility that the game progress processing cannot be restarted after returning to the mode, and the player may be disadvantaged. On the other hand, according to feature J7, in the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode, the erasing button is erroneously pressed to shift to the first mode. However, even if the power button is pressed, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means from being accidentally erased, which is disadvantageous to the player. It can be suppressed.

[Characteristic J8]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J7,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information.

According to the feature J8, since the game history information is displayed on the display means of the game machine, the inspector of the game machine does not use a dedicated device for confirming the game history information, and the game history of the game machine concerned. You can check the information.

[Characteristic J9]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J8,
The game history information storage means is constituted by a non-volatile memory (flash memory 64x) capable of holding the storage even when power is cut off.

According to the feature J9, since the game history information is retained even when the power supply to the game machine is cut off, the game machine is placed in any state (for example, a distribution state in which power is not supplied to the game machine). Even in this case, the gaming machine and the gaming history information can be always linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Characteristic J10]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J9,
The game history information storage means is stored inside a housing (a board box to which a sealing sticker is attached) in which a trace of opening and closing remains.

According to the feature J10, the game history information storage means is stored inside the housing in which the trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, when the game history information storage means is physically contacted, a trace of opening the casing remains. Therefore, if the game history information stored in the game history information storage means is modified through physical contact with the game history information storage means, it is necessary to grasp the modification from the traces on the housing. Will be possible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the game history information. Since gaming machines are circulated over and over, various external contacts are made in the process of circulation, but since the game history information storage means is stored inside the housing in which a trace of opening and closing remains. Even in the situation where the gaming machine is constantly distributed, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the game history information by someone. Further, since the game history information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the game history information. Therefore, according to the feature J10, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized modification of the gaming history information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic J11]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J10,
A gaming machine comprising: a notifying unit for notifying when the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to the feature J11, since the notification is given when the game history information does not meet the predetermined condition, the inspector of the game machine can easily find the game machine whose game history information does not meet the predetermined condition. it can. Then, by checking the game history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic J12]
A gaming machine according to feature J11,
The notification means gives notification when a specific value (payout ratio, etc.) included in the game history information stored in the game history information storage means is no longer within a predetermined range. Machine.

According to the feature J12, since the notification is given when the specific value included in the game history information is no longer included in the predetermined range, the inspector of the gaming machine can check the specific value included in the game history information within the predetermined range. You can easily find a game machine that is no longer included in. Then, by checking the game history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic J13]
A game machine according to feature J12,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) according to a deviation degree of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to the feature J13, the notification mode is determined according to the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range, so that the inspector of the gaming machine can determine which of the specific values included in the game history information is within the predetermined range. It is possible to easily understand whether there is a difference.

[Characteristic J14]
The gaming machine according to any one of features J11 to J13,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to the feature J14, since the display means for performing a predetermined display as the notification is provided, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the game history information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Characteristic K group>
The characteristic K group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic K1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A game progressing process that is a process for advancing the game based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detecting means (a big hit lottery process, an electric role open lottery process, a prize ball payout process, a symbol on the main display portion 45). A game progress processing execution means (main CPU 62x) for executing a variable display processing, an opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, and the like,
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When a predetermined condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection machine 320 is attached to the inspection terminal 65). Is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer), a second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed,
Is feasible,
In the second mode, the gaming machine is configured not to execute the game progress processing even when a game ball passes through the predetermined area.

According to the characteristic K1, it is possible to execute the second mode in which the game progressing process is not executed even when the game ball has passed through the predetermined area. Therefore, it is not preferable to execute the second mode in parallel with the game progressing process. It is possible to execute in the second mode the processing, the processing that is likely to cause a defect when executed in parallel with the game progress processing. Further, according to the characteristic K1, since the game progress processing is not executed in the second mode, when the game progress processing is executed in parallel when the program of the processing executed in the second mode is developed. Since it is not necessary to consider the countermeasure, it is possible to significantly improve the development efficiency of the program of the process executed in the second mode.

[Characteristic K2]
A gaming machine described in the characteristic K1,
The detection information is information that is stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body and is based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means (game history information including game information, game number information, role ratio, etc.). ) For storing the calculation result memory (memory 309 for storing the calculation result, memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered, memory 309b for storing the ball information, main RAM 64, flash memory 64x),
The second mode is a mode for outputting the detection information. A gaming machine.

According to the characteristic K2, it is possible to store the detection information and output the detection information in the second mode. Since the detection information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information is different for each gaming machine and is unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to the characteristic K2, the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, is stored in the storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring the detection information from the gaming machine body itself. When the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer installed in the gaming hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. However, since the gaming machine is circulated around, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, in the conventional gaming machine, it is possible to obtain information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. Since the gaming machine with the characteristic K2 stores the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body, the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer. Even if there is, the detection information can be acquired from the main body of the gaming machine. That is, according to the characteristic K2, the gaming machine and the detection information can be linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, the detection information is information whose contents change when the game ball is detected and the game progress processing is executed. Therefore, if the configuration for executing the process of outputting the detection information in parallel with the game progress process is adopted, the game progress process is performed while the inspector of the game machine inspects the characteristic of the game machine by the detection information. The content of the detection information may be changed as it is executed, and it may be difficult to smoothly perform the inspection. On the other hand, according to the characteristic K2, since the detection information is output in the second mode in which the game progress processing is not executed even when the game ball passes through the predetermined area, the detection information is output. It is possible to prevent the content of the detection information from changing in the meantime. As a result, the inspector of the gaming machine can smoothly carry out the inspection.

[Characteristic K3]
A gaming machine described in the characteristic K2,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the detection information output in the second mode.

According to the characteristic K3, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine confirms the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Characteristic K4]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic K2 or the characteristic K3,
The storage means is a non-volatile memory (memory for storing calculation result 309, memory for storing number of balls 309a, memory for storing ball information 309b, flash that can hold the memory even when power supply is cut off. A game machine characterized by being constituted by a memory 64x).

According to the characteristic K4, the detection information is retained even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so that the gaming machine is placed in any state (for example, a distribution state in which no power is supplied to the gaming machine). Also, the gaming machine and the detection information can be always linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Characteristic K5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features K2 to K4,
The game machine is characterized in that the storage means is stored inside a housing (a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached) in which a trace of opening and closing remains.

According to the characteristic K5, the storage means is stored inside the housing in which the trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, when the storage means is physically contacted, a trace of opening the housing remains. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the storage means is altered through physical contact with the storage means, it is possible to recognize the alteration from the trace of the housing. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the detection information. Since some gaming machines are circulated over and over, various external contacts are made in the process of being circulated, but since the storage means is stored inside the housing in which a trace of opening and closing remains, It is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the detected information by someone, even in the situation of frequent distribution. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to the characteristic K5, it is possible to appropriately manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized modification of the detection information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic K6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features K2 to K5,
A gaming machine comprising: an informing unit for informing when the detection information stored in the storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to the characteristic K6, since the notification is given when the detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily find the gaming machine whose detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic K7]
A gaming machine described in Feature K6,
A gaming machine, wherein the notification means gives notification when a specific value (payout ratio or the like) included in the detection information stored in the storage means is not included in a predetermined range.

According to the characteristic K7, since the notification is given when the specific value included in the detection information is not included in the predetermined range, the inspector of the gaming machine includes the specific value included in the detection information in the predetermined range. You can easily find a game machine that is no longer running. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic K8]
A gaming machine according to feature K7,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) according to a deviation degree of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to the characteristic K8, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range, so that the inspector of the gaming machine determines how much the specific value included in the detection information is out of the predetermined range. It is possible to easily grasp whether there is a divergence.

[Characteristic K9]
The gaming machine according to any one of features K6 to K8,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to the characteristic K9, since the display means for performing a predetermined display as the notification is provided, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Feature L group>
The feature L group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature L1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A game progressing process that is a process for advancing the game based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detecting means (a big hit lottery process, an electric role open lottery process, a prize ball payout process, a symbol on the main display portion 45). A game progress processing execution means (main CPU 62x) for executing a variable display processing, an opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, and the like,
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When the first condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection machine. A second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed when 320 is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
Is feasible,
When the first condition is satisfied during execution of the game progression processing in the first mode (when an operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, the power button is pressed while pressing the mode switching button) When the operation to perform is performed, when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, when the predetermined time has come), the timing when the second condition is satisfied (the variable display processing of the symbol ends) At the timing when the game progress processing such as the timing has been completed up to a predetermined processing stage, the timing when all the processing of each of the game progress processing being executed is completed), the first mode is switched to the second mode. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to.

According to the feature L1, when the first condition is satisfied in the first mode, the first mode is switched to the second mode at the timing when the second condition is satisfied. Therefore, as compared with the configuration in which the first mode is switched to the second mode at the timing immediately after the first condition is satisfied regardless of whether or not the second condition is satisfied, the second mode It is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing defects when shifting to.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the first mode is switched to the second mode immediately after the first condition is satisfied regardless of whether or not the second condition is satisfied, In the mode, during the period during which the variable display process of the symbol as the game progress process is being executed, if the first condition that the predetermined operation is executed is satisfied, the second period is displayed during the variable display of the symbol. Therefore, it becomes difficult to control the stop timing of the symbol and the variation time of the symbol. On the other hand, according to the feature L1, for example, the first condition that a predetermined operation is executed during the period in which the symbol variable display process as the game progress process is being executed in the first mode. When it is satisfied, the timing is changed to the second mode at the timing when the second condition that the variable display processing of the symbol is not executed is satisfied, that is, the timing after the symbol which is being variable displayed is stopped. .. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems such as difficulty in controlling the stop timing of the symbol and the variation time of the symbol.

[Feature L2]
The gaming machine described in the feature L1,
The detection information is information that is stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body and is based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means (game history information including game information, game number information, role ratio, etc.). ) For storing the calculation result memory (memory 309 for storing the calculation result, memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered, memory 309b for storing the ball information, main RAM 64, flash memory 64x),
The second mode is a mode for outputting the detection information. A gaming machine.

According to the feature L2, it is possible to store the detection information and output the detection information in the second mode. Since the detection information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information is different for each gaming machine and is unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to the feature L2, the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, is stored in the storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring the detection information from the gaming machine body itself. When the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer installed in the gaming hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. However, since the gaming machine is circulated around, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, in the conventional gaming machine, it is possible to obtain information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine with the characteristic L2 stores the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body, so that the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer. Even if there is, the detection information can be acquired from the main body of the gaming machine. That is, according to the feature L2, the gaming machine and the detection information can be linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L3]
A gaming machine according to feature L2,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the detection information output in the second mode.

According to the feature L3, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine confirms the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Feature L4]
A gaming machine according to feature L2 or feature L3,
The storage means is a non-volatile memory (memory for storing calculation result 309, memory for storing number of balls 309a, memory for storing ball information 309b, flash that can hold the memory even when power supply is cut off. A game machine characterized by being constituted by a memory 64x).

According to the feature L4, the detection information is retained even when the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so that the gaming machine is placed in any state (for example, a distribution state in which no power is supplied to the gaming machine). Also, the gaming machine and the detection information can be always linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Feature L5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features L2 to L4,
The game machine is characterized in that the storage means is stored inside a housing (a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached) in which a trace of opening and closing remains.

According to the feature L5, the storage unit is stored inside the housing in which the trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, when the storage means is physically contacted, a trace of opening the housing remains. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the storage means is altered through physical contact with the storage means, it is possible to recognize the alteration from the trace of the housing. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the detection information. Since some gaming machines are circulated over and over, various external contacts are made in the process of being circulated, but since the storage means is stored inside the housing in which a trace of opening and closing remains, It is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the detected information by someone, even in the situation of frequent distribution. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to the feature L5, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized modification of the detection information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features L2 to L5,
A gaming machine comprising: an informing unit for informing when the detection information stored in the storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to the feature L6, since the notification is given when the detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily find the gaming machine whose detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L7]
A gaming machine according to feature L6,
A gaming machine, wherein the notification means gives notification when a specific value (payout ratio or the like) included in the detection information stored in the storage means is not included in a predetermined range.

According to the feature L7, when the specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in the predetermined range, the notification is issued, so that the inspector of the gaming machine includes the specific value included in the detection information in the predetermined range. You can easily find a game machine that is no longer running. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L8]
A gaming machine according to feature L7,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) according to a deviation degree of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to the feature L8, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine determines how much the specific value included in the detection information is out of the predetermined range. It is possible to easily grasp whether there is a divergence.

[Feature L9]
The gaming machine according to any one of features L6 to L8,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to the feature L9, since the display means for performing a predetermined display as the notification is provided, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Feature M group>
The feature M group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature M1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A game progressing process that is a process for advancing the game based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detecting means (a big hit lottery process, an electric role open lottery process, a prize ball payout process, a symbol on the main display portion 45). A game progress processing execution means (main CPU 62x) for executing a variable display processing, an opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, and the like,
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When the first condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection machine. A second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed when 320 is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
Is feasible,
When the second condition is satisfied during the second mode (when 10 minutes have passed after the shift to the inspection mode), a predetermined value for shifting from the second mode to the first mode. Even when the operation (operation of pressing the mode switching button, operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button) is not executed, the second mode is switched to the first mode. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to be transferred.

According to the feature M1, when the second condition is satisfied during the second mode, even when the predetermined operation for shifting from the second mode to the first mode is not executed. Since the second mode is shifted to the first mode, it is possible to prevent the predetermined mode from being returned to the first mode without being executed. For example, after the transition to the second mode, the administrator of the gaming machine, the inspector, or the like forgets to execute the predetermined operation, and the gaming machine does not return to the first mode in which the game progress processing can be executed, It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the player cannot play a game on the game machine.

[Feature M2]
The gaming machine described in the feature M1,
The second condition is that a predetermined time has passed from a predetermined time (10 minutes have passed from the time of shifting to the inspection mode).

According to the feature M2, when the predetermined time has passed from the predetermined time point during the second mode, the predetermined operation for shifting from the second mode to the first mode has not been executed. Even if there is, since it is configured to shift from the second mode to the first mode, it is possible to reliably prevent the return to the first mode without executing a predetermined operation. For example, even if the administrator of the gaming machine, the inspector, or the like forgets to execute a predetermined operation after shifting to the second mode, if the predetermined time elapses from the predetermined time point, the first Since the game machine returns to the mode, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the game machine cannot return to the first mode in which the game progress processing can be executed and the player cannot play the game on the game machine.

[Feature M3]
The gaming machine described in the feature M1 or the feature M2,
The detection information is information that is stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body and is based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means (game history information including game information, game number information, role ratio, etc.). ) For storing the calculation result memory (memory 309 for storing the calculation result, memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered, memory 309b for storing the ball information, main RAM 64, flash memory 64x),
The second mode is a mode for outputting the detection information. A gaming machine.

According to the feature M3, it is possible to store the detection information and output the detection information in the second mode. Since the detection information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information is different for each gaming machine and is unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to the feature M3, the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, is stored in the storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring the detection information from the gaming machine body itself. When the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer installed in the gaming hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. However, since the gaming machine is circulated around, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, in the conventional gaming machine, it is possible to obtain information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. Since the gaming machine having the feature M3 stores the detection information, which is the information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body, the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer. Even if there is, the detection information can be acquired from the main body of the gaming machine. That is, according to the feature M3, the gaming machine and the detection information can be linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to the feature M3, after the inspector of the gaming machine inspects the characteristics of the gaming machine by the detection information output in the second mode, he forgets to execute a predetermined operation, and the gaming machine plays the game. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the player cannot play a game on the game machine without returning to the first mode in which the progress processing can be executed.

[Feature M4]
A gaming machine described in feature M3,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the detection information output in the second mode.

According to the feature M4, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine confirms the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Feature M5]
The gaming machine described in the feature M3 or the feature M4,
The storage means is a non-volatile memory (memory for storing calculation result 309, memory for storing number of balls 309a, memory for storing ball information 309b, flash that can hold the memory even when power supply is cut off. A game machine characterized by being constituted by a memory 64x).

According to the feature M5, the detection information is retained even when the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so that the gaming machine is placed in any state (for example, a distribution state in which the gaming machine is not powered). Also, the gaming machine and the detection information can be always linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Feature M6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features M3 to M5,
The game machine is characterized in that the storage means is stored inside a housing (a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached) in which a trace of opening and closing remains.

According to the feature M6, the storage means is stored inside the housing in which the trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, when the storage means is physically contacted, a trace of opening the housing remains. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the storage means is altered through physical contact with the storage means, it is possible to recognize the alteration from the trace of the housing. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the detection information. Since some gaming machines are circulated over and over, various external contacts are made in the process of being circulated, but since the storage means is stored inside the housing in which a trace of opening and closing remains, It is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the detected information by someone, even in the situation of frequent distribution. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to the feature M6, it is possible to appropriately manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized modification of the detection information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature M7]
The gaming machine according to any one of features M3 to M6,
A gaming machine comprising: an informing unit for informing when the detection information stored in the storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to the feature M7, since the notification is given when the detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily find the gaming machine whose detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature M8]
A gaming machine according to feature M7,
A gaming machine, wherein the notification means gives notification when a specific value (payout ratio or the like) included in the detection information stored in the storage means is not included in a predetermined range.

According to the feature M8, when the specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in the predetermined range, the notification is made. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine includes the specific value included in the detection information in the predetermined range. You can easily find a game machine that is no longer running. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature M9]
A gaming machine described in feature M8,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) according to a deviation degree of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to the feature M9, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range. Therefore, the inspector of the gaming machine determines how much the specific value included in the detection information is out of the predetermined range. It is possible to easily grasp whether there is a divergence.

[Feature M10]
The gaming machine according to any one of features M7 to M9,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to the feature M10, since the display means for performing a predetermined display as the notification is provided, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Feature N group>
The characteristic N group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic N1]
Launching means for launching a game ball toward the game area (game ball launching mechanism 81),
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
A game progressing process that is a process for advancing the game based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detecting means (a big hit lottery process, an electric role open lottery process, a prize ball payout process, a symbol on the main display portion 45). A game progress processing execution means (main CPU 62x) for executing a variable display processing, an opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, and the like,
A storage unit (main-side RAM 64) that is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body and that stores information regarding the game progress processing,
Erasing means for erasing the information stored in the storage means based on the execution of a predetermined operation (operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button),
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means,
A first mode (game mode) that is a mode in which the game progress processing can be executed,
When a predetermined condition is satisfied (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection machine 320 is attached to the inspection terminal 65). Is connected, when a predetermined time comes, and when a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer), a second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode executed,
Is feasible,
In the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode (the state during the inspection mode, the state where the power is turned off as it is after the shift to the inspection mode), A gaming machine configured such that the information stored in the storage means is not erased even when the predetermined operation is executed.

According to the characteristic N1, in the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode, a predetermined operation for erasing the information stored in the storage means is performed. Even if there is, the information stored in the storage means is not erased. Therefore, in the state after the shift to the second mode but before the shift to the first mode, the predetermined mode is erroneously set to shift to the first mode. Even if the operation of is executed, it is possible to prevent the information from being accidentally erased.

For example, the predetermined operation for erasing the information stored in the storage means is an operation of depressing the power button while depressing the erasing button, and between the first mode and the second mode. In the configuration in which the operation for shifting the mode is the operation of pushing the power button while pushing the button for shifting, the button for shifting is pushed in order to shift from the second mode to the first mode. While intending to press the power button, there is a risk that the power button will be pressed accidentally while pressing the erase button. However, according to the feature N1, in the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode, the operation of pressing the power button while mistakenly pressing the erase button is executed. Even if the information is lost, it is possible to prevent the information from being accidentally erased.

More specifically, for example, when moving from the first mode to the second mode, while temporarily stopping the game progress processing that was being executed in the first mode, the stopped game progression processing In the case of adopting a configuration in which information for resuming after the return to the second mode is stored in the storage means, the power source is pressed while pressing the transition button in order to return from the second mode to the first mode. If you intend to press the button but accidentally press the power button while pressing the erase button, the information for restarting the game progress processing will be erased, and the second mode There is a risk that the game progress processing cannot be restarted after the return, which may be disadvantageous to the player. On the other hand, according to the feature N1, in the state after the shift to the second mode and before the shift to the first mode, the erasing button is erroneously pressed to shift to the first mode. However, even if the power button is pressed, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the storage device from being erased by mistake, which may cause a disadvantage to the player. Can be suppressed.

[Feature N2]
The gaming machine described in the feature N1,
The detection information is information that is stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body and is based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means (game history information including game information, game number information, role ratio, etc.). ) Is stored in the detection information storage means,
The second mode is a mode for outputting the detection information (game history information including game information, game number information, character ratio, etc.).

According to the feature N2, it is possible to store the detection information and output the detection information in the second mode. Since the detection information is information having a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information is different for each gaming machine and is unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to the feature N2, the detection information, which is the information in which the characteristics of the gaming machine are reflected, is stored in the sensing information storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring the detection information from the gaming machine body itself. When the gaming machine is installed in the gaming hall, the hall computer installed in the gaming hall can acquire information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. However, since the gaming machine is circulated around, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, in the conventional gaming machine, it is possible to obtain information about the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine with the characteristic N2 stores the detection information, which is the information in which the characteristics of the gaming machine are reflected, in the detection information detection information storage means stored in the housing of the gaming machine main body, so that the gaming machine is connected to the hall computer. The detection information can be obtained from the main body of the gaming machine even when the gaming machine is not in use. That is, according to the feature N2, the gaming machine and the detection information can be linked in a one-to-one manner, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic N3]
A gaming machine according to the feature N2,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the detection information output in the second mode.

According to the feature N3, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine confirms the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Feature N4]
A gaming machine according to feature N2 or feature N3,
A game machine characterized in that the detection information storage means is stored inside a housing (a board box to which a sealing sticker is attached) on which a trace of opening and closing remains.

According to the feature N4, the detection information storage means is stored inside the housing in which the trace of opening and closing remains. Therefore, when the detection information storage means is physically contacted, a trace of opening the casing remains. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the detection information storage means is modified through physical contact with the detection information storage means, it is possible to recognize the modification from the traces on the housing. Become. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized modification of the detection information. Since some gaming machines are circulated around the game, various external contacts are made in the process of being circulated. However, since the detection information storage means is stored inside the housing in which a trace of opening and closing is left, Even if the machine is in circulation, the unauthorized modification of the detection information by someone can be suppressed. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to the feature N4, it is possible to appropriately manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized modification of the detection information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature N5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features N2 to N4,
A gaming machine comprising: a notification unit that notifies when the detection information stored in the detection information storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to the feature N5, since the notification is given when the detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily find the gaming machine whose detection information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Characteristic N6]
A gaming machine according to feature N5,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means gives notification when a specific value (payout ratio or the like) included in the detection information stored in the detection information storage means is not included in a predetermined range.

According to the feature N6, when the specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in the predetermined range, the notification is made, so that the inspector of the gaming machine includes the specific value included in the detection information in the predetermined range. You can easily find a game machine that is no longer running. Then, by checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature N7]
A gaming machine according to feature N6,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) according to a deviation degree of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to the feature N7, since the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range, the inspector of the gaming machine determines how much the specific value included in the detection information is out of the predetermined range. It is possible to easily grasp whether there is a divergence.

[Feature N8]
The gaming machine according to any one of features N5 to N7,
The game machine is characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to the feature N8, since the display means for performing a predetermined display as the notification is provided, the inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

The inventions of the characteristic group A to the characteristic group N solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, technical improvements have been made from various points of view such as structure, control, and performance for the purpose of improving the interest of the game.

Further, in addition to improving the interest of the game, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and deterrence of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

For example, if a player performs an illegal act (a so-called goto act), or if a nail provided on the game board of a pachinko game machine is illegally bent and remodeled, each entry such as a general winning opening or a starting opening will be made. In some cases, the percentage of game balls entering the ball entrance is different from what was originally envisioned, and the performance and playability envisioned for the pachinko gaming machine may be impaired. However, it was very difficult to find such fraud.

Such fraud may be performed by the player during business hours of the game hall. In addition, there are cases where unauthorized modification is performed by someone after the opening hours of the game hall. Further, the game machine in transit before being installed in the game hall may be illegally modified. Furthermore, the game machine before being shipped to the game hall may be illegally modified. There is also the possibility of unauthorized modification before that.

Based on such a situation, it is an object of the present invention to detect an illegal act or an illegal modification to a gaming machine and improve the soundness of the game.

<Feature O group>
The feature O group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature O1]
A gaming machine provided with a process execution means (main CPU 62x) for starting execution of a predetermined process (timer interrupt process) at a predetermined interval (4 msec interval),
The process execution means can execute a specific process (a calculation process that is a process of calculating game history information) as one process included in the predetermined process,
The specific processing is composed of a plurality of processing stages (task 1 and task 2 in FIG. 29),
The processing execution means,
In one execution of the predetermined processing, it is possible to execute one processing step of the plurality of processing steps that constitute the specific processing,
A gaming machine, characterized in that all of the plurality of processing steps constituting the specific processing are executed by executing the predetermined processing a plurality of times.

According to the characteristic O1, it is possible to execute one of the plurality of processing steps constituting the specific processing in one execution of the predetermined processing, and by executing the predetermined processing a plurality of times, Since all of the plurality of processing steps constituting the specific processing are executed, compared with the configuration of executing all of the plurality of processing steps constituting the specific processing in one execution of the predetermined processing, the predetermined processing The time required for one execution can be shortened. As a result, the time required to execute the predetermined process once becomes longer than the predetermined interval for starting the execution of the predetermined process, and the predetermined process cannot be executed at the predetermined interval. This can be suppressed.

[Feature O2]
A gaming machine described in feature O1,
The specific processing is configured by a series of processing in which the order of execution is determined,
The plurality of processing steps is a division of the series of processings that constitutes the specific processing,
The processing execution means executes one processing step (task 1 in FIG. 29) of the plurality of processing steps and then executes the processing step (task 2 in FIG. 29) to be executed next to the one processing step. A gaming machine characterized by specifying.

According to the characteristic O2, a series of processes in which the order of execution is determined is divided, and in one execution of the predetermined process, after performing one of the plurality of process stages, Since the processing step to be executed next to the processing step is specified, even if it is a series of processing that, when incorporated into a predetermined processing, the time required to execute the predetermined processing becomes longer than the predetermined interval. , Can be incorporated and executed in a predetermined process executed at predetermined intervals.

[Feature O3]
A gaming machine described in feature O2,
The process execution means is capable of executing a game progress process, which is a process relating to the progress of a game, as a process included in the predetermined process,
The specific processing is processing (arithmetic processing) different from the game progress processing.

According to the feature O3, when a process different from the game progress process (process other than the game progress process) is incorporated into the predetermined process, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process becomes longer than the predetermined interval. Even in a gaming machine having such a configuration, a process different from the game progress process can be incorporated and executed in a predetermined process executed at predetermined intervals. In addition, since the process different from the game progress process does not affect the progress of the game even if all the processing steps are not executed in one execution of the predetermined process, the time required for executing the predetermined process once Can be allocated to the execution time of the game progress processing included in the predetermined processing, and the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine can be improved. As the process different from the game progress process, various arbitrary processes can be adopted. For example, a process of calculating game history information that is information relating to the history of the game, or a process installed in a game hall. It is possible to employ a transmission process or the like for transmitting information regarding the game situation to the existing hall computer at a predetermined timing.

[Characteristic O4]
A gaming machine described in feature O3,
A game machine characterized in that the specific process is a calculation process (arithmetic process) that is a process of calculating game history information that is information relating to a history of games.

According to the characteristic O4, when the calculation process for calculating the game history information is incorporated into a predetermined process, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process becomes longer than the predetermined interval. Also in the machine, the calculation process can be incorporated and executed in a predetermined process executed at predetermined intervals. Further, the calculation process for calculating the game history information does not affect the progress of the game even if all the processing steps are not executed in one execution of the predetermined process, and thus it is necessary to execute the predetermined process once. The time can be allocated to the execution time of the game progress processing included in the predetermined processing, and the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine can be improved.

<Feature P group>
The feature P group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Characteristic P1]
A gaming machine provided with a process execution means (main CPU 62x) for starting execution of a predetermined process (timer interrupt process) at a predetermined interval (4 msec interval),
The processing execution means,
As one process included in the predetermined process, a specific process (prize ball aggregation process) can be executed,
In one execution of the predetermined process, a part of the process target candidates (8 bits in the buffer area) is processed as a part of the process target candidates (2 bits) by the specific process (prize ball). It can be set as a processing target of (aggregation processing), and the specific processing can be executed for the set processing target.
A gaming machine, characterized in that the specific processing is executed for all of the plurality of processing target candidates by executing the predetermined processing a plurality of times.

According to the feature P1, in one execution of the predetermined process, some of the process target candidates are set as the process targets of the specific process, and the set process targets are Specific processing can be executed by executing the predetermined processing a plurality of times, and thus the specific processing is executed for all of the plurality of processing target candidates. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the time required for executing the predetermined process once, as compared with the configuration in which the specific process is executed for all of the plurality of process target candidates in the single execution of the predetermined process. As a result, the time required to execute the predetermined process once becomes longer than the predetermined interval for starting the execution of the predetermined process, and the predetermined process cannot be executed at the predetermined interval. This can be suppressed.

[Feature P2]
A gaming machine described in Feature P1,
The game machine, wherein the plurality of processing target candidates are fixed in advance.

According to the feature P2, since the plurality of processing target candidates are fixed in advance, it is not necessary to execute the processing of selecting the plurality of processing target candidates, and the processing can be simplified, and as a result, the processing speed can be improved. Can be improved. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters necessary for selecting a plurality of processing target candidates.

[Feature P3]
The gaming machine according to feature P1 or feature P2,
The processing target setting means sets the partial processing target candidates among the plurality of processing target candidates as a processing target of the specific process in a predetermined order. Amusement machine.

According to the feature P3, when a part of the process target candidates is set as a process target of a specific process from among the plurality of process target candidates, the process targets are set in a predetermined order. It is not necessary to execute the determination processing of which processing target candidate is set, and the processing can be simplified, and as a result, the processing speed can be improved. Further, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters required to execute the determination process.

[Feature P4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features P1 to P3,
Equipped with a plurality of ball entry parts that can enter game balls
Each of the plurality of processing target candidates corresponds to each of the plurality of ball entering portion,
Each of the processing target candidates is information (entry detection information stored in each bit of the buffer area) that is updated based on the detection of the entry of the game ball into each of the entry parts,
The processing execution means performs the predetermined processing a plurality of times in a time shorter than the shortest interval (about 18 msec) in which two game balls are continuously entered and detected in one entrance portion. The game machine characterized in that the specific processing can be executed for all of the processing target candidates by executing the processing four times).

According to the feature P4, the time required until a specific process is executed for all of the process target candidates is the shortest time when two game balls are continuously entered into one entrance portion and detected. Since it can be made shorter than the interval of, the information updated based on the detection of the entry of the game ball into each entry part, the information that the entry of one game ball is detected. It can be stored as information updated based on the above. To be more specific, when two game balls enter the ball entrance section in succession, the first ball of the first game ball is updated based on detection by the ball entrance section. Even if the specified information is set as the processing target and the specific processing is executed, and then the remaining other processing target candidates are set as the processing target and the specific processing is executed, the next second game is executed. All of these specific processes can be completed before the ball entry is detected at the entry part. That is, at the time when the information updated based on the detection of the entry of the second game ball at the entry part is set as the processing target and the specific processing is executed, one piece has already been entered. The specific processing for the information updated based on the fact that the entry of the eye game ball is detected in the entry portion is completed, and the entry of the second game ball is detected in the entry portion. The information updated based on what is done can be treated as the information updated based on the fact that the entry of a new first game ball is detected at the entry portion. Therefore, the information updated based on the detection of the entry of the game ball into each entry portion is stored as the information updated based on the detection of the entry of one game ball. be able to. As a result, for example, it is possible to store the information updated based on the detection of the entry of the game ball into each entry portion as binary information indicating the presence or absence of the entry. In this case, the storage capacity for storing the information updated based on the detection of the entry of the game ball into each entry portion can be reduced, and the processing speed of the specific processing can be improved. be able to.

<Feature Q group>
The feature Q group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Characteristic Q1]
Process execution means (main CPU 62x) capable of executing a specific process (game history process) and a process other than the specific process (process relating to game progress),
A storage area (main RAM 64) in which information can be written,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes a holding means (register) for holding information (register information) for executing the processing,
The specific processing is
A first process (saving process) of writing information (register information), which is information held by the holding unit and is for executing the other process, to the storage area;
A second process (restoring process) of causing the holding unit to hold the information written in the storage area in the first process;
A gaming machine characterized by including.

According to the feature Q1, the specific processing includes the first processing of writing the information held by the holding means and the information for executing the other processing in the storage area. At the time of start, if the holding means holds information for executing other processing that was being executed immediately before the start of a specific processing, if the holding means holds information for executing other processing. By writing the information in the storage area, the information can be temporarily moved (saved). Therefore, it is possible to delete the information for executing another process held in the holding unit, and to cause the holding unit to hold the information for executing the specific process when the process executing unit executes the specific process. it can. In addition, the specific process includes a second process for causing the holding unit to hold the information written in the storage area in the first process, and therefore, when the specific process is finished, another process for executing another process is performed. It is possible to cause the holding unit to hold the information again, and to execute another process that was being executed before the start of the specific process from the state immediately before the start of the specific process. Further, since the first process and the second process are included in the specific process, even if only the program for executing the specific process is deleted, other processes other than the specific process are executed without any problem. Machine can be provided. That is, it is possible to easily delete only the program for executing the specific process without modifying the program for executing the process other than the specific process. As a result, for example, when improving the game machine so as not to execute a specific process, or developing a new game machine that does not execute a specific process based on the game machine, the design change is minimized. It becomes possible to do.

[Characteristic Q2]
The gaming machine described in the feature Q1,
The processing execution means,
In the first processing included in the specific processing, information for executing the other processing is written in a predetermined specific area (second area) of the storage area, and A gaming machine, characterized in that writing of information in a specific process is executed only in the specific area (second area) of the storage area.

According to the feature Q2, the process executing means writes information for executing another process in the first specific process included in the specific process, in a predetermined specific area of the storage area, and Since the writing of information in the specific processing is executed only in the specific area of the storage area, the information written in the area other than the specific area of the storage area is not specified in the specific processing. Can be prevented from being rewritten by executing. Therefore, when a process using the other area is executed by the process executing means, it is possible to prevent the specific process from affecting the process.

[Characteristic Q3]
The gaming machine described in the feature Q1 or the feature Q2,
The processing execution means,
A gaming machine, wherein the writing of information in the other processing is executed only in an area (first area) other than the specific area in the storage area.

According to the feature Q3, since the writing of information in the other processing is executed only in the area other than the specific area of the storage area, the information written in the specific area of the storage area However, it is possible to suppress rewriting by execution of other processing. Therefore, when a specific process is executed by the process executing means using a specific area, it is possible to prevent the other process from affecting the specific process.

[Characteristic Q4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features Q1 to Q3,
The specific process is a process different from the game progress process which is a process relating to the progress of the game,
A game machine characterized in that the other processing is the game progress processing.

According to the feature Q4, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the game progressing process is executed without any problem even if only the program for executing the process different from the game progressing process is deleted. That is, it is possible to easily delete only the program for executing a process different from the game progress process. As a result, for example, when improving the game machine so as not to execute a process different from the game progress process, or developing a new game machine that does not execute a process different from the game progress process, the design change is minimized. It becomes possible to limit it. As the process different from the game progress process, various arbitrary processes can be adopted, for example, a process of calculating and displaying game history information which is information relating to the history of the game, and a game hall. It is possible to employ a transmission process or the like for transmitting information on the game situation to the installed hall computer at a predetermined timing.

[Characteristic Q5]
The gaming machine described in the feature Q4,
The specific process is a game history information-related process (game history process) that is a process of calculating and displaying game history information (character ratio, continuous character ratio) that is information relating to the history of the game. Characteristic gaming machine.

According to the feature Q5, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the game progress processing is executed without problems even if only the program for executing the game history information related processing is deleted. That is, it is possible to easily delete only the program for executing the game history information related processing. As a result, for example, in the case of improving the game machine so as not to execute the game history information related processing, or in developing a new game machine that does not execute the game history information related processing, the design change should be minimized. Is possible.

<Feature R group>
The feature R group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature R1]
Process execution means (main CPU 62x) capable of executing a plurality of processes including a specific process (game history process),
A storage area (main RAM 64) in which information can be written,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means,
A gaming machine, characterized in that writing of information in the specific processing is executed only to a predetermined specific area (second area) of the storage area.

According to the characteristic R1, the process executing means writes the information in the specific process only to a predetermined specific region of the storage region, so that a process other than the specific region of the storage region is performed. The information written in the area can be prevented from being rewritten by the execution of specific processing. Therefore, when a process using a region other than the specific region in the storage region is executed by the process executing means, it is possible to prevent the specific process from affecting the process. it can.

[Feature R2]
A gaming machine according to feature R1,
The processing execution means,
Writing information in a process other than the specific process (process relating to the progress of the game) is executed only in a region (first area) other than the specific region in the storage region. Characteristic gaming machine.

According to the feature R2, the process execution unit executes the writing of information in the process other than the specific process only in the region other than the specific region in the storage region, and thus in the storage region It is possible to prevent the information written in the specific area of the above from being rewritten by the execution of the other processing. Therefore, when a specific process is executed by the process executing means using a specific area, it is possible to prevent the other process from affecting the specific process.

[Feature R3]
A gaming machine according to feature R1 or feature R2,
The processing execution means,
A holding unit (register) for holding information (register information) for executing a process is provided, and the specific process and the other process are exclusively executed,
The specific processing is
A first process (save process) for writing information (register information), which is information held by the holding unit and is for executing the other process, to the specific area;
A second process (restoring process) for holding the information written in the specific area in the first process in the holding unit;
A gaming machine characterized by including.

According to the characteristic R3, the specific process includes the first process, so that when the process execution unit starts the specific process, the holding unit executes the other process immediately before the start of the specific process. When the information of (1) is held, the information for executing other processing held by the holding unit can be temporarily moved (saved) by writing it in a specific area. Therefore, it is possible to delete the information for executing another process held in the holding unit, and to cause the holding unit to hold the information for executing the specific process when the process executing unit executes the specific process. it can. Further, since the specific process includes the second process, when the specific process is ended, the information for executing the other process is held in the holding unit again, and is executed before the start of the specific process. Other processing can be executed again from the state immediately before the start of the specific processing. Further, since the first process and the second process are included in the specific process, even if only the program for executing the specific process is deleted, other processes other than the specific process are executed without any problem. Machine can be provided. That is, it is possible to easily delete only the program for executing the specific process without modifying the program for executing the process other than the specific process. As a result, for example, when improving the game machine so as not to execute a specific process, or developing a new game machine that does not execute a specific process based on the game machine, the design change is minimized. It becomes possible to do.

[Feature R4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features R1 to R3,
The specific process is a process different from the game progress process which is a process relating to the progress of the game,
A game machine characterized in that the process other than the specific process is the game progress process.

According to the characteristic R4, the process execution means executes the writing of information in a process different from the game progress process only in a predetermined specific area of the storage area, so that the game progress process executes the process. When executed by the means, it is possible to prevent the game progressing process from being affected by a process different from the game progressing process.

[Feature R5]
A gaming machine described in Feature R4,
The specific process is a game history information-related process (game history process) that is a process of calculating and displaying game history information (character ratio, continuous character ratio) that is information relating to the history of the game. Characteristic gaming machine.

According to the feature R5, the processing execution means executes the writing of information in the game history information related processing only to a predetermined specific area of the storage area, so that the game progress processing is executed by the processing execution means. When executed, it is possible to prevent the game history information related processing from affecting the game progress processing.

<Feature S group>
The feature S group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature S1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
Entry detection means (entry detection sensor) for detecting entry of a game sphere into the entry part,
A parameter storage unit (a prize ball counting buffer) for storing a predetermined parameter (award ball counting value);
A game machine having a process execution means (main CPU 62x) for starting execution of a predetermined process (timer interrupt process) at a predetermined interval (interval of 4 msec),
The processing execution means,
As the predetermined processing,
Parameter update processing (prize sphere totaling processing) for updating the predetermined parameter stored in the parameter storage means upon entry of a game ball into the entry portion,
A calculation process (task 1 and task 2 in FIG. 29) for calculating game history information, which is information relating to the history of the game, based on the predetermined parameters stored in the parameter storage means,
Is feasible,
A game machine characterized in that the calculation process is not executed when the parameter update process is executed in the predetermined process once.

According to the feature S1, the calculation process is not executed when the parameter update process is executed in one predetermined process. That is, since both the parameter update process and the calculation process are not executed in one predetermined process, the time required to execute the predetermined process once can be shortened. As a result, the time required to execute the predetermined process once becomes longer than the predetermined interval for starting the execution of the predetermined process, and the predetermined process cannot be executed at the predetermined interval. This can be suppressed. Further, according to the feature S1, the parameter update processing in which the entry status of the game ball and the processing load are correlated is executed with priority over the calculation processing in which the entry status of the game ball and the processing load are not correlated, It is possible to prevent the execution interval of the parameter update processing from increasing, and as a result, the processing result (prize sphere aggregate value) of the parameter update processing cannot accurately reflect the entry status of the game sphere. Can be suppressed.

[Feature S2]
The gaming machine according to feature S1,
A determination unit that determines whether or not to execute the calculation process (the process of step S10810 of FIG. 29) is provided.
The processing execution means,
A game machine, wherein the calculation process is executed when the parameter updating process is not executed and the calculation process is judged to be executed by the judging means.

According to the feature S2, the calculation process is executed when the parameter update process is not executed and the calculation process is determined to be executed by the determination unit, so that neither the parameter update process nor the calculation process is executed in the predetermined process. In this situation, in place of the parameter update process and the calculation process, other processes independent of these processes (for example, a process of determining the validity of the updated parameter or the calculation result of the calculation process) are executed. It becomes possible to execute. Further, if either one of the parameter update process and the calculation process is executed in one predetermined process, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process is shorter than the predetermined interval, the situation is concerned. In the above, by executing a process that requires a shorter processing time than the parameter update process and the calculation process, it is possible to reliably prevent the time required to execute the predetermined process once from being longer than the predetermined interval. You can

[Feature S3]
The gaming machine described in the feature S1 or the feature S2,
Although the processing execution means can calculate a plurality of types of game history information (characteristic ratio, continuous character ratio) in the calculation processing, in the calculation processing in one predetermined processing, A game machine characterized by executing a process (task 1 or task 2 in FIG. 29) for calculating the game history information of one type.

According to the feature S3, although the plurality of types of game history information can be calculated in the calculation process, in the calculation process in one predetermined process, the process of calculating one type of game history information is performed. As a result, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process is shortened as compared with the configuration in which the process for calculating the plurality of types of game history information is executed in the calculation process in the one predetermined process. be able to. As a result, the time required to execute the predetermined process becomes longer than the predetermined interval for starting the execution of the predetermined process, and it becomes impossible to execute the predetermined process at the predetermined interval. Can be suppressed. Further, the storage capacity for temporarily storing the calculated game history information can be reduced.

[Feature S4]
The gaming machine described in feature S3,
The processing execution means,
The game history information of the one type is calculated by executing the process for calculating the game history information of the one type (task 1 or task 2 in FIG. 29) over the predetermined process a plurality of times. A gaming machine characterized by:

According to the characteristic S4, the game history information of the one type is calculated by executing the process for calculating the game history information of the one type over a plurality of predetermined processes, so that the game history information of the one type is calculated once. The time required to execute one predetermined process can be shortened as compared with the configuration in which the calculation of one type of game history information is completed in the calculation process in the predetermined process. As a result, it is possible to prevent the time required to execute the predetermined process from exceeding the execution interval of the predetermined process.

The inventions of the characteristic group O to the characteristic group S solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, various types of structures, controls, performances, etc. are provided for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, optimizing processing, simplifying control, etc. Technical improvements have been made from a perspective.

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, further improvement of technology is desired for the purpose of improving the interest of gaming, reducing the processing load of gaming machines, optimizing processing, simplifying control, providing more sound games, etc. It is rare.

<Feature T group>
The feature T group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature T1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of aspect 38 of the first embodiment),
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed game (award ball total value, game history information such as character ratio, etc.)
An operation means (flash memory clear button) that receives a predetermined operation,
Erasing means (erasing process IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on the operation means having received the predetermined operation,
A gaming machine comprising:
The game machine characterized in that the operating means is stored inside a space where a trace of opening remains (inside of a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached).

According to the characteristic T1, since the operation means is stored inside the space where the trace of opening remains, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine, the space of the gaming machine is erased. Will be opened and the operating means will be operated, and a trace of opening will remain in the space of the game machine. That is, there is a possibility that the information stored in the information storage means has been erased by opening the space of the game machine based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the game machine. It becomes possible to grasp whether or not.

Here, if the game machine is illegally modified, the effect of the illegal modification appears on the executed game, and the information stored in the information storage means of the game machine is changed. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the gaming machine (hereinafter, also referred to as "inspector") is confirmed by checking the information stored in the information storage means, Unauthorized modifications can be found. Therefore, there is a person (hereinafter, also referred to as “illegal person”) who has a desire to prevent the inspector from discovering that the gaming machine is illegally modified by deleting the information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to operate the operation means with the space of the game machine opened. Then, since a trace of opening remains in the space of the gaming machine, even if the information stored in the information storage means is erased, there is a possibility that the information may be erased for unauthorized concealment. Traces will remain. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modification made to the game machine, and eventually it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation to attempt unauthorized modification to the game machine, thus improving the soundness of the game. Can be made.

Note that the gaming machine may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already executed a game (a so-called used gaming machine) is stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, there is a legitimate desire to delete the stored information and then distribute it. Therefore, if only a person who has a desire to delete the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine for a legitimate reason can build a distribution system that can erase the trace of the opening of the space, the game will be healthy. It is possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring the gameplay.

[Feature T2]
A gaming machine according to feature T1,
The information storage means is capable of retaining memory even when power is cut off.

According to the feature T2, even when the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, the information acquired based on the executed game can be retained, so that the gaming machine can be used in the distribution process, for example. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the game machine.

[Feature T3]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic T1 or the characteristic T2,
The game machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information on the number of game balls already paid out as prize balls (award ball total value).

According to the feature T3, it is possible to check whether or not the normal game is executed in the gaming machine by using the information about the number of gaming balls already paid out as the prize ball.

[Feature T4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features T1 to T3,
The game machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which a trace of opening remains (inside of a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached).

According to the characteristic T4, since the information storage means is stored inside the space in which the trace of opening remains, in order to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means, The space of the gaming machine is brought into an open state, and a trace of opening is left in the space of the gaming machine. That is, the information stored in the information storage means is tampered with by opening the space of the game machine based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the game machine. It is possible to know whether there is a possibility. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modification made to the information stored in the information storage means, which in turn causes motivation to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means. Can be suppressed, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

<Feature U group>
The characteristic U group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature U1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of aspect 39 of the first embodiment),
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed game (award ball total value, game history information such as character ratio, etc.)
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device (inspection machine 320),
Erasing means (erasing process IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storing means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means on the basis of receiving a predetermined signal (erase command signal) from the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine characterized by that.

According to the characteristic U1, the erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on the reception of the predetermined signal from the predetermined device connected to the connecting means, and thus the predetermined device. A person who has can delete the information stored in the information storage means. That is, it becomes possible to restrict the deletion of the information by a person who does not have a predetermined device.

Here, if the game machine is illegally modified, the effect of the illegal modification appears on the executed game, and the information stored in the information storage means of the game machine is changed. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the gaming machine (hereinafter, also referred to as "inspector") is confirmed by checking the information stored in the information storage means, Unauthorized modifications can be found. Therefore, there is a person (hereinafter, also referred to as “illegal person”) who has a desire to prevent the inspector from discovering that the gaming machine is illegally modified by deleting the information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, a predetermined device connectable to the connection means of the gaming machine is required. Then, by restricting the number of persons who can have the predetermined device, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being erased by an unauthorized person. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation for performing remodeling, and improve the soundness of the game.

Note that the gaming machine may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already executed a game (a so-called used gaming machine) is stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, there is a legitimate desire to delete the stored information and then distribute it. Therefore, if only a person who wants to delete the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine for a legitimate reason has a distribution system that can have a predetermined device, the soundness of the game will be improved. It is possible to promote smooth distribution of the game machine while ensuring the security.

[Feature U2]
A gaming machine according to feature U1,
Transmission for transmitting the information stored in the information storage means to the predetermined device connected to the connection means before the deletion means erases the information stored in the information storage means A gaming machine comprising means.

According to the characteristic U2, the transmitting means for transmitting the information stored in the information storing means to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means before the erasing means erases the information stored in the information storing means. Therefore, even if the information stored in the information storage means is accidentally erased by an operation against the intention of a person having a predetermined device, the information is erased from the information storage means. The information can be confirmed by the predetermined device.

[Feature U3]
A gaming machine according to feature U1 or feature U2,
The information storage means is capable of retaining memory even when power is cut off.

According to the feature U3, even when the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, the information obtained based on the executed game can be retained, so that the gaming machine can be used in the distribution process, for example. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the game machine.

[Feature U4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features U1 to U3,
The game machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information on the number of game balls already paid out as prize balls (award ball total value).

According to the feature U4, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is executed in the gaming machine by using the information on the number of gaming balls already paid out as the prize ball.

[Characteristic U5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features U1 to U4,
The game machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which a trace of opening remains (inside of a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached).

According to the characteristic U5, since the information storage means is stored inside the space in which the trace of opening remains, in order to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means, The space of the gaming machine is brought into an open state, and a trace of opening is left in the space of the gaming machine. That is, the information stored in the information storage means is tampered with by opening the space of the game machine based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the game machine. It is possible to know whether there is a possibility. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modification made to the information stored in the information storage means, which in turn causes motivation to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means. Can be suppressed, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

<Feature V group>
The feature V group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic V1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of aspect 40 of the first embodiment),
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed game (award ball total value, game history information such as character ratio, etc.)
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device (inspection machine 320),
An operation means (flash memory clear button) that receives a predetermined operation,
Erasing means (erasing process IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storing means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The operation means is stored inside a space where a trace of opening remains (inside of a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached),
The erasing means is based on the operation means receiving the predetermined operation and receiving a predetermined signal (erase command signal) from the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the information stored in the gaming machine.

According to the characteristic V1, since the operation means is stored inside the space where the trace of opening remains, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine, the space of the gaming machine concerned. Will be opened and the operating means will be operated, and a trace of opening will remain in the space of the game machine. Further, the erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on the reception of the predetermined signal from the predetermined device connected to the connecting means, so that the person having the predetermined device can The information stored in the information storage means can be erased. Therefore, there is a possibility that the information stored in the information storage means is erased by opening the space of the gaming machine based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the gaming machine. Whether or not it is possible to grasp whether or not the information is erased by a person who does not have a predetermined device.

Here, if the game machine is illegally modified, the effect of the illegal modification appears on the executed game, and the information stored in the information storage means of the game machine is changed. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the gaming machine (hereinafter, also referred to as "inspector") is confirmed by checking the information stored in the information storage means, Unauthorized modifications can be found. Therefore, there is a person (hereinafter, also referred to as “illegal person”) who has a desire to prevent the inspector from discovering that the gaming machine is illegally modified by deleting the information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, a predetermined device connectable to the connection means of the gaming machine is required. Then, by restricting the persons who can have the predetermined device, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being erased by an unauthorized person. Further, even if an unauthorized person has a predetermined device, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, the space of the gaming machine is opened and operated. It is necessary to operate the means. Then, since a trace of opening remains in the space of the gaming machine, even if the information stored in the information storage means is erased, there is a possibility that the information may be erased for unauthorized concealment. Traces will remain. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being erased by an unauthorized person, and it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the gaming machine. As a result, it is possible to further suppress the occurrence of motives such as improper modification of the game machine, and improve the soundness of the game.

Note that the gaming machine may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already executed a game (a so-called used gaming machine) is stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, there is a legitimate desire to delete the stored information and then distribute it. Therefore, only a person who has a desire to erase the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine for a legitimate reason can have a predetermined device and erase the trace of the opening of the space. If a distribution system that can be used is built, it is possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring the soundness of the game.

[Characteristic V2]
The gaming machine described in the feature V1,
Transmission for transmitting the information stored in the information storage means to the predetermined device connected to the connection means before the deletion means erases the information stored in the information storage means A gaming machine comprising means.

According to the feature V2, the transmitting means for transmitting the information stored in the information storing means to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means before the erasing means erases the information stored in the information storing means. Therefore, even if the information stored in the information storage means is accidentally erased by an operation against the intention of a person having a predetermined device, the information is erased from the information storage means. The information can be confirmed by the predetermined device.

[Characteristic V3]
The gaming machine described in the feature V1 or the feature V2,
The information storage means is capable of retaining memory even when power is cut off.

According to the feature V3, even when the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, the information acquired based on the executed game can be retained, so that the gaming machine can be used in the distribution process, for example. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the game machine.

[Characteristic V4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features V1 to V3,
The game machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information on the number of game balls already paid out as prize balls (award ball total value).

According to the feature V4, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is executed in the gaming machine by using the information on the number of gaming balls already paid out as the prize ball.

[Characteristic V5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features V1 to V4,
The game machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which a trace of opening remains (inside of a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached).

According to the feature V5, since the information storage means is stored inside the space where the trace of opening remains, in order to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means, The space of the gaming machine is brought into an open state, and a trace of opening remains in the space of the gaming machine. That is, the information stored in the information storage means is tampered with by opening the space of the game machine based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the game machine. It is possible to know whether there is a possibility. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modification made to the information stored in the information storage means, which in turn causes motivation to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means. Can be suppressed, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

<Feature W group>
The feature W group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature W1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of aspect 46 of the first embodiment),
Based on the first information (information used for the game progress processing stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) which is information used for controlling the execution of the game by the control means, and the executed game. Information storage means for storing second information that is acquired information (award ball total value stored in the second area of the main RAM 64, game history information such as a percentage of prizes, and number of entered balls) (Main side RAM64),
Erasing means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means includes means for erasing the first information stored in the information storage means when erasing the second information stored in the information storage means. Amusement machine.

According to the feature W1, since the erasing means includes means for erasing the first information when erasing the second information, the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game, is It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the first information, which is information used to control the execution of the game, is not erased but is maintained as it is, even though the first information is erased.

Specifically, for example, the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game, is information serving as collateral for determining the fairness of the game executed on the gaming machine, When the second information is erased, the first information (for example, information about a high probability mode flag or a high frequency support mode flag indicating a game state) used for controlling the execution of a game in the game machine is set. It is preferable to erase and initialize the gaming state of the gaming machine. According to this feature, the erasing means includes means for erasing the first information when erasing the second information, so that the second information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game is erased. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the gaming state of the gaming machine is maintained as it is because the first information is not deleted despite the fact that the gaming information is played.

[Feature W2]
The gaming machine described in the feature W1,
The erasing means includes means for erasing the first information and not erasing the second information among the information stored in the information storage means.

According to the feature W2, the erasing means includes means for erasing the first information and not erasing the second information among the information stored in the information storage means, so that it is acquired based on the executed game. It is possible to erase the first information, which is the information used to control the execution of the game, while leaving the second information, which is the generated information.

Specifically, for example, when a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or at the start or end of the business of the game hall, the first information, which is the information used to control the execution of the game, is erased. There is a demand that the initialization of the control of the gaming machine is executed but the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game, is not deleted. According to this feature, while leaving the second information which is the information acquired based on the executed game, the first information which is the information used for controlling the execution of the game is deleted and the game machine It becomes possible to execute the initialization of the control.

<Feature X group>
The feature X group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature X1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of the aspect 42 of the first embodiment),
Based on the first information (information used for the game progress processing stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) which is information used for controlling the execution of the game by the control means, and the executed game. Information storage means for storing second information that is acquired information (award ball total value stored in the second area of the main RAM 64, game history information such as a percentage of prizes, and number of entered balls) (Main side RAM64),
First operation means (RAM clear button and power switch) for accepting a first operation (operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while the RAM clear button is pressed);
Erasing means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means erases the first information among the information stored in the information storage means based on the first operation means accepting the first operation, and the second erasing means A game machine having means for not erasing the information of.

According to the feature X1, the erasing means erases the first information among the information stored in the information storage means based on the first operation means accepting the first operation, and the second operation is performed. Since a means for not erasing the information is provided, it is possible to erase the first information, which is the information used for controlling the execution of the game, while leaving the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game. Is possible.

Specifically, for example, when a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or at the start or end of the business of the game hall, the first information, which is the information used to control the execution of the game, is erased. There is a demand that the initialization of the control of the gaming machine is executed but the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game, is not deleted. According to this feature, by operating the first operation means, while leaving the second information that is information obtained based on the executed game, it is the information used for controlling the execution of the game. It becomes possible to erase the information of No. 1 and execute the initialization of the control of the gaming machine.

[Feature X2]
A gaming machine according to feature X1,
A second operation means (second RAM clear button) for accepting a second operation (operation of pressing the second RAM clear button for a predetermined time while the power of the pachinko machine 10 is ON),
The erasing means includes means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means based on the second operation means accepting the second operation. Amusement machine.

According to the feature X2, the erasing means includes means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means based on the second operation means accepting the second operation. The second information that cannot be erased by operating the operating means can be erased by operating the second operating means.

[Feature X3]
The gaming machine described in the feature X2,
The game machine characterized in that the second operation means (second RAM clear button) is stored inside a space in which a trace of opening remains (inside of a board box to which a sealing sticker is attached).

According to the feature X3, since the second operation means is stored inside the space in which the trace of opening remains, in order to erase the second information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine, The space of the gaming machine is opened and the second operation means is operated, so that a trace of opening is left in the space of the gaming machine. That is, based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the gaming machine, the space of the gaming machine is opened and the second information stored in the information storage means may be erased. It is possible to understand whether or not there is a possibility.

Here, if the game machine is tampered with illegally, the executed game is affected by the tampering, and further, the second information stored in the information storage means of the game machine. May be affected by the unauthorized modification. A person who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the gaming machine (hereinafter, also referred to as "inspector") is confirmed by checking the information stored in the information storage means, Unauthorized modifications can be found. Therefore, there is a person (hereinafter, also referred to as “illegal person”) who has a desire to prevent the inspector from discovering that the gaming machine is illegally modified by deleting the information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the second information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to operate the second operation means by opening the space of the game machine. Then, since a trace of opening remains in the space of the gaming machine, even if the second information stored in the information storage means is erased, it is possible that the information is erased to hide it illegally. There will be a trace that there is. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modification made to the game machine, and eventually it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation to attempt unauthorized modification to the game machine, thus improving the soundness of the game. Can be made.

Note that the gaming machine may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already executed a game (a so-called used gaming machine) is stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, there is a legitimate request to distribute the stored second information before it is distributed. Therefore, if only those who have a desire to delete the second information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine for a legitimate reason can establish a distribution system that can erase the trace of the opening of the space, It is possible to promote smooth distribution of the game machine while ensuring the soundness of the game.

<Feature Y group>
The feature Y group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic Y1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of the aspects 43 and 44 of the first embodiment),
Based on the first information (information used for the game progress processing stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) which is information used for controlling the execution of the game by the control means, and the executed game. Information storage means for storing second information that is acquired information (award ball total value stored in the second area of the main RAM 64, game history information such as a percentage of prizes, and number of entered balls) (Main side RAM64),
Operation means (RAM clear button and power switch) for receiving a predetermined operation,
Erasing means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means,
The operation means makes a first operation (while pressing the RAM clear button, turns on the power of the pachinko machine 10, and within a predetermined time after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the RAM clear button is not pressed. The operation of doing), the first information stored in the information storage means is erased,
Second operation different from the first operation by the operation means (operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button and continuing the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed for a predetermined time) A game machine comprising means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means on the basis of acceptance of.

According to the feature Y1, the erasing means erases the first information stored in the information storage means based on that the operating means has accepted the first operation, and the operating means performs the first operation. Has means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means on the basis of accepting a different second operation. Therefore, the information storage means can be executed by executing a different operation to the operation means. It is possible to select the information to be deleted from the information stored in. That is, since it is possible to select the target information to be erased without providing another operation means for selecting the target information to be erased, it is possible to simplify the structure of the gaming machine.

Specifically, for example, when a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or when the game hall business starts or ends, the first information, which is the information used for controlling the execution of the game, is deleted. When it is desired to execute the initialization of the control of the gaming machine, the first operation is executed, while the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game, is erased and the gaming machine is newly updated. The second operation may be executed if the second operation is desired. In this way, by performing different operations on the operation means, it becomes possible to select information to be deleted from the information stored in the information storage means.

[Characteristic Y2]
A gaming machine according to feature Y1,
The erasing unit accepts the second operation (an operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button and continuing the pressed state of the RAM clear button for a predetermined time). Based on the fact, in addition to erasing the second information stored in the information storage means, a means for erasing the first information is provided.

According to the feature Y2, the erasing means erases the second information stored in the information storage means in addition to erasing the first information based on the operation means having received the second operation. Since the means for erasing the information is provided, it is possible to erase both the first information and the second information by executing the second operation on the operation means.

<Feature Z group>
The feature Z group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic Z1]
Control means for controlling the execution of the game (main side CPU62x of aspect 41 of the first embodiment),
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed game (award ball total value, game history information such as character ratio, etc.)
Erasing means (erasing process IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storing means,
Acceptance means for accepting authentication information (PIN),
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on that the authentication information received by the receiving means satisfies a predetermined condition.

According to the feature Z1, the erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on the authentication information received by the receiving means satisfying a predetermined condition. A person who has the authentication information that satisfies the requirement can erase the information stored in the information storage means. That is, it becomes possible to restrict the deletion of the information by a person who does not have the authentication information satisfying the predetermined condition.

Here, if the game machine is illegally modified, the effect of the illegal modification appears on the executed game, and the information stored in the information storage means of the game machine is changed. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person who inspects whether or not a normal game is executed by the gaming machine (hereinafter, also referred to as "inspector") is confirmed by checking the information stored in the information storage means, Unauthorized modifications can be found. Therefore, there is a person (hereinafter, also referred to as “illegal person”) who has a desire to prevent the inspector from discovering that the gaming machine is illegally modified by deleting the information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage unit, it is necessary to have the authentication information that satisfies the predetermined condition. Then, by restricting the persons who can have the authentication information satisfying the predetermined condition, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being erased by an unauthorized person, and thus the game. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of motives such as improper modification of the machine, and improve the soundness of the game.

Note that the gaming machine may be circulated by transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already executed a game (a so-called used gaming machine) is stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, there is a legitimate desire to delete the stored information and then distribute it. Therefore, if only a person who has a desire to delete the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine for a legitimate reason has a distribution system capable of having the authentication information satisfying the predetermined condition, It is possible to promote smooth distribution of the game machine while ensuring the soundness of the game.

[Characteristic Z2]
A gaming machine according to feature Z1,
The information storage means is capable of retaining memory even when power is cut off.

According to the feature Z2, even when the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, it is possible to retain the information acquired based on the executed game. Therefore, for example, in the gaming machine in the distribution process. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the game machine.

[Characteristic Z3]
The gaming machine according to feature Z1 or feature Z2,
The game machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information on the number of game balls already paid out as prize balls (award ball total value).

According to the feature Z3, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is executed in the gaming machine by using the information regarding the number of gaming balls already paid out as the prize balls.

[Characteristic Z4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features Z1 to Z3,
The game machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which a trace of opening remains (inside of a substrate box to which a sealing sticker is attached).

According to the feature Z4, since the information storage means is stored inside the space in which the trace of opening remains, in order to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means, The space of the gaming machine is brought into an open state, and a trace of opening is left in the space of the gaming machine. That is, the information stored in the information storage means is tampered with by opening the space of the game machine based on whether or not there is a trace of opening in the space of the game machine. It is possible to know whether there is a possibility. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modification made to the information stored in the information storage means, which in turn causes motivation to make unauthorized modification to the information stored in the information storage means. Can be suppressed, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

The inventions of the characteristic T group to the characteristic Z group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, the structure, control, for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, optimizing the processing, simplifying the control, simplifying the structure, etc. Technical improvements have been made from various perspectives such as production.

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the gaming machine as described above, for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, optimizing the processing, simplifying the control, simplifying the structure, providing a healthier game, etc. Improvement of technology is desired.

<Characteristic αA group>
The feature αA group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αA1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
Signal output means (each ball detection sensor 44a to 44h) for outputting a signal based on the ball entering the game ball into the ball entering section,
Judgment information output means for judging whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entrance portion based on the signal and outputting judgment information (ball entry information) which is information based on the judgment (for ball detection) IC62c),
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the progress of the game based on the determination information,
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device,
A gaming machine comprising:
A game machine characterized in that the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without passing through the control means.

According to the feature αA1, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection unit without passing through the control unit, so that the predetermined device can prevent the influence of the control unit. It is possible to receive the judgment information that has not been received.

For example, if the configuration of outputting the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit via the control unit without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction occurs in the control unit. If the modification is performed or unauthorized modification is made, the determination information output to a predetermined device may be affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without going through the control unit. Even if it has occurred or an unauthorized modification has been made, the determination information output to the predetermined device is not affected by the defect or the unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connection means can execute the process based on the determination information that is not affected by the malfunction or the unauthorized modification.

[Characteristic αA2]
A gaming machine according to feature αA1,
The game ball is provided with a plurality of ball entry portions, and a plurality of the signal output means for outputting a signal based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry portion,
The determination information output means determines whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entrance portions based on the signals output from each of the plurality of signal output means, The determination information (entrance information), which is information based on the determination and is information corresponding to each of the plurality of entrance portions, is serially transmitted to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine comprising means for outputting by.

According to the characteristic αA2, the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances to the predetermined device connected to the connection means by the serial transmission method. As compared with the case of adopting a configuration in which the determination information is output by the parallel transmission method, the configuration of the connecting means for passing the determination information to a predetermined device can be simplified and the predetermined configuration for receiving the determination information can be achieved. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions is output by the parallel transmission method, the connection means outputs the output corresponding to the number of the ball entrance portions. It is necessary to have a section. Similarly, the predetermined device needs to include an input unit corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entrances. Further, since the number of ball-in units provided in the gaming machine differs for each type of gaming machine (each model), it is necessary to prepare a predetermined device having a different number of terminals for each type of gaming machine (each model). Occurs.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output means outputs, to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output unit capable of outputting the determination information by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the game machine. Therefore, the structure of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, the predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input unit capable of inputting the determination information output by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the gaming machine. The configuration of the predetermined device can be simplified. Further, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine having a different number of ball entrance portions, the predetermined device must input the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. You can That is, it is possible to use the predetermined device for another game machine having a different number of ball entrances. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of the predetermined device.

[Feature αA3]
A gaming machine according to the characteristic αA1 or the characteristic αA2,
The connection means is configured to be connectable to the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as a role ratio) which is information relating to a history of games based on the determination information. And the gaming machine.

According to the feature αA3, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can calculate the game history information based on the determination information not influenced by the control means. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the performance of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information which is not affected by the control means by the predetermined device. As a result, the soundness of the game can be secured.

<Characteristic αB group>
The characteristic αB group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αB1]
With a plurality of ball entry parts that can enter game balls,
A plurality of signal output means (each of the ball detection sensors 44a to 44h) for outputting a signal based on the ball entering the game ball into each of the plurality of ball entering portions,
Based on the signals output from each of the plurality of signal output means, it is determined whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entry portions, and the information is based on the determination. And a determination information output means (entrance detection IC 62c) for outputting determination information (entry information) corresponding to each of the plurality of entrance portions.
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the progress of the game based on the determination information,
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device,
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances to the predetermined device connected to the connection means by a serial transmission method. A gaming machine to do.

According to the characteristic αB1, the determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances to the predetermined device connected to the connection means by the serial transmission method. As compared with the case of adopting a configuration in which the determination information is output by the parallel transmission method, the configuration of the connecting means for passing the determination information to a predetermined device can be simplified and the predetermined configuration for receiving the determination information can be achieved. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions is output by the parallel transmission method, the connection means outputs the output corresponding to the number of the ball entrance portions. It is necessary to have a section. Similarly, the predetermined device needs to include an input unit corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entrances. Further, since the number of ball-in units provided in the gaming machine differs for each type of gaming machine (each model), it is necessary to prepare a predetermined device having a different number of terminals for each type of gaming machine (each model). Occurs.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output means outputs, to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output unit capable of outputting the determination information by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the game machine. Therefore, the structure of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, the predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input unit capable of inputting the determination information output by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the gaming machine. The configuration of the predetermined device can be simplified. Further, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine having a different number of ball entrance portions, the predetermined device must input the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. You can That is, it is possible to use the predetermined device for another game machine having a different number of ball entrances. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of the predetermined device.

[Feature αB2]
A gaming machine according to feature αB1,
The connection means is configured to be connectable to the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as a role ratio) which is information relating to a history of games based on the determination information. And the gaming machine.

According to the feature αB2, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can calculate the game history information based on the determination information not influenced by the control means. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the performance of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information which is not affected by the control means by the predetermined device. As a result, the soundness of the game can be secured.

[Feature αB3]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic αB1 or the characteristic αB2,
A game machine characterized in that the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without passing through the control means.

According to the characteristic αB3, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection unit without the intervention of the control unit. It is possible to receive the judgment information that has not been received.

For example, if the configuration of outputting the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit via the control unit without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction occurs in the control unit. If the modification is performed or unauthorized modification is made, the determination information output to a predetermined device may be affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without going through the control unit. Even if it has occurred or an unauthorized modification has been made, the determination information output to the predetermined device is not affected by the defect or the unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connection means can execute the process based on the determination information that is not affected by the malfunction or the unauthorized modification.

<Characteristic αC group>
The characteristic αC group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αC1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
Signal output means (each ball detection sensor 44a to 44h) for outputting a signal based on the ball entering the game ball into the ball entering section,
Judgment information output means for judging whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entrance portion based on the signal and outputting judgment information (ball entry information) which is information based on the judgment (for ball detection) IC62c),
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the progress of the game based on the determination information,
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device,
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means is set to the predetermined condition only when the relationship with the predetermined device connected to the connection means satisfies a predetermined condition (when a Hi level signal is input from the inspection machine 320). A game machine comprising: output control means for outputting the determination information to the device.

According to the characteristic αC1, the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information to the predetermined device only when the relationship with the predetermined device connected to the connection means satisfies the predetermined condition. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the determination information of the gaming machine from being output to the outside except when the predetermined condition is satisfied. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the determination information of the gaming machine from being analyzed and misused by a malicious person.

[Characteristic αC2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αC1,
The predetermined condition includes receiving a predetermined signal from the predetermined device connected to the connection means.

According to the characteristic αC2, the determination information of the gaming machine is output to the outside when the predetermined condition including the reception of the predetermined signal from the predetermined device connected to the connection means is not satisfied. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the determination information of the gaming machine from being analyzed and misused by a malicious person.

[Characteristic αC3]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic αC1 or the characteristic αC2,
The game ball is provided with a plurality of ball entry portions, and a plurality of the signal output means for outputting a signal based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry portion,
The determination information output means determines whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entrance portions based on the signals output from each of the plurality of signal output means, The determination information (entrance information), which is information based on the determination and is information corresponding to each of the plurality of entrance portions, is serially transmitted to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine comprising means for outputting by.

According to the characteristic αC3, the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances to the predetermined device connected to the connection means by the serial transmission method. As compared with the case of adopting a configuration in which the determination information is output by the parallel transmission method, the configuration of the connecting means for passing the determination information to a predetermined device can be simplified and the predetermined configuration for receiving the determination information can be achieved. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions is output by the parallel transmission method, the connection means outputs the output corresponding to the number of the ball entrance portions. It is necessary to have a section. Similarly, the predetermined device needs to include an input unit corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entrances. Further, since the number of ball-in units provided in the gaming machine differs for each type of gaming machine (for each model), a predetermined device having a different number of input sections for each type of gaming machine (for each model) is prepared. The need arises.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output means outputs, to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output unit capable of outputting the determination information by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the game machine. Therefore, the structure of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, the predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input unit capable of inputting the determination information output by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the gaming machine. The configuration of the predetermined device can be simplified. Further, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine having a different number of ball entrance portions, the predetermined device must input the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. You can That is, it is possible to use the predetermined device for another game machine having a different number of ball entrances. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of the predetermined device.

[Characteristic αC4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αC1 to αC3,
The connection means is configured to be connectable to the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as a role ratio) which is information relating to a history of games based on the determination information. And the gaming machine.

According to the characteristic αC4, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can calculate the game history information based on the determination information not influenced by the control means. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the performance of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information which is not affected by the control means by the predetermined device. As a result, the soundness of the game can be secured.

[Characteristic αC5]
The gaming machine according to any one of the features αC1 to αC4,
A game machine characterized in that the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without passing through the control means.

According to the feature αC5, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without going through the control unit, so that the predetermined device can reduce the influence of the control unit. It is possible to receive the judgment information that has not been received.

For example, if the configuration of outputting the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit via the control unit without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction occurs in the control unit. If the modification is performed or unauthorized modification is made, the determination information output to a predetermined device may be affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without going through the control unit. Even if it has occurred or an unauthorized modification has been made, the determination information output to the predetermined device is not affected by the defect or the unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connection means can execute the process based on the determination information that is not affected by the malfunction or the unauthorized modification.

<Characteristic αD group>
The characteristic αD group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αD1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
Signal output means (each ball detection sensor 44a to 44h) for outputting a signal based on the ball entering the game ball into the ball entering section,
Judgment information output means for judging whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entrance portion based on the signal and outputting judgment information (ball entry information) which is information based on the judgment (for ball detection) IC62c),
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the progress of the game based on the determination information,
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device,
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means comprises means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means,
The gaming machine further comprises
The number of prize balls, which is information capable of specifying the number of game balls to be paid out as a prize ball when one game ball enters the ball entering portion, with respect to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine comprising an award ball number information output means for outputting information.

According to the feature αD1, since the award ball number information output means for outputting the award ball number information to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means is provided, it is troublesome to manually input the award ball number information to the predetermined device. It is possible to omit, and it is possible to prevent incorrect prize ball number information from being input to a predetermined device. As a result, the predetermined device can execute the process based on the determination information and the accurate prize ball number information output from the prize ball number information output means.

[Feature αD2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αD1,
A gaming machine, comprising: type information output means for outputting type information, which is information capable of specifying the type of the ball entering portion, to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means.

According to the feature αD2, since the type information output unit that outputs the type information to the predetermined device connected to the connection unit is provided, it is possible to save the trouble of manually inputting the type information to the predetermined device. Thus, it is possible to prevent incorrect type information from being input to a predetermined device. As a result, the predetermined device can execute processing based on the determination information output from the determination information output unit and the correct type information output from the type information output unit. In addition, the type of the ball entering portion refers to, for example, a ball starting portion provided with signal output means (ball entering detection sensors 44a to 44h) such as a first starting opening, a second starting opening, a special winning opening, and a discharge passage. It is a type.

[Feature αD3]
A gaming machine according to feature αD1 or feature αD2,
The game ball is provided with a plurality of ball entry portions, and a plurality of the signal output means for outputting a signal based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry portion,
The determination information output means determines whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entrance portions based on the signals output from each of the plurality of signal output means, The determination information (entrance information), which is information based on the determination and is information corresponding to each of the plurality of entrance portions, is serially transmitted to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine comprising means for outputting by.

According to the characteristic αD3, the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances to the predetermined device connected to the connection means by the serial transmission method. As compared with the case of adopting a configuration in which the determination information is output by the parallel transmission method, the configuration of the connecting means for passing the determination information to a predetermined device can be simplified and the predetermined configuration for receiving the determination information The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions is output by the parallel transmission method, the connection means outputs the output corresponding to the number of the ball entrance portions. It is necessary to have a section. Similarly, the predetermined device needs to include an input unit corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entrances. Further, since the number of ball-in units provided in the gaming machine differs for each type of gaming machine (each model), it is necessary to prepare a predetermined device having a different number of terminals for each type of gaming machine (each model). Occurs.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output means outputs, to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output unit capable of outputting the determination information by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the game machine. Therefore, the structure of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, the predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input unit capable of inputting the determination information output by the serial transmission method regardless of the number of ball-in units included in the gaming machine. The configuration of the predetermined device can be simplified. Further, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine having a different number of ball entrance portions, the predetermined device must input the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrance portions by the serial transmission method. You can That is, it is possible to use the predetermined device for another game machine having a different number of ball entrances. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of the predetermined device.

[Characteristic αD4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to αD3,
The prize ball number information output means outputs means for outputting the prize ball number information based on reception of a predetermined signal (ball entrance information transmission request command) from the predetermined device connected to the connection means. A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with.

According to the feature αD4, the award ball number information output means includes means for outputting the award ball number information based on the reception of a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connection means, which is inappropriate. It is possible to prevent the prize ball number information from being output to the outside at the timing or.

[Feature αD5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to αD4,
The game machine characterized in that the prize ball number information output means includes means for outputting the prize ball number information when the predetermined device is connected to the connection means.

According to the feature αD5, the prize sphere number information output means includes means for outputting the prize sphere number information when the predetermined device is connected to the connection means, so that the predetermined device is connected to the connection means. The information on the number of prize balls can be promptly acquired after playing Therefore, for example, the predetermined device can promptly execute the process that requires the prize ball number information after being connected to the connecting unit.

[Feature αD6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to αD5,
The connection means is configured to be connectable to the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as a role ratio) which is information relating to a history of games based on the determination information. And the gaming machine.

According to the feature αD6, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can calculate the game history information based on the determination information not influenced by the control means. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the performance of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information which is not affected by the control means by the predetermined device. As a result, the soundness of the game can be secured.

[Feature αD7]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to αD6,
A game machine characterized in that the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without passing through the control means.

According to the characteristic αD7, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection unit without passing through the control unit, so that the predetermined device is not affected by the control unit. It is possible to receive the judgment information that has not been received.

For example, if the configuration of outputting the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit via the control unit without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction occurs in the control unit. If the modification is performed or unauthorized modification is made, the determination information output to a predetermined device may be affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without going through the control unit. Even if it has occurred or an unauthorized modification has been made, the determination information output to the predetermined device is not affected by the defect or the unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connection means can execute the process based on the determination information that is not affected by the malfunction or the unauthorized modification.

[Feature αD8]
A gaming machine according to feature αD2,
The type information output means includes means for outputting the type information based on receiving a predetermined signal (entrance entrance information transmission request command) from the predetermined device connected to the connection means. And the gaming machine.

According to the feature αD8, the type information output means includes means for outputting the type information based on the reception of a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connection means, so that the type information is output in an inappropriate situation or timing. It is possible to prevent the information from being output to the outside.

[Feature αD9]
A gaming machine according to feature αD2 or feature D8,
The type information output means includes means for outputting the type information when the predetermined device is connected to the connection means.

According to the characteristic αD9, the type information output unit includes a unit that outputs the type information when the predetermined device is connected to the connection unit. Therefore, the predetermined device promptly outputs the type information after the connection to the connection unit. Type information can be acquired. Therefore, for example, the predetermined device can promptly execute the process that requires the type information after being connected to the connecting unit.

<Characteristic αE group>
The characteristic αE group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αE1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
Signal output means (each ball detection sensor 44a to 44h) for outputting a signal based on the ball entering the game ball into the ball entering section,
Judgment information output means for judging whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entrance portion based on the signal and outputting judgment information (ball entry information) which is information based on the judgment (for ball detection) IC62c),
Control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the progress of the game based on the determination information,
Calculation means (main CPU 62x, game history management chip 300) for calculating game history information (game history information such as role ratio) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the determination information.
Storage means (flash memory 64x, game history management chip 300) for storing the game history information calculated by the calculation means,
Connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device,
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means comprises means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means,
The gaming machine further comprises
A gaming machine, comprising: game history information output means for outputting the game history information stored in the storage means to the predetermined device connected to the connection means.

According to the feature αE1, since the game history information stored in the storage means is output to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, and the determination information is output to the predetermined device, the connection means is connected to the connection means. The determined predetermined device can receive the game history information stored in the storage unit, and can execute the process based on the determination information.

Specifically, for example, the predetermined device can display the game history information (hereinafter also referred to as the first game history information) stored in the storage means of the gaming machine. Further, the predetermined device calculates game history information based on the determination information received in the predetermined inspection period connected to the connection means of the game machine, and the game history information (hereinafter, also referred to as second game history information). Call) can be displayed. Therefore, for example, an inspector who inspects a gaming machine can play a second game based on the first game history information stored in the storage means included in the gaming machine and the determination information received by the predetermined device during the predetermined inspection period. It becomes possible to compare the history information.

Here, if a change occurs in the characteristics of the game in the game machine due to a malfunction of the game machine or improper modification (eg modification of nails), etc., the game machine The first game history information (game history information calculated by the calculating means based on the determination information in the past predetermined period) stored in the storage means included in the device and the predetermined device based on the determination information in the predetermined inspection period. There may be a difference with the second game history information calculated by. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the game machine pays attention to the difference between the two game history information to inspect whether there is any malfunction or unauthorized modification (eg, modification of nails) in the game machine. You can

[Feature αE2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αE1,
The number of prize balls, which is information capable of specifying the number of game balls to be paid out as a prize ball when one game ball enters the ball entering portion, with respect to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means. A gaming machine comprising: prize ball number information output means for outputting information.

According to the feature αE2, since the award ball number information output means for outputting the award ball number information to the predetermined device connected to the connecting means is provided, it is troublesome to manually input the award ball number information to the predetermined device. It is possible to omit, and it is possible to prevent incorrect prize ball number information from being input to a predetermined device. As a result, the predetermined device can execute the processing based on the determination information output from the determination information output means and the accurate prize ball number information output from the prize ball number information output means.

[Feature αE3]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic αE1 or the characteristic αE2,
The connection means is configured to be connectable to the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as a role ratio) which is information relating to a history of games based on the determination information. And the gaming machine.

According to the feature αE3, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can calculate the game history information based on the determination information not influenced by the control means. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the performance of the gaming machine can confirm the game history information which is not affected by the control means by the predetermined device. As a result, the soundness of the game can be secured.

[Feature αE4]
The gaming machine according to any one of the features αE1 to αE3,
A game machine characterized in that the judgment information output means includes means for outputting the judgment information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without passing through the control means.

According to the characteristic αE4, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without the intervention of the control unit, so that the predetermined device is not affected by the control unit. It is possible to receive the judgment information that has not been received.

For example, if the configuration of outputting the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit via the control unit without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction occurs in the control unit. If the modification is performed or unauthorized modification is made, the determination information output to a predetermined device may be affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

On the other hand, according to this feature, the determination information output unit includes a unit that outputs the determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection unit without going through the control unit. Even if it has occurred or an unauthorized modification has been made, the determination information output to the predetermined device is not affected by the defect or the unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connection means can execute the process based on the determination information that is not affected by the malfunction or the unauthorized modification.

<Characteristic αF group>
The characteristic αF group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αF1]
First processing group execution means for repeatedly executing the first processing group (residual processing of the main processing),
Based on that a predetermined condition is satisfied (a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the previous execution of the second processing group), the second processing group (game progress processing including game time control processing) is described above. A second processing group executing means for interrupting and executing the first processing group;
A gaming machine comprising:
The first processing group executing means executes the first processing group in a period (remaining time) from the end of the execution of the one second processing group to the start of the next execution of the second processing group. Equipped with a means to execute repeatedly,
The first processing group includes game history information-related processing (game history processing) that is processing related to calculation of game history information (role ratio, continuous role ratio, etc.) that is information related to the history of the game. A gaming machine characterized by that.

According to the characteristic αF1, the first processing group including the game history information related processing is repeatedly executed in the period from the end of the execution of the one second processing group to the start of the execution of the next second processing group. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the execution of the first processing group including the game history information related processing from being started even though the execution of the one second processing group has not ended. That is, while giving priority to the execution of the second processing group, the game history information is promptly obtained by repeatedly executing the first processing group including the game history information related processing in the period in which the second processing group is not executed. It becomes possible to calculate.

Further, if the configuration of executing the game history information-related processing by including it in the second processing group is adopted without adopting the configuration of this feature, one execution of the second processing group is performed. The time required from the start to the end becomes long, and for example, the execution of the one second processing group ends at the timing when the predetermined condition that triggers the start of the execution of the next second processing group is satisfied. Otherwise, it may not be possible to start the execution of the next second processing group until the execution of the one second processing group is completed. In this case, a problem may occur due to the delay in the start of execution of the next second processing group.

On the other hand, according to this feature, since the game history information related processing is included in the first processing group and executed, compared with the configuration in which the game history information related processing is included in the second processing group and executed. , The time required from the start to the end of one execution of the second processing group can be shortened. Therefore, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the execution of the one second processing group is not yet completed at the timing when the predetermined condition that triggers the execution of the next second processing group is satisfied. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the execution of the next second processing group cannot be started until the execution of the one second processing group is completed. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of defects due to the delay in the start of execution of the next second processing group.

As described above, according to this feature, while suppressing the occurrence of the trouble caused by the delay in the start of the execution of the next second processing group, the game history information-related in the period in which the second processing group is not executed By repeatedly executing the first processing group including the processing, it becomes possible to efficiently and promptly calculate the game history information.

[Characteristic αF2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αF1,
A game machine characterized in that the second processing group includes a game progressing process which is a process relating to the progress of the game.

According to the feature αF2, it is possible to prevent the start of execution of the second processing group including the game progress processing, which is processing relating to the progress of the game, from being delayed, so that a problem occurs in the progress of the game. While suppressing this, it is possible to quickly calculate the game history information by repeatedly executing the first process group including the game history information related process in the period in which the second process group is not executed.

[Feature αF3]
A gaming machine according to feature αF1 or feature αF2,
The game history information-related processing includes a plurality of processing steps (a plurality of types of tasks) in which the calculation of the game history information is completed by sequentially executing the processing.
The game machine, wherein the first processing group execution means executes a part of the plurality of processing steps in one execution of the game history information related processing.

According to the feature αF3, the first processing group execution means executes a part of the plurality of processing steps in one execution of the game history information related processing, so that the game history information related processing is performed, for example. It is possible to shorten the time required from the start to the end of one execution of the game history information-related processing, as compared with the configuration in which all of the plurality of processing stages are executed in one execution. Specifically, for example, even when a predetermined condition is satisfied during execution of the game history information related process, the game history information related process being executed is completed in a short time. The time until the execution of the second processing group is started can be shortened. As a result, it is possible to quickly calculate the game history information by repeatedly executing the first processing group while suppressing the occurrence of a problem caused by the delay in the start of execution of the second processing group. ..

[Feature αF4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αF1 to αF3,
The predetermined condition includes that a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the previous execution of the second processing group.

According to the characteristic αF4, the predetermined condition includes that a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the previous execution of the second processing group, so that the second processing group can be executed periodically. Then, in the period after the execution of the second processing group is finished and before the predetermined time elapses from the start of the execution of the second processing group, the first processing group including the game history information related processing is By repeatedly executing the game history information can be promptly calculated.

The inventions of the characteristic αA group to the characteristic αF group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, there are technical aspects from various points of view such as structure, control, performance, etc. for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, simplifying the control, etc. Improvements have been made (for example, Patent Document 1).

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the above-mentioned gaming machine, further improvement in technology is desired for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, simplifying the control, providing a sounder game, and the like.

<Characteristic αG group>
The characteristic αG group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αG1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio) based on the detection information,
Display means for displaying based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability as a boundary,
The calculating means includes means for calculating game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
The display means includes means for displaying based on the game history information for each of the plurality of periods.

According to the feature αG1, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the display based on the gaming history information in each of a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, when the display based on the game history information is the numerical value of the game history information itself, the inspector determines that the game history information falls within an appropriate range in the process in which the winning probability of the gaming machine has been changed in the past. It is possible to confirm whether or not there is a situation that has not occurred.

<Characteristic αH group>
The characteristic αH group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αH1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio) based on the detection information,
Display means for displaying based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
When the winning probability is changed again after the winning probability is changed and before the detection information stored in the storage unit is accumulated to a predetermined amount, predetermined information (short-term change information) is displayed. Predetermined information display means,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature αH1, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm whether or not the winning probability is changed again by confirming the predetermined information before the detection information is accumulated up to the predetermined amount. As a result, it is possible to suppress a change in the winning probability based on an unauthorized intention by the administrator of the gaming machine.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the detection information stored before the change of the winning probability is erased based on the change of the winning probability, before the gaming machine is inspected by the inspector. In addition, even though the administrator of the gaming machine changes the winning probability, the gaming probability is changed again and stored in the gaming machine even though the game is not often executed in the gaming machine. There is a possibility that the detected information will be deleted. However, according to this aspect, when the winning probability is changed again in a short period of time in spite of the situation in which the game is not often executed in the gaming machine after the change of the winning probability, the above-described situation is caused. Short-term change information will be recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the inspector can recognize that the winning probability may have been changed in a short period of time due to an unauthorized intention such as deletion of the detection information. .. As a result, it is possible to suppress a change in the winning probability based on an unauthorized intention by the administrator of the gaming machine.

[Characteristic αH2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αH1,
Equipped with erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means,
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability as a boundary,
The calculating means includes means for calculating the game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
The display means includes means for displaying based on the game history information for each of the plurality of periods,
The erasing means includes means for erasing the detection information in the oldest period of the plurality of periods when the winning probability is changed.

According to the feature αH2, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the display based on the gaming history information in each of a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, when the display based on the game history information is the numerical value of the game history information itself, the inspector determines that the game history information falls within an appropriate range in the process in which the winning probability of the gaming machine has been changed in the past. It is possible to confirm whether or not there is a situation that has not occurred.

Further, according to this feature, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm whether or not the winning probability is changed again before confirming the predetermined information by accumulating the detection information up to the predetermined amount. it can. As a result, it is possible to suppress a change in the winning probability based on an unauthorized intention by the administrator of the gaming machine.

Specifically, for example, before the gaming machine is inspected by the inspector, the administrator of the gaming machine repeatedly changes the winning probability in a short period of time so that the winning probability of the gaming machine is changed to a boundary. There is a possibility that the detection information in a plurality of periods that have been deleted may be deleted. However, according to this feature, when the winning probability is repeatedly changed within a short period of time, the above-mentioned short-term change information is recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the inspector can recognize that the winning probability may have been changed in a short period of time due to improper intention. As a result, it is possible to suppress a change in the winning probability based on an unauthorized intention by the administrator of the gaming machine.

<Characteristic αI group>
The characteristic αI group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αI1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio) based on the detection information,
Display means for displaying based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
Erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means,
A gaming machine comprising:
When the winning probability is changed, the erasing means changes the winning probability after the detection probability stored in the storage means is changed to a predetermined amount after the winning probability is changed. A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means before being stored.

According to the characteristic αI1, the detection information stored in the storage unit before the winning probability is changed is stored until the detection information stored in the storage unit after the winning probability is changed is accumulated up to a predetermined amount. Since it is not deleted, it is possible to prevent the detection information stored before the change of the winning probability from being intentionally deleted by changing the winning probability of the gaming machine. For example, if the detection information acquired and stored before the change of the winning probability is erased immediately after the change of the winning probability of the gaming machine is adopted, the gaming machine is inspected by the inspector. Before being played, the manager of the gaming machine may change the winning probability and erase the detection information stored before the changing of the winning probability. On the other hand, according to this feature, the detection information stored before the change of the winning probability is stored until the predetermined amount of detection information acquired and stored after the change of the winning probability is accumulated. Is not erased, it is possible to suppress a change in the winning probability due to an unauthorized intention by the administrator of the gaming machine.

[Characteristic αI2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αI1,
Equipped with erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means,
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability as a boundary,
The calculating means includes means for calculating the game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
The display means includes means for displaying based on the game history information for each of the plurality of periods,
When the winning probability is changed, the erasing means stores a predetermined amount of the detection information stored in the storage means after the winning probability is changed, and then, among the plurality of periods. A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the detection information in the oldest period.

According to the characteristic αI2, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the display based on the gaming history information in each of a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, when the display based on the game history information is the numerical value of the game history information itself, the inspector determines that the game history information falls within an appropriate range in the process in which the winning probability of the gaming machine has been changed in the past. It is possible to confirm whether or not there is a situation that has not occurred.

Furthermore, according to this feature, it is possible to prevent the detection information from being intentionally erased due to the repeated change of the winning probability of the gaming machine, the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability as a boundary. it can. For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the detection information in the oldest period of the plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability as the boundary is erased immediately after the change of the winning probability of the gaming machine is adopted, the gaming machine is Before being inspected by the inspector, the manager of the gaming machine may repeatedly change the winning probability and erase the detection information in a plurality of periods of the gaming machine. On the other hand, according to this feature, the detection information in the oldest period of the plurality of periods with the change of the winning probability as a boundary is the detection information which is acquired and stored after the winning probability is changed. Since it is not erased until the amount is accumulated, it is possible to suppress a change in the winning probability due to an unauthorized intention by the game machine administrator.

<Characteristic αJ group>
The feature αJ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αJ1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio) based on the detection information,
Display means for displaying based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information separately for each winning probability at the time when the detection means detects a game ball,
The calculating means includes means for calculating the game history information for each winning probability,
The display means includes means for displaying based on the game history information for each winning probability.

According to the feature αJ1, for example, when the display based on the game history information is the numerical value of the game history information itself, the inspector of the gaming machine determines that each of the game history information calculated and displayed for each winning probability is appropriate. It is possible to confirm whether or not it is within the range. That is, the inspector can confirm whether or not there is a winning probability setting in which the game history information is not within the proper range in the gaming machine.

The inventions of the characteristic αG group to the characteristic αJ group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, there are technical aspects from various points of view such as structure, control, performance, etc. for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, simplifying the control, etc. Improvements have been made (for example, Patent Document 1).

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the above-mentioned gaming machine, further improvement in technology is desired for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, simplifying the control, providing a sounder game, and the like.

<Characteristic αK group>
The characteristic αK group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αK1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
It has a first display area and a second display area configured by a plurality of display elements (segment light emitting section, CP light emitting section), and predetermined information is provided in the first display area and the second display area. Display means capable of displaying,
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
When displaying the game history information, information regarding the type of the game history information is displayed in the first display area using the display element, and the game history information is displayed in the second display area. Means for displaying numerical information using said display element,
When changing the winning probability, it is a display mode that is not displayed in the first display area when displaying information regarding the type of the game history information, and displays information regarding the type of the game history information. A means for displaying a display mode using only display elements used at the time, and displaying numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability in the second display area using the display elements,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic αK1, the first display area is displayed when the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means and when the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. The display mode of is clearly different. Therefore, for example, it is clearly indicated to the administrator of the gaming machine whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means or the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the gaming machine from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the second display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. be able to.

Further, according to this feature, the display elements of the first display area that are not used when displaying the game history information (for example, the segment light-emitting portions A and B, the DP light-emitting portion, the left middle 7 of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1) Since the segment light emitting unit B) of the segment indicator 45z2 is not used even when changing the winning probability, there will be unused display elements (hereinafter, unused display elements) in the first display area. .. Therefore, for example, even if a defect occurs in the unused display element in the first display area, the display mode in the first display area is not affected. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the display mode will be affected when a defect occurs in the display element in the first display area.

Further, for example, when a light emitting element such as an LED is used as the display element, the light emitting element which is the unused display element does not need to emit light, and thus the parts necessary for causing the light emitting element to emit light are omitted. You can Therefore, the cost of the display means can be reduced.

<Characteristic αL group>
The feature αL group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αL1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means having a first display area and a second display area, capable of displaying predetermined information in the first display area and the second display area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
A means for displaying information on the type of the game history information in the first display area and displaying numerical information of the game history information in the second display area when displaying the game history information; ,
A means for displaying nothing in the first display area and displaying numerical information relating to the setting of the winning probability in the second display area when changing the winning probability;
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature αL1, the first display area is displayed when the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means and when the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. The display mode of is clearly different. Therefore, for example, it is clearly indicated to the administrator of the gaming machine whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means or the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the gaming machine from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the second display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. be able to.

Further, according to this feature, for example, the first display area is configured by a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs), predetermined light is emitted to display predetermined information, and all the light emitting elements are turned off. Therefore, in the case where nothing is displayed, even if some light-emitting elements forming the first display area do not emit light, all light-emitting elements do not emit light, which is a serious problem. As long as no occurrence occurs, the display mode of the first display area is different between when the game history information is displayed and when the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. Therefore, according to this feature, even if a problem occurs in which some of the light emitting elements forming the first display area do not emit light, all the light emitting elements do not emit light. As long as no malfunction occurs, it is possible to distinguish and recognize whether the numerical information displayed in the second display area is the game history information or the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. That is, the manager determines that the numerical value displayed in the second display area is the game history information when at least a part of the light emitting elements is emitting light in the first display area, and the first history Only when all the light emitting elements forming the display area are turned off, it can be determined that the numerical value displayed in the second display area is numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability.

<Characteristic αM group>
The feature αM group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αM1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
A display unit having a predetermined display area and capable of displaying predetermined information in the predetermined display area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
Means for displaying numerical information of the game history information in a predetermined number of digits (two digits) in the predetermined display area when displaying the game history information;
Means for displaying numerical information relating to the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined display area with a number of digits different from the predetermined number of digits (1 digit) when the winning probability is changed;
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature αM1, the number of digits of the displayed numerical value depends on whether the numerical information regarding the game history information is displayed in the predetermined display area or the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. It will be different. Therefore, for example, it is possible to clearly distinguish, for the administrator of the gaming machine, whether the numerical information regarding the game history information is displayed in the predetermined display area of the display means or the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. Can be recognized. As a result, the administrator of the gaming machine may mistakenly recognize the numerical information displayed in the predetermined display area of the display means between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. Can be suppressed.

<Characteristic αN group>
The feature αN group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αN1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, changing means capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means having a first display area and a second display area, capable of displaying predetermined information in the first display area and the second display area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
A means for displaying information on the type of the game history information in the first display area and displaying numerical information of the game history information in the second display area when displaying the game history information; ,
When the winning probability is changed, a plurality of types of display modes (display pattern A and display pattern B) that are not displayed when the information related to the type of the game history information is displayed in the first display area are switched. Means for repeatedly displaying and displaying numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability in the second display area;
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the feature αN1, the first display area is displayed when the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means and when the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. The display mode of is clearly different. Therefore, for example, it is clearly indicated to the administrator of the gaming machine whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means or the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the gaming machine from misidentifying the numerical information displayed in the second display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. be able to.

Further, according to this feature, the display mode in the first display area is dynamically changed during the period in which the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed in the second display area. It is possible to call attention to the manager of that it is an important state in which the winning probability should be changed carefully.

<Characteristic αO group>
The characteristic αO group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αO1]
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means for storing detection information (game information basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) which is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means for displaying (displaying type information and numerical information) based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
The game history in the display means based on the information amount (the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage in the normal mode (the number of outs in the normal mode)) of the detection information which is the basis of the calculation of the game history information. Deciding means for deciding a display mode (displaying or blinking display) of the display based on the information,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic αO1, the administrator of the gaming machine can grasp how much detection information, which is the basis for calculating the game history information, is accumulated by checking the display mode on the display means. For example, it is possible to judge whether or not the numerical value of the displayed game history information is calculated with a sufficient amount of statistical data accumulated.

The inventions of the characteristic αK group to the characteristic αO group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, there are technical aspects from various points of view such as structure, control, performance, etc. for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, simplifying the control, etc. Improvements have been made (for example, Patent Document 1).

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the above-mentioned gaming machine, further improvement in technology is desired for the purpose of improving the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, simplifying the control, providing a sounder game, and the like.

<Characteristic αP group>
The characteristic αP group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αP1]
A gaming machine having a control means for controlling a game,
The control means is
A CPU (main CPU 62x) that includes a plurality of registers including a flag register and a stack pointer, and that executes a plurality of types of programs including a first program and a second program;
Program storage means (of the main ROM 63) having a first program storage area for storing the first program and a second program storage area for storing the second program, the area being different from the first program storage area. Program storage means 63a),
A first stack area corresponding to the first program accessible by a first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer, and an area different from the first stack area and stored in the stack pointer Stack means having a second stack area corresponding to the second program accessible by a second stack area reference address (stack means 64b of the main RAM 64),
A first data storage area corresponding to the first program capable of updating data, and a second data storage area corresponding to the second program capable of updating the data, the area being different from the first data storage area And a data storage unit (data storage unit 64a of the main RAM 64) having
The flag register is a register whose value changes in a predetermined case,
In the process by the first program, the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area cannot be updated, but can be referenced. Has become
In the process by the second program, the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area cannot be updated, but can be referenced. Has become
The CPU is
By executing a program included in the first program, the first processing (game progress processing) is executed,
After executing the first process, a program included in the first program is executed to perform a storage process of storing the value of the flag register in the first stack area or the first data storage area,
After executing the storage processing, a program included in the second program is executed to store the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer in the second data storage area, and The second stack area reference address is stored in the stack pointer, and a save process is performed to store the values of the plurality of registers in the second data storage area,
After executing the evacuation process, the second process (game history information calculation display process) is executed by executing the program included in the second program,
After executing the second processing, by executing a program included in the second program, the value of each of the plurality of registers is set to the value stored in the second data storage area by the saving processing, A restoration process of storing the first stack area reference address stored in the second data storage area in the stack pointer by the saving processing,
By executing the program included in the first program after performing the restoration processing, the value of the flag register among the plurality of registers whose values are set by the restoration processing is changed to the first value by the storage processing. A game machine characterized by executing a changing process for changing to a value stored in one stack area or the first data storage area.

According to the characteristic αP1, since the save process and the restore process are executed, the value of the register used in the first program has changed when the second program returns to the first program. Can be avoided.

Further, according to this feature, even if the value of the flag register changes at the timing after the storage process is performed and before the save process is performed, by performing the change process, the flag register Since the value returns to the same value as immediately after the end of the first processing by the first program, there is no risk of affecting the processing by the first program executed after returning from the processing by the second program. As a result, a plurality of programs can be independently configured.

Further, according to this feature, only by adding the program for executing the second process to the second program, the second process can be added without affecting the process by the first program. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a program for performing the second process independently of the first program.

Further, for example, when the capacity of the data to be stored in the stack area exceeds the upper limit of the storage capacity of the stack area, a reset process is performed to erase all the data stored in the stack area. In the case of the configuration, if the value of each of the plurality of registers is stored in the second stack area in the save process, the reset process may be performed. On the other hand, according to this feature, the value of each of the plurality of registers is stored in the second data storage area in the save processing, so that the risk of reset processing of the stack area can be avoided.

<Characteristic αQ group>
The feature αQ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αQ1]
A gaming machine having a control means for controlling a game,
The control means is
A CPU (main CPU 62x) that includes a plurality of registers including a flag register and a stack pointer, and that executes a plurality of types of programs including a first program and a second program;
Program storage means (of the main ROM 63) having a first program storage area for storing the first program and a second program storage area for storing the second program, the area being different from the first program storage area. Program storage means 63a),
A first stack area corresponding to the first program accessible by a first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer, and an area different from the first stack area and stored in the stack pointer Stack means having a second stack area corresponding to the second program accessible by a second stack area reference address (stack means 64b of the main RAM 64),
A first data storage area corresponding to the first program capable of updating data, and a second data storage area corresponding to the second program capable of updating the data, the area being different from the first data storage area And a data storage unit (data storage unit 64a of the main RAM 64) having
The flag register is a register whose value changes in a predetermined case,
In the process by the first program, the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area cannot be updated, but can be referenced. Has become
In the process by the second program, the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area cannot be updated, but can be referenced. Has become
The CPU is
By executing a program included in the first program, the first processing (game progress processing) is executed,
After executing the first process, a program included in the first program is executed to perform a storage process of storing the value of the flag register in the first stack area or the first data storage area,
After executing the storage processing, the program included in the second program is executed to store the second stack area reference address in the stack pointer, and the value of each of the plurality of registers is set to the second data. Perform the save process to store in the storage area,
After executing the evacuation process, the second process (game history information calculation display process) is executed by executing the program included in the second program,
After executing the second process, by executing the program included in the second program, the value of each of the plurality of registers is set to the value stored in the second data storage area by the save process, and fixed. A return process of storing the first stack area reference address, which is a value, in the stack pointer,
By executing the program included in the first program after performing the restoration processing, the value of the flag register among the plurality of registers whose values are set by the restoration processing is changed to the first value by the storage processing. A game machine characterized by executing a changing process for changing to a value stored in one stack area or the first data storage area.

According to the characteristic αQ1, since the save process and the restore process are performed, when the second program is restored to the first program, the value of the register used in the first program has been changed. Can be avoided.

Further, according to this feature, even if the value of the flag register changes at the timing after the storage process is performed and before the save process is performed, by performing the change process, the flag register Since the value returns to the same value as immediately after the end of the first processing by the first program, there is no risk of affecting the processing by the first program executed after returning from the processing by the second program. As a result, a plurality of programs can be independently configured.

Further, according to this feature, only by adding the program for executing the second process to the second program, the second process can be added without affecting the process by the first program. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a program for performing the second process independently of the first program.

Further, for example, when the capacity of the data to be stored in the stack area exceeds the upper limit of the storage capacity of the stack area, a reset process is performed to erase all the data stored in the stack area. In the case of the configuration, if the value of each of the plurality of registers is stored in the second stack area in the save process, the reset process may be performed. On the other hand, according to this feature, the value of each of the plurality of registers is stored in the second data storage area in the save processing, so that the risk of reset processing of the stack area can be avoided.

Further, according to this feature, since the first stack area reference address, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer in the restoration processing, the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer is stored in the stack pointer in the save processing. There is no need to save to the data storage area. Therefore, the processing of the CPU can be simplified, and the storage capacity of the second data storage area required to save the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer can be reduced. ..

<Characteristic αR group>
The characteristic αR group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αR1]
A gaming machine having a control means for controlling a game,
The control means is
A CPU (main CPU 62x) that includes a plurality of registers including a flag register and a stack pointer, and that executes a plurality of types of programs including a first program and a second program;
Program storage means (of the main ROM 63) having a first program storage area for storing the first program and a second program storage area for storing the second program, the area being different from the first program storage area. Program storage means 63a),
A first stack area corresponding to the first program accessible by a first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer, and an area different from the first stack area and stored in the stack pointer Stack means having a second stack area corresponding to the second program accessible by a second stack area reference address (stack means 64b of the main RAM 64),
A first data storage area corresponding to the first program capable of updating data, and a second data storage area corresponding to the second program capable of updating the data, the area being different from the first data storage area And a data storage unit (data storage unit 64a of the main RAM 64) having
The flag register is a register whose value changes in a predetermined case,
In the process by the first program, the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area cannot be updated, but can be referenced. Has become
In the process by the second program, the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area cannot be updated, but can be referenced. Has become
The CPU is
By executing a program included in the first program, the first processing (game progress processing) is executed,
After executing the first process, a program included in the first program is executed to perform a storage process of storing the value of the flag register in the first stack area or the first data storage area,
After executing the storage processing, by executing a program included in the first program, a first clear processing for setting the value of each of the plurality of registers to 0 is executed,
After executing the first clearing process, a program included in the second program is executed to perform a first storing process of storing the second stack area reference address in the stack pointer,
After executing the first storing process, the second process (game history information calculation display process) is executed by executing the program included in the second program,
After executing the second processing, a program included in the second program is executed to perform a second storage processing of storing the first stack area reference address, which is a fixed value, in the stack pointer,
After performing the second storage processing, a program included in the second program is executed to perform a second clear processing for setting the value of each of the plurality of registers to 0,
By executing the program included in the first program after performing the second clear processing, the value of the flag register is stored in the first stack area or the first data storage area by the storage processing. A game machine characterized by performing a change process of changing to a value.

According to the characteristic αR1, since the program included in the first program performs the first clearing process and the program included in the second program performs the second clearing process, the time immediately before the start of the execution of the second program is performed. It is possible to match the value of each of the plurality of registers with the value of each of the plurality of registers immediately after the execution of the second program. Therefore, when returning from the second program to the first program, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a problem caused by the values of the plurality of registers used in the first program being changed.

Further, according to this feature, since the storage process and the change process are performed, the value of the flag register returns to the same value as immediately after the completion of the first process by the first program. Therefore, there is no risk of affecting the processing by the first program executed after returning from the processing by the second program. As a result, a plurality of programs can be independently configured.

Further, according to this feature, only by adding the program for executing the second process to the second program, the second process can be added without affecting the process by the first program. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a program for performing the second process independently of the first program.

Further, according to this feature, the first stack area reference address, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer in the return processing, so that the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer is stored in the save processing. It is not necessary to save to the second data storage area. Therefore, the processing of the CPU can be simplified, and the storage capacity of the second data storage area required to save the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer can be reduced. ..

<Characteristic αS group>
The feature αS group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αS1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, a change mode executing means for executing a change mode capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information on the progress of the game,
Detection means for detecting an abnormality of the storage means,
Initialization means for initializing the storage means when the detection means detects the abnormality;
A gaming machine comprising:
The change mode execution means includes means for executing the change mode even when the predetermined operation is not accepted when the initialization is executed.

When the storage means is initialized due to an abnormality in the storage means, the setting information of the winning probability may have been overwritten with the setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator. .. In the case where the setting information of the winning probability is not initialized (changed) even if the storage unit is initialized, the setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator may be maintained. ..

According to the characteristic αS1, since the change mode is executed when the storage means is initialized due to the abnormality of the storage means, the administrator of the gaming machine changes the mode before the game is restarted on the gaming machine. In, it is possible to change the win probability setting information to the originally intended setting information.

[Characteristic αS2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αS1,
A game machine characterized in that the initialization means includes means for not initializing information regarding a game state among information stored in the storage means when the storage means is initialized.

According to the characteristic αS2, even when the storage unit is initialized, the information regarding the game state is not initialized, so that the player can restart the game while maintaining the game state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged by the initialization of the storage means.

[Feature αS3]
A gaming machine according to the characteristic αS1 or the characteristic αS2,
A gaming machine comprising: a notification unit that notifies that the winning probability has been changed when the winning probability has been changed in the change mode.

When the storage means is initialized due to an abnormality in the storage means and the change mode is executed, the player who was playing the game in the game machine is the administrator in the change mode after the initialization of the storage means. Whether or not the winning probability has been changed by is supposed to be a suspicion. However, according to this feature, when the winning probability is changed, the fact that the winning probability is changed is notified, so that the player can confirm whether or not the winning probability has been changed. More specifically, do not let the player know what kind of setting information the current winning probability setting information is, but only let him know whether or not the winning probability has been changed in the change mode. You can As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player has to restart the game with anxiety while it is unclear whether the winning probability has been changed by the manager.

<Characteristic αT group>
The feature αT group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αT1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
By accepting a predetermined operation from the outside, a change mode executing means for executing a change mode capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different winning probability,
When the winning probability is changed in the change mode, a notification means for notifying that the winning probability has been changed,
A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic αT1, the player can recognize that the winning probability has been changed in the change mode. Specifically, for example, without letting the player know what the current setting of the winning probability is, it is possible to make the player know only whether or not the winning probability is changed in the change mode. it can.

[Characteristic αT2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αT1,
A gaming machine comprising: a second notifying unit for notifying in a mode different from that of the notifying unit when the winning probability is not changed in the change mote.

According to the feature αT2, the player can recognize that the winning probability has not been changed in the change mode.

[Characteristic αT3]
A gaming machine according to the characteristic αT1 or the characteristic αT2,
The second notification means includes means for notifying that the winning probability has not been changed when the winning probability has not been changed in the change mode.

According to the feature αT3, the player can clearly recognize that the winning probability has not been changed in the change mode.

<Characteristic αU group>
The characteristic αU group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αU1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Change mode execution means for executing a change mode capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process by accepting a first operation from the outside,
Information display mode execution means for executing an information display mode in which information regarding the winning probability is displayed in a mode in which the progress of the game is stopped by accepting a second operation different from the first operation from the outside,
An accessory that continues a certain operation regardless of the result of the predetermined lottery process,
A gaming machine comprising:
The gaming machine, wherein the accessory continues the certain operation even in the information display mode.

According to the characteristic αU1, since the operation of the character does not stop or changes even at the start and end timings of the information display mode in which the progress of the game is stopped, a certain operation is continued. It is possible to prevent the player from illegally obtaining an advantageous result by shooting a game ball aiming at the timing when the operation stops or changes.

<Characteristic αV group>
The characteristic αV group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αV1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Change mode execution means for executing a change mode capable of changing the winning probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process by accepting a first operation from the outside,
Information display mode execution means for executing an information display mode in which information regarding the winning probability is displayed in a mode in which the progress of the game is stopped by accepting a second operation different from the first operation from the outside,
An accessory that continues a certain operation regardless of the result of the predetermined lottery process,
A gaming machine comprising:
A gaming machine, wherein the accessory is in a predetermined state and stops the certain operation during the information display mode.

According to the feature αV1, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a defect in an accessory that may cause a problem if the operation is stopped in a state other than the predetermined state.

The inventions of the characteristic αP group to the characteristic αV group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, the interest of the game is improved, the processing load of the gaming machine is reduced, the processing is optimized, the control is simplified, the structure is simplified, the development of the gaming machine is made more efficient, Technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints such as structure, control, and performance for the purpose of providing a gaming machine in which a malfunction is unlikely to occur, providing a gaming machine that takes the player into consideration, and the like.

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, the interest of the gaming is improved, the processing load of the gaming machine is reduced, the processing is optimized, the control is simplified, the structure is simplified, the development of the gaming machine is made more efficient, and problems occur. Further improvement of technology is desired for the purpose of providing difficult game machines, providing game machines in consideration of players, and providing healthier games.

<Characteristic αW group>
The characteristic αW group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αW1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode that can change the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined lottery process by receiving an operation from the outside,
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting change mode execution means has the first condition (all of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON, and the RAM clear button is ON when the power of the gaming machine is turned on. The setting change mode is executed when the above condition is satisfied, but the setting change mode is not executed even when the first condition is satisfied after the power is turned on. A gaming machine characterized by.

According to the feature αW1, in order to cause the gaming machine that has been turned on to execute the setting change mode, it is necessary to turn off the power of the gaming machine once and then turn it on again. Generally, in the game hall, it is difficult for a person other than the administrator of the game machine to operate the power switch provided on the back surface of the game machine to turn off the power and then turn it on again. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the setting of the winning probability of the gaming machine from being illegally changed by a person who has an unintended intention that is not the administrator of the gaming machine.

[Characteristic αW2]
The gaming machine described in the feature αW1,
Setting information display mode execution means for executing setting information display mode (setting confirmation mode) that displays setting information that is information related to setting the winning probability but cannot change the setting of the winning probability,
The setting information display mode executing means has a second condition (all of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON, and the RAM clear button is turned on when the power of the gaming machine is turned on. Means for executing the setting information display mode when (there is OFF) is satisfied, but not executing the setting information display mode even when the second condition is satisfied after the power is turned on. A gaming machine comprising:

According to the characteristic αW2, in order to cause the gaming machine that has been powered on to execute the setting information display mode, it is necessary to turn off the power of the gaming machine once and then turn it on again. Generally, in the game hall, it is difficult for a person other than the administrator of the game machine to operate the power switch provided on the back surface of the game machine to turn off the power and then turn it on again. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the setting of the winning probability of the gaming machine from being fraudulently known by a person who has an unintended intention that is not the gaming machine administrator.

[Characteristic αW3]
A gaming machine according to feature αW1 or feature αW2,
A gaming machine comprising: a notifying unit for notifying when the power of the gaming machine is turned on.

According to the feature αW3, it is possible for a person who is not the administrator of the gaming machine and has an illegal intention to turn off the power of the gaming machine once and turn it on again without being noticed by the surroundings. Therefore, it is possible to further prevent a person who has an unintended intention, which is not the administrator of the gaming machine, from changing or confirming the winning probability setting of the gaming machine.

<Characteristic αX group>
The feature αX group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αX1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode that can change the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined lottery process by receiving an operation from the outside,
Setting information display mode executing means for executing setting information display mode (setting confirmation mode), which displays setting information that is information related to setting the winning probability, but cannot change the setting of the winning probability.
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information including the setting information,
Determination processing executing means for executing a predetermined determination processing (processing for calculating a RAM determination value to determine whether it is normal) based on the information stored in the storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting information display mode executing means outputs a predetermined result (a result that the RAM judgment value is not normal) as a result of the predetermined determination process even when the condition for executing the setting information display mode is satisfied. ), the gaming machine is provided with means for not executing the setting information display mode.

When the result of the predetermined determination process based on the information stored in the storage means is a predetermined result, the setting information stored in the storage means is an abnormal value not intended by the administrator of the gaming machine. It is possible that According to the characteristic αX1, the setting information display mode is executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the winning probability stored in the storage unit has become an abnormal value which is not intended by the administrator. Can be suppressed.

<Characteristic αY group>
The feature αY group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αY1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode that can change the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined lottery process by receiving an operation from the outside,
An operation unit (RAM clear button) that receives a predetermined operation (operation to be pressed),
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information on the progress of the game,
An erasing process (RAM clearing process) for erasing the information stored in the storage unit when the power is turned on while the operation unit has received the predetermined operation (state in which the RAM clear button is pressed). An erasing process executing means for executing
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting change mode execution means has a predetermined condition including that the operation means has received the predetermined operation (when the power is turned on, all of the setting key, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are turned on. And a condition that the RAM clear button is pressed down) is established, a means for executing the setting change mode is provided,
The erasing process executing means includes a means for executing the erasing process before or after executing the setting change mode when the predetermined condition is satisfied.

Generally, an administrator who manages a gaming machine executes an erasing process of erasing the information stored in the storage means when the power of the gaming machine is turned on while the operating means accepts a predetermined operation. I am aware of that. Therefore, according to the characteristic αY1, when the administrator executes the setting change mode by satisfying a predetermined condition including that the operation unit has received a predetermined operation, the setting change mode is set. It is possible to strongly recognize that not only is executed, but also the erasing process is executed. As a result, for example, when the administrator wants to start the gaming machine while maintaining the gaming state such as the high probability mode and restart the game from the state when the power was turned off last time, that is, the erasing process at the time of starting the gaming machine. If it is not allowed to execute, it is possible to make sure that the setting change mode should not be executed. That is, according to this feature, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the administrator can easily understand the operation.

<Characteristic αZ group>
The feature αZ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic αZ1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode that can change the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined lottery process by receiving an operation from the outside,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information including setting information which is information relating to the setting of the winning probability,
Erasing means for erasing the information stored in the storage means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means,
A first erasing process (first RAM clearing process) of erasing the information other than the setting information without erasing the setting information among the information stored in the storage means;
A second erasing process (second RAM clearing process) of erasing the information including the setting information among the information stored in the storage means;
A gaming machine characterized by being capable of executing.

According to the characteristic αZ1, in any of the processing steps in which the setting information is retained and other information is to be erased among the information stored in the storage unit, and the processing step in which the setting information is to be erased is also performed. Corresponding processing steps can be realized. For example, if the processing information is a processing step in which the setting information is normal and other information should be deleted, the setting information is not deleted, and the setting information becomes an abnormal value not intended by the administrator. In the case of a processing step that may be performed, a configuration that deletes information including setting information can be realized.

[Characteristic αZ2]
A gaming machine according to feature αZ1,
A determination process executing unit for executing a predetermined determination process (a process of calculating a RAM determination value to determine whether it is normal) based on information stored in the storage unit;
The erasing means includes means for executing the second erasing processing when the result of the predetermined determination processing is a predetermined result (result that the RAM determination value is not normal). Machine.

When the result of the predetermined determination process based on the information stored in the storage means is a predetermined result, the setting information stored in the storage means is an abnormal value not intended by the administrator of the gaming machine. It is possible that According to the feature αZ2, it is possible to prevent the game from being executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the winning probability stored in the storage means has become an abnormal value which is not intended by the administrator. You can

<Characteristic βA group>
The feature βA group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic βA1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode that can change the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined lottery process by receiving an operation from the outside,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information including setting information which is information relating to setting of the lottery probability;
Determination processing executing means for executing a predetermined determination processing (processing for calculating a RAM determination value to determine whether it is normal) based on the information stored in the storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting change mode executing means performs a predetermined operation for executing the setting change mode (a state in which all the setting keys, the frame opening switch and the door opening switch are ON, and the RAM clear button is pressed. Even if the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 is not accepted, if the result of the predetermined determination processing is a predetermined result (a result that the RAM determination value is not normal). A gaming machine comprising means for executing the setting change mode.

When the result of the predetermined determination process based on the information stored in the storage means is a predetermined result, the setting information stored in the storage means is an abnormal value not intended by the administrator of the gaming machine. It is possible that According to the characteristic βA1, when the result of the predetermined determination process is the predetermined result, the setting change mode is executed, so that the manager can change the setting of the winning probability. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game from being executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the winning probability stored in the storage means has become an abnormal value not intended by the administrator.

<Characteristic βB group>
The feature βB group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic βB1]
With a ball entering part where game balls can enter,
A lottery process execution means for executing a predetermined lottery process based on the game balls entering the ball entering section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode that can change the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined lottery process by receiving an operation from the outside,
Display means (main display section 45) for displaying information about the game including the result of the predetermined lottery process;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
A game machine characterized by comprising means for displaying a first display mode (a display pattern in which all LEDs are lit) that are not displayed when the information regarding the game is displayed during execution of the setting change mode.

According to the feature βB1, it is possible to notify the manager or the player that the setting change mode is being executed, by using the display unit that displays information about the game. Further, for example, in the case of a gaming machine provided with a display unit for displaying information about the game, the setting change mode can be set only by changing the control program of the gaming machine without changing the hardware configuration of the gaming machine. It can be changed to a configuration capable of notifying the manager or the player of the execution. Therefore, the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced, for example, as compared with a configuration in which a dedicated display unit for notifying that the setting change mode is being executed is additionally provided.

[Characteristic βB2]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic βB1,
Setting information display mode execution means for executing setting information display mode (setting confirmation mode) that displays setting information that is information related to setting the winning probability but cannot change the setting of the winning probability,
The display means is
During execution of the setting information display mode, a second display mode (display mode in which all LEDs flash at the same time) is a display mode that is not displayed when displaying the information about the game and is different from the first display mode. ) Is displayed on the gaming machine.

According to the feature βB2, it is possible to notify the manager or the player that the setting information display mode is being executed instead of the setting change mode, by using the display means for displaying information regarding the game. Further, for example, in the case of a gaming machine provided with a display means for displaying information about a game, the setting information display mode can be set only by changing the control program of the gaming machine without changing the hardware configuration of the gaming machine. It is possible to change to a configuration capable of notifying the manager or the player that the is being executed. Therefore, for example, the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which a dedicated display unit for notifying that the setting information display mode is being executed is additionally provided.

<Characteristic βC group>
The feature βC group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic βC1]
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device. ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means (information display section 45z) for displaying (displaying type information and numerical information) based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
Control means for controlling the display means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is composed of a plurality of light emitting units,
The control means is provided with means for controlling such that all of the plurality of light emitting units forming the display means are in a lighted state based on that the game machine is powered on. Amusement machine.

According to the characteristic βC1, when the power of the gaming machine is turned on, the manager of the gaming machine confirms whether or not the light emitting section constituting the display means has a light emitting section that does not light up due to a defect such as disconnection. be able to.

[Characteristic βC2]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic βC1,
The control means is provided with a means for controlling all of the plurality of light emitting units constituting the display means to be in a blinking state based on that the gaming machine is powered on. Amusement machine.

According to the characteristic βC2, the manager of the gaming machine, when the power of the gaming machine is turned on, is there a light emitting section in the light emitting section constituting the display means, which is constantly turned on due to a defect and does not turn off? Can be confirmed.

<Characteristic βD group>
The feature βD group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic βD1]
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device. ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means (information display section 45z) for displaying (displaying type information and numerical information) based on the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
Control means for controlling the display means,
An operation means (information display section inspection button) that receives a predetermined operation from the outside,
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is composed of a plurality of light emitting units,
The control means includes means for controlling, based on the operation means having received the predetermined operation, such that all of the plurality of light emitting units forming the display means are in a lighted state. And the gaming machine.

According to the characteristic βD1, the manager of the gaming machine can always confirm by operating the operating means whether or not there is a light emitting section that does not light up due to a defect such as a disconnection in the light emitting section that constitutes the display means. You can

[Characteristic βD2]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic βD1,
The control means includes means for controlling such that all of the plurality of light emitting units forming the display means are in a blinking state based on the operation means having received the predetermined operation. And the gaming machine.

According to the feature βD2, the administrator of the gaming machine operates the operating means to determine whether or not the light emitting section forming the display means has a light emitting section which is always turned on due to a defect and is not turned off. You can check.

<Characteristic βE group>
The feature βE group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Characteristic βE1]
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device. ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
A gaming machine comprising:
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with a predetermined timing as a boundary,
The calculating means includes means for calculating the game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
The display means includes means for switching and displaying a plurality of the game history information for each of the plurality of periods.

According to the feature βE1, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm a plurality of game history information in a plurality of periods with a predetermined timing in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, the inspector can confirm whether or not there is a situation where the game history information is not within an appropriate range in a plurality of periods with a predetermined timing as a boundary in the game machine.

[Characteristic βE2]
The gaming machine described in the characteristic βE1,
A game machine characterized in that the predetermined timing is a timing when the date is changed.

According to the characteristic βE2, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm a plurality of game history information for each date in the gaming machine. For example, the inspector can check for each date whether or not there is a situation where the game history information is not within the proper range.

<Characteristic βF group>
The characteristic βF group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modified examples, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature β1]
A plurality of detection means (ball-on detection sensors 44a to 44h) for detecting a game ball that has passed through a predetermined area,
Storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as game information, game number information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the game ball being detected by the detecting device. ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as a character ratio, a continuous character ratio, a ball-out rate, etc.) which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculating means,
Erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means when a predetermined operation is received,
A gaming machine comprising:
After the detection means is erased by the erasing means, the display means until the predetermined condition is satisfied (until the measured discharge passage passing number N _OUT reaches a predetermined number), the game history information. A game machine having means for not displaying the numerical information of.

According to the characteristic βF1, the inspector of the gaming machine, when the numerical information of the game history information is not displayed on the display means, does not satisfy the predetermined condition after the detecting means is erased by the erasing means. Can be recognized.

In addition, the inventions of the characteristic αW group to the characteristic βF group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, the interest of the game is improved, the processing load of the gaming machine is reduced, the processing is optimized, the control is simplified, the structure is simplified, the development of the gaming machine is made more efficient, Technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints such as structure, control, and performance for the purpose of providing a gaming machine in which a malfunction is unlikely to occur, providing a gaming machine that takes the player into consideration, and the like.

In addition, various technical improvements have been made for the purpose of improving the soundness of the game, such as the detection and prevention of illegal acts by the player and illegal modifications to the gaming machine.

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, the interest of the gaming is improved, the processing load of the gaming machine is reduced, the processing is optimized, the control is simplified, the structure is simplified, the development of the gaming machine is made more efficient, and problems occur. Further improvement of technology is desired for the purpose of providing difficult game machines, providing game machines in consideration of players, and providing healthier games.

In addition, you may employ|adopt the structure which combined suitably the 1 or several structure contained in the said characteristic A group-characteristic (beta)F group. As a result, it is possible to exert a synergistic effect due to the combined configuration.

The following is a basic configuration of a gaming machine to which each of the above features can be applied or applied to each feature.

Pachinko gaming machine: a launching means for launching a game ball toward a game area based on a launch operation by a player, and a start ball which is provided in the game area and into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter Part, an information acquisition means for acquiring special information based on a game ball entering the starting entrance part, and an acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means Machine.

Rotating type gaming machine such as a slot machine: a pattern display means for variably displaying a plurality of patterns, a starting means for starting a variable display of the plurality of patterns due to an operation of a start operation means, and an operation of a stop operation means A gaming machine comprising stop means for stopping the variable display of the plurality of patterns due to the above or a lapse of a predetermined time, and privilege giving means for giving a privilege to the player according to the stopped patterns.

The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments and modified examples, and can be realized in various configurations without departing from the spirit of the invention. For example, the technical features in the embodiments and modifications corresponding to the technical features in each mode described in the section of the summary of the invention are provided in order to solve some or all of the above problems, or In order to achieve some or all of the effects, it is possible to appropriately replace or combine them. If the technical features are not described as essential in this specification, they can be deleted as appropriate.

10...Pachinko machine 11...Outer frame 12...Pachinko machine main body 13...Inner frame 14...Front door frame 15...Hinge 16...Hinge 17...Cylinder lock 18. .. window 19... glass unit 20... upper plate 21... lower plate 22... discharge port 23... lever 24... production operation button 25... operation handle 25a... Touch sensor 25b...Wait button 25c...Variable resistor 26...Game ball launch button 30...Game board 31...Induction rail 31a...Inner rail 31b...Outer rail 32 ...General winning opening 32a...First winning opening 32b...Second winning opening 32c...Third winning opening 33...First starting opening 34...Second starting opening 34a... Electric prize 34b... Electric prize drive 35... Through gate 36... Variable winning a prize device 36a... Big prize opening 36b... Opening/closing door 36c... Variable prize winning drive 37... Special drawing unit 37a... 1st symbol display section 37b... 2nd symbol display section 37c... 1st hold display section 37d... 2nd hold display section 38... Universal figure unit 39... Round display unit 40...Variable display unit 41...Design display device 42...Nail 43...Out port 45...Main display unit 45z...Game history information display unit (information display unit)
46...Speaker 47...Various lamps 51...First control unit 52...Second control unit 53...Third control unit 54...Tank 55...Tank rail 56... Case rail 60...Main controller 61...Main control board 62...Main MPU
62x...Main CPU
63...Main ROM
64...Main RAM
64x...Flash memory 70...Payout control device 71...Payout device 80...Launch control device 81...Game ball launching mechanism 85...Power supply device 86...Power failure monitoring circuit 90.. .Voice emission control device 91...Voice emission control board 96...RTC
100... Display control device 300... Game history management chip 302... Buffer 304... Register 306... Memory for storing prize ball number data 307... Memory for storing operation execution condition 307a... Storage execution condition storage memory 308...CPU
309...Memory for storing calculation result 309a...Memory for storing number of balls entered 309b...Memory for storing ball information 320...Inspection machine 321...CPU
328... Display unit 329... Connection cable

Claims (1)

A means for entering a game ball,
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game balls into the ball entry means,
Display Suruga configuration information is numerical information defining the set of winning probability in the predetermined lottery process, the setting information display mode execution means for executing a setting information display mode decision can not be of the configuration information,
A plurality of detection means capable of detecting a game ball that has passed a predetermined area,
A detection information storage unit capable of storing detection information that is information based on the fact that the game ball is detected by the detection unit;
Calculation means for calculating game history information which is information relating to the history of the game based on the detection information;
Display means capable of displaying the game history information and the setting information,
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting information display mode execution unit is the run the configuration information display mode when the first condition at the time when the power supply to the gaming machine is turned is established, the first after the power is turned A means for not executing the setting information display mode even when the condition of
The display means is
It is possible to display the game history information calculated for each different period, and it is possible to display period information indicating a period in which the game history information is calculated and numerical information of the game history information calculated in the period. And means
When the game history information is displayed, if the information amount of the detection information, which is the basis of calculation of the game history information, is less than a predetermined amount, the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in a blinking manner to display the game. When the information amount of the detection information which is the basis of calculation of history information is equal to or more than a predetermined amount, means for displaying the numerical value information of the game history information by lighting,
A gaming machine comprising:

Images